Skip to main content

Full text of "[Hutton's book of nature laid open]"

See other formats


. 


in 

g 

CO 

QQ 


f' 


r 

« 


B-<D)  <D Tt'ii    H  A  T  W 


u 


t>  o 


£<****', 

ADVERTISEMENT. 


IT  has  long  been  the  opinion  of  the  editor 
of  this  volume,  that  the  noblest  employment  of 
the  mind  of  man  is  the  contemplating  the  works 
of  his  Creator ; — these  living  testimonies  of  the 
being  and  attributes  of  God  have  also  ever  ap- 
peared to  him  infinitely  superior  to  the  best 
arguments  that  the  understanding  of  man  has 
been  able  to  advance. 

To  lead,  especially,  the  youthful  mind,  to 
this  happy  turn  of  observation,  has  been  his 
object  in  the  arrangement  of  these  pages;  and 
he  trusts  that  the  familiar  and  comprehensive 
delineations  of  Nature,  which  he  has  endea- 
voured to  give,  will  be  found  not  only  calcu- 
lated for  the  improvement  and  extension  of 
knowledge,  but  shew  to  the  reader,  that  in 
every  object  in  nature  there  are  ample  traces 
of  the  wisdom,  power,  and  bounty  of  the  Cre- 
ator, and  convince  him,  that  even  the  vilest 
weed  and  the  meanest  insect  offer  incontestable 
evidences  of  their  Maker, 


IV.  ADVERTISEMENT. 

Such  being  the  object  of  the  editor  in  ar- 
ranging this  work,  he  leaves  it  to  a  liberal  and 
enlightened  public  to  appreciate  his  labours, 
and  by  their  patronage  give  circulation  to  what 
he  conceives  may  be  beneficial  in  forming  the 
mind  to  piety  and  just  views  of  things. 

CHELSEA,  October,  1820. 


CONTENTS. 


Air,  weight  of,  -  163 

elasticity  and  resistance  of,  164 

how  cleansed,  -  170 

Alternate  succession  of  day  and  night,  benefits  . 

resulting  therefrom,  -  18? 

Animals,  their  construction  and  properties,  -  38 

diversity  of  bulk,  taste  and  habit  of,  40 

.  prodigious  numbers  of,  .  ib. 

instincts  of,  -  47 

provision  for  keeping  their  numbers 

within  due  limits,  ib. 

of  the  graminivorous  kind,  4y 

of  the  weasel  kind,  -  50 

varieties  of,  -  -  56 

divisions  into  classes,  orders,  &c.  ib. 

Animal  Flowers,  -  125 

Atmosphere,  -  158, 

— extent  of,  -  -  164 

-its  use,  165 

great  thoroughfare  to  the  feathery 

creation,  .  -  -  170 

phenomena  of,  -  -  X72 


Atmospheric  phenomena,  meteors,  &c.  uses  of,  178 

Beavers,  their  wonderful  foresight,  &c.  -         52 

Birds,  their  structure,  appetites,  &c.  63 

—  amazing  strength  of  their  wings,  65 

A2 


Vi.  CONTENTS.      * 

Birds,  admirable  structure  of  their  nests, 

peculiarities  as  to  food,  make,  Sec, 

••••  •  "—  migration  of, 

various  situations  oi  their  nests,    - 

Bismuth, 

Camels,* 

Celestial  appearances,      -  «- 

Chick  in  the  egg,  description  of, 

Clay,  its  importance  and  usefulness, 

Coal,  Chalk,  Cinnabar,  &c. 

Cod  fish,  incalculable  number  of, 

Comets,  their  number,  motion,  &e. 

purposes  for  which  created, 

Connecting  links  in  nature, 

Copper  and  Tin, 

Corn,  construction  and  vegetation  of, 

Crustaceous  tribe,  instinctive  sagacity  of, 

Design  of  this  work, 

Dew.  nature  of,  and  benefits  derived  from, 

Dog,  affectionate  tenderness  of, 

Shepherd's  and  Newfoundland, 

Earth,  form  or  shape  of, 

structure  of  the,  -- 

spherity  of  the, 

surface  of,  its  inequalities,  &c. 

verdant  colour  of  the, 

two -fold  motion  of  the,     - 

Earth  worm,  ... 

Electric  fluid  and  its  effects, 


CONTENTS.  VII, 

Electricity?  a  most  powerful  agent  in  nature,        .  180 

Emu,  its  great  swiftness,  64 

Fall  ot  the  leaf,  observations  on,  270 

Fishes,                                                                       -  140 

structure  of,  142 

.  immense  number  of,        -  145 

construction  of,  147 

instincts  of,                                                  -  150 

sagacity  of,  in  depositing  their  spawn,  131 

migration  of,       -  152 

• • —  uses  of,  153 

• how  they  contribute  to  the  comforts  of  man,  155 

Fixed  stars,  their  beauty  and  number,  209 

why  so  called,                                      -  212 

their  distance  from  the  earth,  214 

their  uses,  215 

Flowers,  their  exquisite  structure,     -  28 

their  variety  and  fragrance.      -  29 

purposes  for  which  they  were  designed,  35 

Fogs,  Mists,  Clouds,  and  Rain,  salutary  effects  of,  181 

Fruit,  reflections  on,  260 

Frost  and  Snow,  uses  of,  in  the  economy  of  nature,  182 

Goats,  their  remarkable  agility,  &c.  50 

Harvest  moon  described,                                        -  191 

Herbs,  use  and  importance  of,  32 

Herrings,  Cod  fish,  Mackerel  &e.  prolific  powers  of,  146 

their  immense  numbers,     -  155 

observations  on  the  natural  history  of,  261 

Insects,  most  numerous  of  nature's  productions,  81 

• beauty  and  symmetry  of  some,          -  8£ 


Vlll.  CONTENTS. 

Insects,  peculiarities  in  this  order  of  beings,  -        84 

their  strength  and  agility,     -  87 

• —  their  wonderful  transformations,  ib. 

their  surprising  instinct,       -  89 

their  uses,  90 

Instincts  of  the  Monkey,  the  Cat,  and  the  Hare,         52 

the  Lion,  Bear,  Porcupine,  Horse  &c.      53 

Iron,  its  usefulness  and  importance,  8 

Jewels  and  Gems,     -  10 

Kraken,  its  immense  size,     -  141 

Lama  of  South  America,  -  50 
Land  Crab,  its  instinctive  qualities,  -  134 
Lead,  8 
Limpet,  how  protected,  128 
Loadstone*  its  importance,  -  118 
Lobster,  justly  styled  wondrous,  -  127 
young,  its  instinctive  habits,  133 

Man,  intellectual  pre-eminence  of,    -  3 

Marble,  Alabaster,  Flint,  &c.      -  10 

Metals,  their  nature  and  importance,  8. 

Meteors,  fiery,  the  use  of,  -       180 

Meteors,  watery,       -  176 

Mineral  kingdom,  treasures  of  the,  7 

Mineral  Salts,  9 

Mineral  and  medicinal  Waters,  20 

Milky  way  described,  211 

Moon,  her  phases,  &c.    -  -       189 

eclipses  of,                                -  190 

— her  salutary  influences  enumerated,  -      193 


CONTENTS.  IX. 

Mother-of-pearl,  mode  of  fishing  for,  138 

Motion,  the  soul  of  the  universe,  -       173 

Mountains  and  Vallies,  16 

their  use,  18 

Muscle,  Cockle,  Periwinkle,  Nautilus,  &c.  129 

Natural  objects,  classification  of,  1 

Natural  appearances  in  January,  -       221 

„ February,     -  224 

March,  232 

April,  235 

. May,      -  -      240 

June,  244 

July,      -  -      249 

»„*,«_ — —  August,         •  -             £54 

• September,  -       257 

, October,       -  265 

„ November,  268 

December,  272 

Northern  and  southern  lights,  how  formed,  179 

Ocean,  its  magnificence,        -  98 

murmur  of  the,  its  use,  -       112 

usefulness  of  the  luminous  appearances  of,     ib. 

the  uses  of,   '  -       115 

the  great  vehicle  of  commerce,  116 

benefits  derived  from  this  wonderful  fluid,     118 

Oran  Outang,  or  wild  Man  of  the  Woods,  -  50 
Ostrich,  Emu,  and  Cassowary,  remarkable  size  of,  63 
its  swiftness,  -  64 

Pilchards,  vast  shoals  of,        -  155 

Planets,  their  magnitudes  and  motions,  -  199 

Plains,  wide  and  extended,  their  uses,  -              21 


X.  CONTENTS. 

Plants,  sexual  system  of,  27 

-  sleep  of,  ib. 

Quadrupeds,  their  conformation,  -  48 

--  their  remarkable  instincts,  51 

--  their  uses,  53 

Quicksilver,  its  uses,  &c.       -  8 

Rainbow,  beauty  of,        -  -      177 

Religion,  a  sense  of,  the  peculiar  characteristic 

of  man,  4 

Reptiles,  their  structure,  &c.                          -  91 
--  their  motion,    -                                      -92 

-  their  use,    -  97 


substances  and  sulphureous  bodies',    *  9 

Sea,  its  vast  extent  and  bounds,  99 

—  a  source  of  fertility  to  the  land,  103 

—  —  a  purifier  and  restorer  of  nature,      -            -  104 
--  currents  of  the,  105 

—  contains  the  greatest  quantity  of  salt  in  the 
torrid  zone,     -                          -  ib. 

-  saltness  of,  how  beneficial,  109 

—  colour  of,  deception  relative  thereto,            -  1  14 

-  vegetable  productions  found  at  the  bottom  of,  119 

-  vegetables,  the  use  of,                                   -  123 
Sea-horse  of  the  northern  ocean,  50 
Sea-tortoise,  its  instinctive  sagacity,       -             -  132 
Seasons,  changes  of  the,  and  vicissitudes  of  day 

and  night,  how  produced,                             -     183,  185 

---  beneficial  effects  in  the  changes  of  the,  186 

Serpents,  some  peculiarities  relative  to,  93 

--  their  poison,  &c.  94 

i  --  :  -  wonderful  sagacity  of,  96 


CONTENTS.  XL 

Shell-fish,  -      127 

their  uses,  137 

Shrubs,                                           -      ^      -  31 

Silver,  Copper,  Tin,  &c.        -  8 

Solar  System,     -  198 

Soldier  crab,  peculiarities  of,  133 

Spring,  influence  of,  on  man,       ...  238 

reflections  on,  237 

Springs  and  rivers,                                     -  18 

Stones  and  fossils,     -  10 

Sun, the,  -       193 

the  great  fountain  of  light  and  heat,      -  194 

—  the  fountain  of  cheerfulness,  -       196 
its  magnitude  and  motion,  198 

Tellina,  Scallop,  Razor  shell-fish,  &c.  peculiari- 
ties relative  thereto,    -  -       136 
Thunder  storms,  their  nature  and  influence,  252 
Tides,  where  greatest,    -  -       105 
flux  and  reflux  of,  107 

Vegetables,  variety  of,  23 

their  use  and  importance,     -  24 

structure  of,        -  ib. 

sub-marine,  striking  peculiarities  in,  122 

Vegetable  kingdom,  properties  and  peculiarities  of,     27 

Volatiles,  their  use,  -        75 

Waterspouts,  of  two  kinds,  -       109 

description  of  one  in  the  atlantic 

ocean,                                      -            -  -      111 

Whales,  their  immense  size,                           -  140 

• fidelity  of  to  each  other,  -      155 

Whirlpools,  -  107 


Xll.  CONTENTS. 

Wind,  description  of,  172 

influence  of  on  the  ocean,  -            -      106 

Winter  in  the  polar  regions,  »                          226 

sowing  time,       -  -       267 

-— — ' — •  beginning  of,  .  -            -            271 

advantages  of,    -             -  -                    257 

Wonders  of  the  north,           -  229 


THE 


CHAPTER  I. 
INTROD  VCTION. 

EVERY  page  of  the  volume  of  Nature  is  fraught 
with  instruction.  Not  only  do  the  canopy  of  the 
heavens,  and  the  luminous  orbs  which  bedeck  the 
glowing  hemisphere  on  a  clear  frosty  evening,  de- 
clare the  glory  of  the  Supreme,  but  the  whole  of 
created  existences,  however  insignificant,  simple,  or 
minute  they  may  appear,  plainly  evince  to  the  con- 
templative mind  the  wisdom  and  power  of  the  Crea- 
tor; and  shew  that 

All  Nature  is  a  glass  reflecting  God, 

As  by  the  Sea  reflected  is  the  Sun, 

Too  glorious  to  be  gaz'd  on  in  his  sphere. 

Natural  objects,  for  the  purpose  of  classification, 
have  been  in  general  arranged  under  the  three 
grand  divisions  of  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral, 
each  of  which  will  admit  of  many  lesser  subdivisions, 


2  BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

about  which  we  mean  not  here  to  treat.  One  ob- 
servation, however,  upon  a  general  view  of  the 
whole,  as  it  cannot  fail  in  time  to  present  itself  to 
every  person  who  engages  in  this  study,  may  here 
be  introduced:  it  is,  that  however  easy  it  may  seem, 
at  the  first  glance,  to  discriminate  the  three  classes 
of  objects  from  each  other,  yet  every  class  of  natural 
objects  will  be  found  to  approach  so  nearly  in  the 
extreme  of  other  classes,  that  it  is  a  matter  of  diffi- 
culty to  say  with  precision  where  the  one  ends,  and 
the  other  begins.  The  whole  are  so  closely  con- 
nected, like  the  links  of  a  chain,  that  there  is  no 
possibility  of  finding  a  disjunction  in  any  part. 
Among  animated  beings,  bats  are  the  connecting 
link  between  beasts  and  birds:  the  numerous  class 
of  amphibia  conjoin  beasts  and  fishes;  and  lizards 
unite  them  with  reptiles  The  humming-bird  ap- 
proaches the  nature  of  insects,  and  the  flying-fish 
that  of  birds  The  polypus,  the  sea  anemony,  and 
the  sea  pen,  though  of  animal  origin,  have  more  the 
habits  of  vegetables  than  of  animals;  while  the 
fly-trap,  the  sensitive  plant,  and  some  other  vegeta- 
ble productions,  by  their  spontaneous  movements, 
or  extreme  sensibility,  seem  to  participate  more  of 
animal  origin.  Corals  and  corallines,  from  the  dif- 
ferent forms  they  assume,  may  be  more  easily  mis- 
taken for  mineral  or  vegetable  than  animal  produc- 
tions, to  which  class  they  are  now  referred,  by  the 
unanimous  decision  of  naturalists.  The  trufle,  though 
a  vegetable,  assumes  rather  the  appearance  of  a 
mineral;  and  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the 


BOOK  OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

anomalous  substance  called  peat  is  actually  a 
vegetable    rather  than  an  earthy  or  mineral  sub- 
stance, as  it  has  been  often  supposed. 

Nor  is  it  with  regard  to  corporeal  forms  only,  and 
peculiarities  of  organization,  that  this  disjointed  con- 
nection subsists  between  the  different  objects  which 
inhabit  the  globe:  the  same  concatenation  is  observ- 
ed to  take  place  respecting  mind,  beginning  with 
man,  who  forms  the  highest  link  of  the  chain,  and 
descending  from  him  by  an  almost  imperceptible 
dimunition  of  mental  powers,  through  an  innumera- 
ble series  of  existences,  till  it  ends  at  last  in  mere 
animation  alone,  with  a  seeming  privation  of  all 
mental  perception  whatever.  It  is  indeed  true,  that 
though,  in  regard  to  intellect,  some  of  the  higher 
order  of  animals  appear,  in  certain  points  of  vievv^ 
to  approximate  to  the  lowest  of  the  human  species, 
yet  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  man  is  much  farther 
exalted  above  them  all,  than  any  one  of  these  excels 
the  next  below  it;  so  that  if  there  be  any  break  in 
the  chain  at  all,  it  is  here  that  the  rupture  takes 
place.  For  though  many  of  the  higher  orders  of 
animals  possess  a  kind  of  memory,  and  the  faculty 
of  reasoning  in  a  certain  degree;  though  u  the  ox 
knoweth  his  owner,  and  the  ass  his  master's  crib," 
yet,  unless  it  be  in  recollecting  their  dependence  on 
others  for  food,  and  a  few  circumstances  of  a  similar 
nature,  tending  chiefly  to  the  preservation  of  ex- 
istence, the  intellectual  powers  of  even  the  highest 
order  of  animals  are  extremely  circumscribed  Man 
alone  can  reason  from  consequences  to  remote  causes, 


4  BOOK   OF     NATURE   LAID 

and  can  from  the  creature  trace  an  idea  of  the 
Creator.  A  sense  of  religion,  then,  is  the  charac- 
teristic peculiarity  which  decisively  marks  a  separa- 
tion between  man  and  all  other  animals. 

In  the  view  we  are  about  to  take  of  Nature,  then, 
it  shall  be  our  chief  aim,  while  we  expatiate  on  the 
wonderful  variety  it  presents  in  each  department,  to 
endeavour  to  establish  and  strengthen  this  pre-emi- 
nent characteristic  of  our  species,  and  counteract 
that  tendency  to  infidelity  which  has  of  late,  by  the 
labours  of  the  wicked  and  designing,  been  rendered 
too  prevalent. 

Indeed  the  contemplation  of  the  works  of  Nature 
invariably  leads  to  a  consideration  of  the  attributes  of 
the  Creator.  The  subject  is  so  replete  with  digni- 
fied feelings,  that  wre  cannot  help  being  surprised 
that  atheism  should  ever  have  had  a  teacher  or  a 
convert.  These  infatuated  men  attempt  to  make 
every  thing  subservient  to  their  leasonings,  and  they 
are  unwilling  to  acknowledge  that  a  superior  mind 
can  have  created  the  wonders  around  them.  Their 
favourite  arguments  against  the  intervention  of  Pro- 
vidence lie  in  a  reference  to  physical  and  moral 
evils;  such  as  pestilence,  tempests,  volcanoes,  and 
death.  They  have  no  pleasure  in  contemplating  the 
beneficent  part  of  the  works  of  Nature ;  show  them 
a  flower,  and  they  will  point  out  the  worm  which 
consumes  its  bosom.  It  is  by  dwelling  on  scenes  of 
waste  that  they  seek  to  make  us  converts  to  their 
doctrine  of  annihilation;  it  is  by  making  us  bend 
under  the  pressure  of  the  evils  of  life,  that  they 


BOOK  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.         5 

expect  to  bring  us  to  renounce  the  hope  of  eternity. 
To  minds  thus  perverted,  all  that  excites  sorrow 
among  mankind  affords  a  ground  of  triumph;  even 
when  living  in  the  country,  they  shut  their  eyes  to 
the  plentiful  harvest  that  waves  around  them,  to  the 
beautiful  sky  over  their  heads,  and  to  the  benefkent 
effects  of  the  orb  of  day.  Let  us  not  lend  an  ear  to 
those  gloomy  reasoners,  who,  while  they  are  ad- 
mitted to  the  enjoyment  of  so  many  blessings, 
refuse  to  trace  them  to  their  Divine  Author  Their 
theories  are  contradicted  by  the  concurrent  voice  of 
every  people;  the  most  uncivilized  nations  are  im- 
pressed with  a  belief  of  *he  existence  of  a  Creator, 
and  are  accustomed  to  contemplate  him  in  his 
works  Hardly  had  our  world  risen  out  of  chaos, 
hardly  had  our  ancestors  been  admitted  to  the  en- 
joyment of  light  and  life,  when  their  thoughts  were 
directed  with  gratitude  to  the  throne  of  their  Maker. 
Their  mode  of  worship  was  in  the  beginning  as 
simple  as  the  nature  that  surrounded  them;  but  the 
first  application  of  their  progress  in  art  and  science 
was  to  give  dignity  and  splendour  to  their  adoration. 
Temples  were  constructed  with  magnificence,  and 
assembled  tribes  repeated  there  the  hallowed  verses 
taught  to  them  by  their  fathers. 

That  man  does  not  receive  instruction  from  the 
creatures  of  God  is  not  their  fault,  but  his  own. 
Their  language  is  not  dull  and  languid,  but  loud  and 
incessant;  while  he,  alas!  remains  deaf  to  the  re- 
iterated cries  of>  nature;  and  although  4<  day  unto 
day  uttereth  speech,  and  night  unto  night  sheweth 

B  2 


6  BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

knowledge,"  he  continues  to  post  on  in  his  career, 
without  once  reflecting  on  the  importance  of  Na- 
ture's universal  call  to 

Stand  still,  and  consider  the  wonderous  works  of  God. 

The  task,  therefore,  be  ours,  in  this  work,  to  di- 
rect the  attention  of  our  fellow-travellers  in  the 
journey  of  life  to  this  universal  call  of  Nature,  and 
by  pointing  out  a  few  striking  passages  in  the  stu- 
pendous volume  of  the  Creator's  works,  endeavour, 
while  we  instruct,  to  excite  their  adoration,  love, 
and  gratitude  to  HIM  who  gave  them  being,  and  has 
so  abundantly  provided  for  all  their  wants. 

But  where,  in  the  midst  of  the  multiplicity  of  na- 
ture's works  shall  we  begin?  From  what  spot  of 
this  prospect  shall  we  set  out?  Struck  with  the 
vastness  of  our  task,  we  stand,  as  it  were,  in  the 
Temple  of  the  Universe,  insensible  to  every  thing 
but  our  own  insignificance;  we  know  not  scarcely 
how  to  commence  our  labours,  so  prolific  of  instruc- 
tion, and  so  attractive  is  every  page  of  this  vast 
volume;  for  when  we  look  around  us,  every  object, 
whether  in  the  form  of  things  animate  or  inani- 
mate,— existing  in  the  heavens  or  on  the  earth,  in 
the  waters  or  in  the  air,  conspire  with  one  accord 
to  arrest  our  attention,  and  to  point  out  the  almighty 
power  of  the  Supreme,  his  consummate  wisdom, 
and  the  infinitude  of  his  goodness  to  the  children  of 
men.  As  the  traveller,  however,  in  setting  out  on  a 
voyage  of  discovery  takes  his  departure  from  his  na- 
tive land,  and  should,  at  least,  before  visiting  regions 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.        7 

more  remote,  first  make  himself  a  little  acquainted 
with  those  nigh  home,  we  shall,  previous  to  extend- 
ing our  researches  to  more  distant  bounds,  first  in- 
dulge ourselves  with  a  cursory  glance  at  the  lowest 
compartment  of  the  vast  edifice,  by  taking  a  view  of 
the  internal  structure  of  our  globe,  and  see  what 
commodities  there  present  themselves  for  our  use 
and  accommodation. 


CHAP.  II. 

THE  INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  EARTH. 

Thus  in  thy  world  material,  MIGHTY  MIND, 
Not  only  that  which  solaces  and  shines, 
The  rough,  the  gloomy,  challenges  our  praise ! 

The  treasures  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  being 
more  concealed,  are  not  so  alluring  to  the  senses 
and  are  of  course,  to  most  men,  less  interesting  than 
animals  or  vegetables;  but  they  present  themselves 
to  the  reflecting  mind  under  innumerable  points  of 
view  that  are  interesting,  chiefly  as  affording  the  ma- 
terials on  which  nature,  by  her  slow  but  certain 
operations,  is  continually  producing  changes  that 
tend  to  augment  the  multiplication  of  plants,  for  the 
preservation  and  the  accommodation  of  animals; 
while  man,  in  the  mean  while,  is  endowed  with  fa- 
culties which  enable  him  to  avail  himself  of  the 
qualities  they  possess  for  his  own  purposes. 


O  BOOK  OF    NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

When  we  penetrate  the  dark  and  subterraneous 
magazine  of  Nature,  v\e  find  veins  fraught  with  the 
richest  Metals;  from  hence  conies  that  which  gives 
value  to  the  monarch's  crown,  and  weight  to  his 
sceptre ;  which,  formed  into  coins,  gives  energ}  and 
life  to  traffic,  rewards  the  toils  of  labour,  and  puts  it 
in  the  power  of  the  affluent  to  warm  the  bosom  oi  ad- 
versity, and  make  the  widow  and  the  orphan  sing 
for  joy,  or,  beaten  out  into  an  inconceivable  thin- 
ness, is  made  to  cover  with  a  transcendant  lustre 
some  of  the  coarest  of  nature's  productions,  and  ren- 
der them  ornamental  in  the  palace  of  the  great. 

Here  also  is  laid  up  the  pale  brightness  of  the 
Silver,  which,  formed  into  a  variety  of  domestic  uten- 
sils, sets  off  with  peculiar  lustre  the  choicest  dainties 
of  the  rich  man's  table;  and  here  is  found  the  pon- 
derous Lead,  from  which  the  cool  and  clean  cistern 
is  formed,  as  well  as  those  convenient  and  safe 
aqueducts,  by  which  the  useful  element  of  water  is 
conveyed  into  the  very  hearts  of  our  dwellings. 
Here  too  are  stores  of  Copper  and  Tin,  by  which 
sundry  utensils,  formed  of  the  former  metal,  are 
rendered  more  safe  and  fit  for  use:  and  here  do  we 
find  in  profuse  abundance  Mines,  whose  contents, 
although  they  may  not  be  reckoned  of  equal  value, 
have  been  found  to  b^  more  beneficial  in  their  ser- 
vices to  man,  th:in  any  of  those  already  mentioned. 
Iron  furnishes  the  mechanic,  the  artist,  and  the  la- 
bourer with  their  most  useful  implements  and  tools; 
by  Iron  the  firmer  is  enabled  to  tear  up  the  most 
stubborn  soil;  Iron  secures  our  dwellings  from  the 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  <) 

midnight  thief,  and  confines,  by  its  massy  bars,  the 
disturber  of  our  peace  to  his  gloomy  cell ;  by  means 
of  Iron,  the  vessel  tossed  with  tempest  is  firmly  at- 
tached to  a  place  of  safety,  or  prevented  from  being 
broken  up  by  the  raging  elements,  when  overtaken 
by  a  storm  in  the  midst  of  the  watery  waste. 

In  these  dark  vaults  are  also  found  that  subtle, 
insinuating  metal,  Quicksilver,  which  so  much  re- 
sembles a  fluid ;  the  uses  of  which  in  philosophy 
and  medicine,  are  so  well  known,  as  well  as  its  im- 
portance in  various  arts  and  sciences. 

From  hence,  also,  are  extracted  a  multitude  of 
Mineral  Salts  and  Saline  Substances,  together  with 
a  variety  of  Sulphureous  bodies.  The  astringent 
Alum,  the  green  Borax,  the  volatile  Nitre,  the  blue 
Vitrol  of  Hungary  and  Cyprus,  the  green  of  Ger- 
many and  Italy,  the  shining  Bismuth,  the  glittering 
Antimony,  the  brown-coloured  Cinnabar,  the  white 
Chalk,  have  all  an  origin  in  these  dark  apartments ; 
as  also  that  truly  invaluable  black  inflammatory  sub- 
stance Coal,  which  ministers  to  our  comfort  in  the 
room,  presents  its  services  in  the  kitchen,  assists  the 
chemist  and  philosopher  in  their  experiments,  ren- 
ders the  work  of  the  artist  more  easy,  transforms 
the  coarest  materials  into  transparency  itself,  by 
which  means  the  light  of  day  is  admitted  into  our 
dwellings,  while  the  cold  inclemency  of  the  weather, 
is  excluded — the  astronomer  is  enabled  to  extend 
his  researches  to  worlds  before  invisible  to  mortal 
eye — the  naturalist  to  observe  the  minutiae  of  crea- 
tion— and  the  feeble  ejes  01  old  age  furnished  with 


10       BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEX. 

new  and  invigorating  powers. — From  hence  also  is 
derived  that  wonderful  mineral,  whose  magnetic 
quality  guides  the  mariner,  with  unerring  precision, 
beyond  the  pillars  of  Hercules,  and  enables  him  to 
find  his  solitary  way  across  the  pathless  deep. 

Here  also  in  these  dark  recesses  are  conveniently 
laid  up,  a  variety  of  strata  of  Stones,  and  beds  of 
Fossils  ;  and  hence  derive  their  origin  a  number  of 
valuable  Jewels  and  transparent  Gems,  as  well  as 
the  firm  and  compact  Marble,  the  Alabaster,  the 
Porphyry,  and  the  hard  pellucid  Flint. 

Here  are  to  be  found  those  quarries  of  Stones, 
from  which  are  constructed  secure  and  comfortable 
dwellings  for  man  and  beast — by  which  the  arms  of 
the  pier  are  strengthened  to  repel  the  surges  of  the 
sea — the  rampart  is  raised  above  the  basis  nature 
had  formed — our  property  secured  from  the  depre- 
dations of  intruders — the  arched  bridge  thrown 
across  the  broad  and  rapid  stream,  and  the  stupen- 
dous aqueduct  carried  over  the  deep-sunk  glen. 

Here  too  are  deposited  a  variety  of  curious  Fossils 
and  extraneous  substances,  which  bafle  the  wisdom 
of  the  wise,  and  puzzle  the  reasoning  of  the  natur- 
alist to  account  for :  and  here  are  those  vast  layers 
or  strata  of  earth,  in  all  their  variety,  whose  nature 
and  uses  are  more  apparent — where  the  vegetable 
kingdom  derives  its  support  and  nutriment,  the  trees 
of  the  forest  spread  their  wide  extended  roots,  and 
the  tender  herb  and  flower  of  the  field  takes  hold  of 
the  dust ;  where  the  pliable  worm  forces  itself  quietly 
along,  the  mole  finds  its  darksome  way,  the  foxes 


B»OK    OP    NATURE   LAID    OPEN.  it 

have  holes,  and  the   coneys  burrow   themselves. 
Here  is  that  tough  tenacious  species  of  earth,  which 
administers  its  services  to  man  in  such  a  variety  of 
shapes,  and  acts  as  a  substitute  for  other  commo- 
dities in  situations  where  nature  has  denied  them. 
Are  some  in  want  of  stones  for  building?  Clay,  by 
undergoing  a  process,  becomes  firm  and  hard,  to 
withstand  the  most  rigid  blasts  of  winter.  Are  there 
no  Slate  quarries  in  the  neighbourhood  ?     Clay,  in 
the  shape  of  Tiles,  forms  an  excellent  substitute. 
Are  we  in  want  of  Lead  for  pipes  to  convey  our 
water  from  a  distance?     Clay  comes  seasonably  to 
our  aid.     In  short,  by  this  mean  looking,  dirty,  and 
despised    substance,   we   are    abundantly    supplied 
with  a  great  variety  of  utensils  and  vessels,  neat  in 
their  structure,  cleanly  in  the  use,  and  though  cheap 
in   the    purchase,  extremely    valuable   in   point  of 
utility.     Here  are  also,  commodiously  lodged,  a  va- 
riety of  other  useful  earths,  which  it  would  encroach 
too  much  on  our  limits  to  attempt  to   enumerate. 
These,  with  an  innumerable  variety  of  other  useful 
and   valuable  materials,  of  which  those  we  have 
mentioned  may  be  considered  as  only  a  specimen, 
are  safely  locked  up  by  PROVIDENCE  in  this  great 
storehouse  of  Nature,  and  the  key  given  to  Indus- 
try to  take  out  and  apply  as  necessity  may  require, 
or  circumstances  direct;    and  in  the  disposition  of 
which  we  may  be  at  a  loss  what  most  to  admire, 
the  bounty  of  the  Creator,  in  thus  so  largely  making 
provision  for  our  numerous  wants,  or  his  ivisdom  in 
placing  them  at  such  convenient  distances  below  the 


12  BOOK   OP    NATURE   LAID   OPEN. 

earth's  surface,  as  neither  to  obstruct  by  their  bulk 
the  operations  going  on  upon  it,  or  to  be  beyond  the 
reach  of  moderate  labour,  when  the  necessities  of 
man  call  aloud  for  their  use. 

How  inconvenient  would  it  have  been,  and  what 
small  space  left  for  cultivation,  had  these  useful 
layers  of  Stone  and  Lime,  Coal  and  Clay,  been 
promiscuously  scattered  about  in  our  fields  and  vine- 
yards, or  plied  up  in  uncouth,  naked,  and  deformed 
masses,  without  the  slightest  depth  of  soil  for  a  co- 
vering; and  how  inaccessible  to  human  labour  and 
ingenuity,  or  to  what  an  expence  of  loss  of  time 
must  man  have  been  put  in  coming  at  them,  had 
they  been  sunk  miles  instead  of  feet  into  the  bowels 
of  the  earth  ?  Reflecting  upon  these  things,  we  have 
good  reason  to  exclaim,  In  goodness,  as  well  as 
"  in  wisdom  hast  Thou  made  them  all!" 


CHAP.  III. 

THE  FORM  OF  THE  EAETtt. 

"  O  Nature!  all-sufficient,  over  all! 
Enrich  me  with  the  knowledge  of  thy  works !  '' 

On  returning  from  our  subterraneous  excursion, 
our  attention  is  naturally  directed  to  the  shape  or 
form  of  that  stupendous  fabrick,  which  contains  so 
many  convenient  apartments,  and  is  enriched  by  so 
many  valuable  materials;  and  were  we  to  trust  to  ap- 
pearances as  they  present  themselves  to  our  limited 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       13 

powers  of  vision,  we  might  be  led  to  conclude  (as 
was  the  opinion  of  some  of  the  ancients,)  that  the 
earth  is  a  wide  extended  flat,  bounded  by  the  hori- 
zon. 

This  belief,  however,  is  now  completely  explod- 
ed, and  the  figure  of  the  earth  demonstrated  to  be 
globular,  by  the  voyage  of  a  number  of  circumnavi- 
gators, from  the  days  of  the  famous  Magellan  down 
to  those  of  our  illustrious  countryman,  Captain  Cook. 

By  these  voyagers  it  has  been  fully  ascertained, 
that  a  vessel  leaving  Europe  in  a  certain  direction, 
may  return  to  the  point  from  whence  she  set  out, 
without  altering  her  course  farther  than  is  necessary 
to  avoid  intervening  obstacles,  or  give  her,  what  the 
sailors  call  sea  room. 

The  spherity  of  the  earth  is  also  apparent  from  the 
circumstance,  that  two  ships  at  sea,  sailing  in  con- 
trary directions  till  they  lose  sight  of  each  other,  first 
do  so  bv  the  disappearance  of  the  hulls  and  lower 
rigging,  and  afterwards  of  the  higher  sails  and  top- 
masts. The  roundness,  from  North  to  South,  is 
evident  from  the  sinking  of  northern  stars  to  the 
horizon,  till  they  actually  disappear  to  those  who 
travel  far  southward ;  and  from  East  to  West  by  the 
difference  of  sun  rise  in  proportion  as  we  go  east- 
ward or  westward. 

The  form  of  ihe  earth  being  therefore  proved  by 
arguments  the  most  incontrovertible,  to  be  that  of  a 
globe  or  sphere,  permit  us  here  to  pause  and  ac- 
knowledge (he  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  Creator, 
as  manifested  in  that  particular  form.  This  wisdom 

c 


14  BOOK.   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

and  goodness  is  highly  apparent,  when  we  consider 
that  this  is  the  most  capacious,  compact,  and  dura- 
ble of  all  figures,  the  most  convenient  for  a  body  in 
motion,  for  the  equal  distribution  of  light  and  heat, 
for  the  proper  disposal  of  land  and  water,  as  well  as 
for  the  beneficial  influence  of  the  winds. 

The  earth,  which  is  the  habitation  of  so  many 
Creatures,  must  be  sufficiently  capacious  not  only  to 
oontain  them,  but  what  is  necessary  for  their  preser- 
vation ;  and  being,  as  it  were,  the  basis  of  this  sub- 
lunary creation,  it  must  be  so  firmly  and  compactly 
girt  together,  as  to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  accident 
to  destroy  any  of  its  parts,  till  the  fiat  shall  have  gone 
forth,  that  Time  shall  be  no  more. 

Had  it  been  of  an  Angular  form,  the  points  of 
the  angles  behoved  to  have  been  considerably  weak- 
ened by  their  distance  from  the  centre  of  gravity, 
and  consequently  would  have  been  in  continual 
danger  of  being  loosened,  or  flying  off,  by  the  ra- 
pidity of  the  earth's  diurnal  motion  round  its  axis; 
or,  had  it  been  possible  for  them  to  have  remained, 
what  resistance  must  these  angles  have  occasioned 
in  the  performance  of  that  motion!  What  a  conti- 
nual state  of  perturbation  and  tempest  in  the  air  must 
they  have  caused!  How  incommodious  to  the  dif- 
fusion of  light  and  heat,  and  for  the  wise  and  useful 
distribution  of  the  waters ! 

TIic  Surface  of  the  Earth. 

In  casting  our  eyes  abroad  over  the  face  of  the 
eftrth,  we  observe,  it  covered  with  two  great  bodies 


BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEH.  I 

of  Land  and  Water ;  but  as  it  is  to  the  appendages 
and  productions  of  the  former  we  mean  first  to  di- 
rect our  thoughts,  we  will  leave  the  consideration  of 
Nature's  mighty  Reservoir,  and  the  wonders  of  the- 
Ocean,  to  an  after  occasion,  and  will  proceed  to 
consider  the  magnificent  scene  which  the  dry  land 
presents. 

The  first  thing  that  here  strikes  the  imagination 
is  that  wonderful  diversity  every  where  observable 
and  those  numerous  inequalities  so  conspicuous  on 
its  surface.  On  one  part,  we  behold  the  gently  rising 
hillock,  scarcely  perceptible  amidst  the  surrounding 
level;  in  another,  the  tremendous  precipice,  yawn- 
ing horribly  over  the  mountain's  brow  !  Here  a 
deep-sunk  glen,  imbosomed  among  rocks,  recedes 
from  the  eye,  and  screens  the  little  rivulet  that  glides 
along  its  bottom  ;  there,  the  lofty  summits  of  the 
Andes  and  the  Alps,  with  cloud  capt  tops  wrapt  in 
garments  of  perpetual  snow,  bid  defiance  to  vegeta- 
tion or  smile  above  the  blast  in  sunshine,  while  the 
reverberating  sound  of  distant  thunder  proclaims  the 
raging  of  the  storm  below. 

In  one  place  we  behold  the  pleasantly  sheltered 
meadow,  decked  in  all  its  luxuriance  of  herbage, 
and  in  a  another  a  wide  naked  waste,  or  sea-like 
fen,  losing  itself  in  the  distant  prospect.  Here,  broad 
and  rapid  rivers  separate  nations  at  variance ;  there 
the  purling  stream,  partly  fordable,  and  partly  sur- 
mounted by  the  convenient  bridge,  unites  and  con- 
nects those  who  enjoy  the  mild  blessings  of  peace. 
Here  a  vast  tract  of  uncultivated  heath  stretche* 


1$  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

across  the  districts  of  the  mountains,  while  lakes  of 
considerable  magnitude  lave  their  basis,  and  cover 
by  their  limpid  waves  the  interjacent  vallies. 

We  have  just  been  considering  the  earth  as  a  glo- 
bular body  But  how,  it  may  be  asked,  are  we  to 
reconcile  this  with  those  unequal  appearances  ob- 
servable on  its  surface  ?  To  this  we  answer,  that 
the  elevation  of  the  highest  mountain  bears  no  more 
proportion  to  the  diameter  of  this  wonderful  struc- 
ture, than  the  inequalities  on  the  rind  of  an  orange 
does  to  its  bulk  ;  and  although  these  may  render  it, 
comparatively  speaking,  a  little  uneven,  they  do 
nothing  to  subtract  from  the  beauty  of  its  appear- 
ance, or  the  general  roundness  of  its  figure. 

Deformities,  indeed,  they  cannot  be  called ;  for 
if  the  human  mind  delights  in  variety,  these  inequa- 
lities present  us  with  a  variety  the  most  pleasing  and 
picturesque ;  and  if  the  contemplative  philosopher 
Is  captivated  by  the  multiplicity  of  nature's  produc- 
tions, these  furnish  food  for  the  most  keen  researcher 
into  the  wonders  of  creation.  But  a  gratification  of 
taste  for  the  sublime  and  beautiful  were  not  the  only 
objects  the  Creator  had  in  view  in  this  diversity  of 
the  earth's  surface. 

Mountains  and  Vallies. 

These  have  other  great  and  important  uses.  Is 
Health  the  greatest  of  all  earthly  blessings? — to  one 
class  of  valetudinarians  the  mountain  breeze  is  be- 
neficial, while  to  another  the  genial  warmth  of  the 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       17 

well  sheltered  valley  produces  the  most  salutary  ef- 
fects. Does  the  east  wind  rage  with  fury,  or  cold, 
with  its  freezing  particles,  visit  us  from  the  north — 
the  deep-sunk  bosom  of  the  valley,  or  the  lee-side  of 
the  mountain,  defend  us  from  the  fury  of  the  tem- 
pest, and  shelter  us  from  the  raging  storm. 

By  this  happy  diversity  of  towering  mountain  and 
sinking  dale,  we  have  a  variety  of  soil  in  a  small 
compass,  and  are  furnished  with  the  productions  of 
different  climates  almost  at  our  doors.  These  serve 
also  for  the  harbour  and  lodgment  of  a  variety  of 
animals  that  would  have  been  ill  accomodated  in 
the  open  plain.  They  are  also  convenient  not  only 
for  the  generating  of  metals  and  minerals,  but  for 
digging  them  out  with  infinitely  less  trouble  and  ex- 
pense than  if  they  had  been  situate  at  considerable 
distances  below  a  level  surface  ;  and  mountains  are 
the  birth  place  of  many  valuable  Mines  and  pre- 
cious Stones-. 

In  the  burning  regions  of  the  torrid  zone,  ridges 
of  mountains,  running  from  East  to  West,  arrest 
with  their  towering  heads  the  vapours  in  their  flight, 
and,  condensed  into  rain,  force  back  the  fugitives  in 
cooling  and  refreshing  showers. 

In  places  where  earthquakes  prevail,  mountains 
are  converted  into  funnels,  for  the  purpose  of  vomit- 
ing forth  these  volcanic  eruptions  of  liquid  fire, 
which,  but  for  such  vents,  might  have  shaken  king- 
doms from  their  foundations,  and  swallowed  up 
provinces  in  one  mighty  gulph. 
c  2 


18       BOOK  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEK. 

But  the  most  general  use  to  which  Providence 
seems  to  'have  applied  mountains  and  vallies,  and 
consequently,  without  doubt,  the  most  important  one 
for  which  they  were  designed,  is  the  elevation  of 
Springs,  and  convenient  distribution  of  Waters, 
agreeably  to  the  language  of  the  Royal  Psalmist: 
"  They  go  up  by  the  mountains,  they  go  down  by 
the  vallies,  unto  the  place  which  thou  hast  appointed 
for  them,"  And  this  use  alone  would  have  atibrded 
us  abundant  motives  of  gratitude  and  thankfulness, 
although  there  had  been  no  other,  that  from  moun- 
tains and  vallies  we  are  supplied  with  these  inesti- 
mable blessings. 

Springs  and  Rivers. 

Water  is  not  only  one  of  those  necessary  elements 
of  which  our  very  means  of  existence  are  composed, 
but  it  administers  to  our  wants  and  conveniences  on 
a-  variety  of  occasions,  and  in  many  different  shapes. 

With  water  our  choicest  bread  is  mixed,  and  it 
makes  part  of  the  composition  of  our  favourite  be- 
verage, By  water  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and  the 
fowls  of  the  air,  quench  their  thirst ;  and  by  means 
of  it  the  lofty  cedar  of  Lebanon  derives  its  nutri- 
triment,  as  well  as  the  tender  herb  that  creepeth 
against  the  wall.  By  this  necessary  and  useful  fluid 
we  are  assisted  in  many  a  tedious  and  laborious 
operation: — Formed  into  canals  it  helps  the  deep- 
laden  barge  forward  in  its  progress  ;  confined  into 
dams  it  sets  the  ponderous  mill-wheel  in  motion ;  or 


BOOK    OF    MATURE    LAID    OPEN.  19 

evaporated  into  steam,  it  puts  in  play  the  massy  arms 
of  the  huge  engine. 

But  how  does  it  come  to  pass  that  water  is  ren- 
dered thus  serviceable?  It  is  partly  owing  to  the 
wise  manner  in  which  the  great  Creator  distributes 
it  from  his  treasures,  by  causing  Springs  to  take 
their  rise  in  elevated  situations,  and  partly  from  the 
general  law  impressed  upon  fluids  to  regain  their 
level,  that  water  is  impelled  forward  in  its  course, 
and  made  to  surmount  so  many  obstacles  in  its  pro- 
gress to  the  sea,  while  its  suitable  consistency  fits  it 
for  being  easily  turned  aside,  and  diverted  into  such 
other  channels  as  the  necessities  of  man  may  re- 
quire. 

If,  as  might  have  been  expected,  Springs  had 
been  confined  in  general  to  the  lower  situations  of 
the  earth,  extensive  tracts  must  have  been  left  un- 
watered,  while  plains  in  their  immediate  neighbour- 
hood would  have  been  deprived  of  their  fertility  by 
inundation,  or  rendered  pestilential  by  stagnant  wa- 
ters pent  up  without  the  means  of  escape.  Had 
water  been  deprived  of  that  admirable  property  of 
rising  to  its  level,  how  liable  would  it  have  been  to 
be  obstructed  in  its  progress  by  every  insignificant 
hillock,  or  trifling  rise  of  the  ground ;  and,  with  re- 
spect to  its  consistency,  besides  being  rendered  inca- 
pable of  being  converted  to  so  many  useful  purposes, 
had  it  been  thinner,  how  would  it  have  answered  the 
purpose  of  supporting  so  many  burdens,  or  keep- 
ing  \vithinits  bounds;  had  it  been  thicker,  how  would 
it  have  been  adapted  for  quenching  thirst,  or  ascend- 
ing the  minute  tubes  of  the  vegetable  tribe? 


SO  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

But  by  this  wise  and  beneficial  arrangement,  Ri- 
vers being  elevated  at  their  head,  in  situations  at  a 
distance  and  remote  from  the  sea,  are  necessitated 
to  pass  over  a  large  tract  of  country,  before  they 
lose  themselves  in  the  main,  and  following  the  course 
of  those  numerous  sunken  beds  made  for  them  in 
the  vallies,  they  are  at  once  confined  within  their 
proper  limits,  and  made  to  wind  in  many  a  length- 
ened turn,  to  the  more  copious  diffusion  of  their 
benefits,  than  would  have  otherwise  been  the  case ; 
while  their  pliable  nature  renders  them  easily  turned 
aside  as  they  glide  along,  to  water  those  fields  re- 
moved at  a  small  distance  from  their  bunk?,  or  for 
other  purposes  to  which  the  ingenuity  of  man  may 
make  them  subservient. 

Mineral  and  Medicinal  Waters, 

Are  also  amply  provided  by  nature,  and  dispense 
their  salutary  virtues  in  a  variety  of  situations. 
These  are  not  so  numerous  as  the  other,  but  are 
sufficiently  so  for  the  purposes  to  which  they  are 
adapted  ;  for  all  men,  and  every  living  creature, 
need  food,  but  we  have  reason  to  be  thankful  that 
all  need  not  the  aid  of  medicine.  Many  there  are, 
however,  who  stand  in  need  of  their  beneficial  in- 
fluences, and  many  an  invalid  have  they  been  the 
means  of  restoring  to  renovated  powers,  and  the 
blessings  of  health.  Like  the  pool  of  Bethesda,  they 
may  be  said  to  be  of  a  healing  nature  ;  but  blessed 
be  the  adorable  Physician  who  has  opened  up  these 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  21 

fountains,  that  they  have  been  found  to  be  for  the 
healing  of  multitudes  who  resort  thither,  and  not  for 
him  alone  who  is  fortunate  enough  to  be  first  plunged 
ipto  the  troubled  stream. 

Widz  and  extended  Plains 

Also  cover  a  considerable  portion  of  the  face  of 
our  globe,  and  these  are  not  without  their  uses.  Did 
nothing  but  huge  mountainous  districts,  intercepted 
by  deep  vallies,  present  themselves,  what  room 
would  be  left  for  tillage  ?  What  incredible  labour 
and  fatigue  in  travelling !  What  insurmountable 
barriers  to  the  purposes  of  trade  and  commerce! 
But  these  facilitate  the  operations  of  agriculture,  and 
cause  the  stubborn  glebe  to  be  broken  up  with  ease. 
Carriages  with  immense  burdens  glide  alona:  ori  the 
level  of  a  rail -way  ;  the  traveller  on  horseback,  en- 
veloped in  darkness,  pursues  his  journey  without 
danger  of  stumbling ;  the  loaded  waggon  is  wheeled 
anwards  without  interruption;  and  the  swift  post 
flies  with  astonishing  celerity  on  the  wings  of  busi- 
ness. 

The  last  thing  we  shall  touch  upon  in  the  general 
appearance  of  the  surface  of  the  dry  land  is  the 

Verdant  Colour  of  the  Earth  ', 

For  whatever  diversity  of  hue  there  may  be  in  na- 
tural objects  when  viewed  separately,  there  car-*  be 
no  doubt  but  this  is  the  most  general  and  prevailing 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

colour;  and  as  nature  does  nothing  in  vain,  the  cir- 
cumstance certainly  ought  not  to  be  overlooked. 
In  this  the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  our  Creator 
will  appear  by  attending  to  the  following  considera- 
tions: Had  the  robe  of  nature  assumed  a  more  light 
or  brilliant  cast,  and  the  generality  of  objects  ap- 
peared of  a  white,  yelloiv,  orange,  or  red  com- 
plexion, it  would  have  been  too  much  for  the  strength 
of  our  nerves,  and  instead  of  being  refreshed  and 
delighted,  we  would  have  been  blinded  and  over* 
powered  with  the  dazzling  splendour. 

Had  she  put  on  a  more  sombre  aspect,  and  been 
clothed  with  a  violet,  purple,  or  blue  mantle,  the 
prospect  must  have  been  sad,  dismal,  and  gloomy, 
and  instead  of  imparting  to  the  animal  spirits  the 
exhilarating  draught  to  keep  them  in  full  play, 
would  have  suffered  them  to  subside  into  dejection 
and  despondency.  To  prevent  these  two  extremes, 
nature  is  clothed  with  a  verdant  mantle,  being  that 
proper  combination  of  light  and  shade,  that  neither 
dazzles  nor  darkens  the  prospect,  which  rather  re- 
freshes  than  fatigues  the  eye,  strengthens  and  invi- 
gorates instead  of  weakening  the  powers  of  vision, 
and  creates  in  the  soul  that  increasing  delight  and 
lengthened  rapture,  which  the  poet  had  in  view 
when  he  wrote  the  following  lines : 

"  Gay  green  ! 

Thou  smiling  Nature's  universal  robe  ; 
United  light  and  shade !  where  the  sight  dwells 
With  growing  streng  h,  and  ever  new  delight]." 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEIST.  23 

CHAP.   IV. 

VEGETABLES. 

• 

«<  Your  contemplation  further  yet  pursue ; 
The  wondrous  world  of  Vegetables  view  ! 
See  varied  Trees  their  various  fruits  produce, 
Some  for  delightful  taste,  and  some  for  use. 
See  Sprouting  Plants  enrich  the  plain  and  wood, 
For  physic  some,  and  some  design'd  for  food. 
See  Fragrant  Flowers,  with  different  colour's  dy'd, 
On  smiling  meads  unfold  their  gaudy  pride ! 

FROM  the  verdant  colour  of  creation  the  transi- 
tion is  natural  to  a  consideration  of  the  objects  by 
which  it  is  occasioned.  These  are  the  numerous 
vegetable  tribes  which  cover  and  adorn  the  surface 
of  our  globe  in  all  that  variety  of  Trees,  Shrubs, 
and  Herbs  which  we  behold. 

Here  Trees,  like  stately  turrets,  raise  their  lofty 
heads;  there,  the  more  pliant  and  humble  thick  set 
Shrubs  unite  their  foliage;  while  the  herbaceous 
tribe  in  mingled  profusion  cling  more  closely  to  the 
earth,  and  cover  the  fields  with  their  verdure.  Man 
cannot  contemplate  the  vegetable  creation  without 
recalling  the  idea  of  beauty,  sweetness,  and  a  thou- 
sand charms  thai  captivate  the  senses.  The  perfume 
of  the  rose,  the  brilliancy  of  the  lily,  the  sweetness 
of  the  violet,  and  the  stately  magnificence  of  the 
forest,  successively  catch  his  attention  and  delight 
him. 


24  BOOK   OP    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

The,  Structure,  of  Vegetables) 

In  all  their  varied  forms,  is  truly  wonderful. 
How  excellently  adapted  are  the  roots  for  taking 
hold  of  their  parent  earth,  as  well  as  for  drawing 
nourishment  for  the  support  of  the  plant,  and  imbib- 
ing moisture  from  the  neighbouring  soil !  How  com- 
modiously  are  the  various  tubes  and  fibres  which 
compose  the  trunk  or  stalk  arranged,  for  the  motion 
of  the  sap  upwards  to  aH  the  extremities  of  the 
leaves  and  branches  !  How  nicely  are  the  .'eaves 
formed  for  the  important  services  they  are  made  to 
yield  in  the  economy  of  vegetation !  See  how  they 
serve  to  concoct  and  prepare  the  sap ;  how  they 
prevent  by  their  s"hade  the  moisture  at  the  root  from 
being  too  speedily  evaporated ;  how  they  embrace 
and  defend  the  flower  in  the  bud,  and  carefully  con- 
ceal the  fruit  before  it  arrives  at  maturity ;  and  by 
catching  the  undulations  of  the  gentle  breeze,  how 
they  convey  that  motion  to  the  trunk  and  branches, 
which  (for  ought  we  know,,)  may  be  as  essentially 
necessary  to  the  vegetable  life  as  exercise  is  to  ani- 
mal health.  What  an  excellent  clothing  does  the 
bark  afford,  not  only  for  protecting  the  stem  and 
branches  from  external  injury,  but  from  the  hurtful 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold?  What  evident  marks 
of  wisdom  and  design  do  the  Flowers  evince  in  their 
beautiful  and  delicate  construction  !  how  nicely  are 
they  formed  for  the  protection  and  nourishment  of 
the  first  and  tender  rudiments  of  the  fruit !  and  when 
it  has  attained  more  firmness  and  solidity,  how 


BOOK.  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       25 

readily  do  they  relinquish  their  charge,  and  drop 
off  in  decay  when  no  longer  necessary  !  How  won- 
derfully does  the  fruit,  in  some  classes,  envelope 
and  protect  the  seed  till  it  has  arrived  at  maturity  ; 
and,  lastly,  what  a  passing  strange  piece  of  orga- 
nized mechanism  is  the  seed  itself,  and,  being  ne- 
cessary for  the  reproduction  of  its  species,  what  a 
remarkable  provision  is  made  for  its  preservation 
and  succession !  What  but  the  wisdom  of  a  Deity 
could  have  devised  that  those  seeds  wrhich  are  most 
exposed  to  the  ravages  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
forest,  should  not  only  be  doubly,  but  some  of  them 
trebly  enclosed  !  that  those  most  in  request  as  arti- 
cles of  food,  should  be  so  hardy  and  abundantly 
prolific  ;  and  that  seeds  in  general,  which  are  the 
sport  of  so  many  casualties,  and  exposed  to  injury 
from  such  a  variety  of  accidents,  are  possessed  of  a 
principle  of  lasting  vitality,  which  makes  it  indeed 
no  easy  matter  to  deprive  them  of  their  fructifying 
power.  Plants  are  also  multiplied  and  propagated 
by  a  variety  of  ways,  which  strengthen  the  provision 
for  their  succession. 

Nor  is  the  finger  of  Providence  less  visible  in  the 
means  of  diffusing  or  spreading  abroad  vegetables, 
than  in  the  provision  made  for  keeping  up  their  suc- 
cession. The  earth  may  be  said  to  be  full  of  the 
goodness  of  the  Lord  ;  but  how  comes  it  to  pass, 
that  in  parts  untrod  by  man,  and  on  the  tops  of  ru- 
inous buildings,  so  many  varied  specimens  of  the 
vegetable  creation  are  to  be  found  ?  Is  it  not  from 
the  manner  in  which  Nature's  great  husbandman 

D 


26  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

scatters  his  seeds  about  ?  While  the  seeds  of  some 
plants  are  made  sufficiently  heavy  to  fall  down  and 
take  up  their  abode  nigh  the  place  of  their  nativity ; 
and  others,  after  having  been  swallowed  by  quadru- 
peds, are  deposited  in  the  neighbouring  soil ;  some 
are  carried  by  the  fowls  of  the  air  to  places  more  re- 
mote, or,  being  furnished  with  a  soft  plumage,  are 
borne  on  the  winds  of  heaven  to  the  situations  allot- 
ted for  them.  To  prevent  some  from  pitching  too 
near,  they  are  wrapt  up  in  elastic  cases,  which  burst- 
ing when  fully  ripe,  the  prisoners  fly  abroad  in  all 
directions  :  to  prevent  others  from  straying  too  far, 
they  are  furnished  with  a  kind  of  grappling  hooks 
that  arrest  them  in  their  flight,  and  attach  them  to 
the  spot  most  congenial  to  their  growth. 

In  the  construction  of  plants  we  observe  a  consi- 
derable difference  in  the  consistence  of  the  three 
classes.  Compared  with  the  shrubby  race,  how 
hard,  firm,  and  tenacious  is  the  trunk  of  the  majestic 
Oak;  and,  compared  with  the  herbaceous  tribe,  how 
woody,  tough,  and  elastic  is  the  hawthorn  twig; 
but  for  this,  how  could  the  mighty  monarch  of  the 
wood  have  been  able  to  withstand  the  fury  of  the 
tempest;  and,  while  the  more  humble  and  lowly 
shrubs  stand  not  in  need  of  such  firmness  of  texture, 
their  pliability  and  elastic  toughness,  together  with 
the  prickly  coat  of  mail  by  which  they  are  envelop- 
ed, render  them  less  susceptible  of  injury  in  their 
exposed  situation. 

Softness,  united  with  a  still  greater  degree  of  flex- 
ibility, are  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       27 

herbaceous  order;  and  how  wisely  has  this  been  or- 
dered for  the  various  purposes  for  which  they  were 
created ;  with  the  firmness  of  trees,  to  what  a 
prickly  stubble  must  Nature's  soft  and  downy  carpet 
have  given  way  ?  with  the  tenacity  of  shrubs,  how 
would  it  have  answered  as  food  for  our  cattle  ? 

There  are,  besides,  a  number  of  other  properties 
and  peculiarities  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  in  which 
the  wonderful  working  of  Divinity  shines  pre-emi* 
nent.  How  strange,  for  instance,  that  if  a  seed  is 
sown  in  a  reversed  position,  the  young  root  turns  of 
itself  downwards,  while  the  stern  refuses  to  sink 
deeper  in  the  soil,  and  bends  itself  round  to  shoot  up 
through  the  surface  of  the  earth.  How  surprising, 
that  when  the  roots  of  a  tree  or  plant  meet  with  a 
stone  or  other  interruption  in  their  progress  under- 
ground, they  change  their  direction  and  avoid  it. 
How  amazing,  that  the  numerous  shoots  which 
branch  out  from  the  root  in  quest  of  moisture,  pursue 
as  it  were  by  instinct  the  tract  that  leads  to  it ;  will 
turn  from  a  barren  to  a  more  fertile  soil ;  and,  that 
plants  shut  up  in  a  darksome  room,  bend  or  creep 
to  any  aperture  through  which  the  rays  of  light  may 
be  admitted. 

In  these  respects  the  vegetable  tribes  may  be  said 
to  possess  something  analogous  to  animal  life  ;  but 
here  the  resemblance  does  not  drop — how  surprising 
the  phenomenon  of  what  is  called  the  sleep  of  plants, 
and  the  sexual  system  of  Linnaeus,  founded  on  the 
discovery  that  there  exists  in  the  vegetable,  as  well 
as  in  the  animal  kingdom,  a  distinction  of  sexes  ! 


28       BOOK  OP  KATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

What  amazing  variety  of  size,  of  shape,  and  hue, 
do  we  discover  among  this  multitudinous  order  of 
things  !  What  different  properties  do  some  possess 
from  others  !  and  what  a  near  approach  do  a  few 
make  to  that  superior  order  immediately  above 
them,  in  the  scale  of  existence !  The  Sensitive 
plant,  when  slightly  touched,  evinces  something  like 
the  timidity  of  our  harmless  animals  ;  the  Hedysa- 
rum  Gyrans,  or  moving  plant  of  the  East,  exhibits 
an  incessant  and  spontaneous  movement  of  its  leaves 
during  the  day,  in  warm  and  clear  weather ;  but 
in  the  night  season,  and  in  the  absence  of  light  and 
heat,  its  motions  cease,  and  it  remains,  as  it  were,  in 
a  state  of  quiescence ;  and  the  American  Venus9 
Flytrap,  like  an  animal  of  prey,  seems  to  lie  in  wait 
to  catch  the  unwary  insect.  These  are  wonderful 
properties  of  the  vegetable  creation,  but  these  are 
necessary  in  the  infinitude  of  the  works  of  creation, 
as  links  to  connect  it  with  the  order  of  animals,  and 
preserve  unbroken  the  most  minute  gradations  in 
Nature's  universal  chain ! 

Flowers  are  undoubtedly  among  the  most  exqui- 
site pieces  of  nature's  workmanship.  What  beautiful 
tints  do  they  display !  what  lively  colours  do  they 
unfold !  what  variegated  beauties  do  they  discover ! 
and  what  delightful  perfumes  do  they  emit!  In 
view  of  these  well  might  the  poet  exclaim  : 


"  Who  can  paint 


Like  Nature?  Can  imagination  boast 
Amid  its  gay  creation,  hues  like  hers? 
Or  can  it  mix  them  with  that  matchless  skill, 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

And  lose  them  in  each  other,  as  appears 
In  every  bud  that  blows  ?" 


But  we  have  no  less  to  admire  in  the  general  con- 
trivance and  delicate  structure  of  their  several  parts, 
and  beautiful  harmony  of  the  whole,  than  in  the  lay- 
ing on  of  the  colours  by  which  they  are  embellished. 

The  diversity  of  shape,  and  ?A>rm,  and  complexion, 
in  those  of  different  kinds,  is  not  more  remarkable 
than  that  no  two  are  to  he  found  exactly  alike,  even 
of  the  same  species,  and  growing  on  the  same  stalk 
or  knot. 

Nor  should  the  aromatic  fragrarrce  which  those 
beautiful  sons  and  daughters  of  nature  Send  forth, 
more  excite  our  gratitude,  than  that  well  ordered 
succession,  by  which  the  pleasures  we  receive  from 
these  transitory  visitants,  are  lengthened  out  and 
protracted  all  the  year  round. 

Before  winter  with  his  cloudy  front  has  taken  his 
departure,  the  early  Snow  drop  boldly  steps  forth 
in  his  pure  white  robe,  the  Crocus  next,  with  an  air 
of  timidity  peeps  out,  and,  as  if  afraid  to  venture, 
keeps  close  to  die  earth  ;  then  comes  the  Violet  with 
her  varied  beauties,  accompanied  by  the  sparkling 
Polyanthus,  and  splendid  Auricula;  afterwards 
groves  of  Tulips  display  their  rich  and  gaudy  attire, 
followed  by  the  Anemone  in  her  spreading  robe. — 
Now  the"  Ranuncules  expands  the  richness  of  his 
foliage,  the  Sun-Flower  shoots  forth  his  golden  rays, 
and  the  beautiful  Carnation  with  a  numerous  train 
bring  up  the  rear,  and  close  the  procession. 


30       BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

The  Use  of  Vegetables. 

Trees. — Those  stupendous  specimens  of  creating 
art  spread  not  their  wide  extended  roots,  nor  lift 
their  lofty  heads  in  vain.  Beneath  their  cooling 
shades,  our  flocks  and  herd's  find  a  c(.mfortable 
asylum  from  the  scorching  rays  of  the  summer  sun; 
the  wild  stragglers  of  the  forest  have  a  place  of  re- 
fuge among  their  woods  and  thickets;  whilst  the 
feathery  songsters  of  the  grove  build  their  little 
dwellings  in  security,  and  sing  among  their  branch- 
es ;  "  as  for  the  stork,  the  fir  trees  are  her  house." 

But  in  what  a  variety  of  respects,  besides  afford- 
ing the  inhabitants  of  warm  climates  an  agreeable 
shelter  from  the  mid  day  heat,  do  they  yield  their 
services,  or  are  made  subservient  to  the  use  of  man. 
Some,  as  the  bread  fruit  tree  of  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
the  cabbage  tree  of  East  Florida,  the  tea  tree  of 
China,  the  sugarmaple  tree  of  America,  the  coffee 
tree  and  sugar  cane  in  the  West  Indies,  and  the  nu- 
merous luxurious  fruit  bearing  trees  scattered  over 
the  face  of  the  globe,  contribute  to  our  wants  in  form 
of  food.  The  fountain  tree  on  one  of  the  Canary 
Islands,  is  said  by  voyagers  to  furnish  the  inhabitants 
with  a  supply  of  water ;  while  the  paper-mulberry 
tree  of  the  Southern  ocean,  and  the  cotton  shrub  of 
America,  provide  us  with  materials  for  clothing. 
The  candle-berry  myrtle  presents  the  inhabitants  of 
Nankeen  with  a  substitute  for  animal  tallow.  The 
salt  tree  of  Chili  yields  a  daily  supply  of  fine  salt 
Thf  cinnamon,  nutmeg,  clove,  and  pimento,  furnish 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  i 

us  ,with  a  supply  of  spices.  The  Jesuit's  bark, 
manna,  senna,  and  others,  produce  a  variety  of  sim- 
ple but  useful  medicines.  Some  trees  yield  a  preci- 
ous balsam  for  the  healing  of  nations;  son  e  a  quan- 
tity of  turpentine  and  rosin,  and  others  give  out  their 
quota  of  valuable  oils  and  gums. 

Nor  are  trees  serviceable  only  in  a  natural  state  : 
by  the  assistance  of  art,  some  are  converted  into 
houses  to  protect  man  from  the  inclemency  of  the 
weather,  or  are  moulded  into  a  variety  of  forms  for 
the  purposes  of  building,  and  domestic  comfort; 
others  raise  the  huge  fabric  of  the  floating  cattle  or 
bulky  merchantman,  by  which  the  articles  of  indus- 
try and  commerce  are  transported,  and  a  communi- 
cation kept  up  with  the  remotest  regions, 

Our  limits  do  not  permit  us  to  enlarge  upon  these 
specimens,  or  point  out  the  various  uses  to  which  a 
number  of  other  woods  in  general  use  may  be  ap- 
plied ;  but  the  reader's  own  thoughts  may  suggest 
these,  as  they  are  sufficiently  obvious :  and  mean 
time  we  will  proceed  to  the  order  of 

Shrubs. — As  much  that  has  been  already  said 
respecting  the  utility  of  trees,  may  be  applied  in 
common  to  this  order,  we  will  confine  ourselves  to 
the  three  particulars  in-  which  they  may  be  said  to 
differ  most  from  the  former ;  the  first  is  their  stature, 
the  second  their  greater  pliability,  and  the  third  the 
prickly  armour  by  which  many  of  them  are  covered. 

Some  shrubs,  as  the  gooseberry,  the  rasp,  and  the 
current  bushes,  so  common  in  our  gardens,  gratify 
the  palate,  and  temper  the  blood  during  the  summer 


32  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

months  with  agreeable  and  cooling  fruit;  others,  as 
the  rose,  delight  and  please  the  eye  by  the  beauty 
of  their  flowers ;  or  regale  the  olfactory  nerves  with 
the  fragrance  of  their  perfumes,  as  the  sweet  scented 
briar:  but  how  could  these  several  ends  have  been 
accomplished,  if,  by  a  more  exalted  exposure,  the 
fruit  bearing  bushes  had  placed  their  treasures  be- 
yond our  reach — every  rose,  with  its  back  turned  to 
us.  had  been  "  born  to  blush  unseen,"  and  each  aro- 
matic shrub,  removed  far  above  the  sense  of  smel- 
ling, had  literally  been  left 

"  To  waste  its  sweetness  in  the  desart  air." 

With  regard  to  that  considerable  share  of  pliant 
elasticity  possessed  by  some  of  them,  how  easily 
does  this  admit  the  branches  .to  be  turned  aside,  and 
to  resume  their  former  position,  in  gathering  of  the 
fruit  or  flowers,  and  how  serviceable  does  this  pro- 
perty enable  us  to  make  some  of  them  in  the  form 
of  hoops,  baskets,  or  wicker  work  of  any  descrip- 
tion ;  while  the  sharp-pointed  prickles  by  which  they 
are  armed,  serve  not  only  as  weapons  of  defence  for 
themselves,  but  furnish  us  with  cheap  and  secure 
fences  against  the  inroads  of  straggling  cattle,  and 
the  unwelcome  intrusion  of  the  unprincipled  vagrant. 

Herbs — in  an  especial  manner  may  be  said  to> 
constitute  the  food  of  man  and  beast,  as  well  as  to 
yield  their  assistance  in  an  infinity  of  ways;  and 
behold,  in  what  profusion  they  spring  forth;  in 
what  numerous  bands  they  appear  !  Yonder,  a  field 
of  golden-eared  wheat  presents  to  the  view  a  most 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  S3 

prolific  crop  of  what  forms  the  chief  part  of  the  sfeaff 
of  life.  Here  a  few  acres  of  long  bearded  barley 
ripen  to  provide  us  with  our  favourite  beverage. 
On  the  right  hand  stand  the  tall  growing  and  slen- 
der oats  and  flowering  potatoes,  to  revive  and  keep 
alive  the  hopes  of  the  poor;  while  on  the  left  the 
heavy  laden  bean,  and  low -creeping  pea,  in  length- 
ened files  vegetate  to  furnish  provender  for  our 
horses;  or  the  globular  turnip  increases  its  swelling 
bulk  to  lay  up  for  our  herds  a  supply  of  food  when 
the  softer  herbage  of  the  tietd  is  locked  up  by  the 
congealing  powers  of  winter. 

But  what  a  spontaneous  crop  of  luxuriant  herbage 
do  our  meadows  present  in  the  appointed  season, 
and  in  what  a  profusion  of  wholesome  pasture  do 
the  numerous  flocks  of  sheep  and  cattle  roam! 
Whether  they  frequent  the  solitary  holm,  beside  the 
still  waters,  or  range  the  pathless  steep,  still  they 
are  followed  by  the  goodness  of  the  Lord  :  myriads 
of  grassy  tufts  spring  up  on  every  side,  and  they  are 
satisfied  out  of  the  treasures  of  Providence. 

But  the  herbaceous  productions  of  the  field  are 
not  universally  calculated  for  the  purposes  of  food. 
In  some  places  numerous  groups  of  tall,  thin,  flexi- 
ble plants  make  their  appearance,  whose  filmy  coats 
being  properly  manufactured,  are  converted  into  the 
most  costly  and  delicate  raiment;  while  others  of  a 
coarser  texture  furnish  the  mariner  with  wings  to 
his  vessel,  cordage  to  tighten  his  masts,  or  the  pon- 
derous cable  to  stay  his  bark  in  the  midst  of  the 
fluctuating  element. 


34       BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

But  here  their  services  do  not  end;  for  when 
worn  out  in  one  shape,  they  assume  a  new  form,  and 
not  only  furnish  the  material  from  which  is  formed 
the  wrapper  of  the  manufacturer,  and  the  package 
of  the  merchant,  but  that  invaluable  article  upon 
which  we  write — upon  which  we  are  able  to  hold 
converse  with  friends  at  a  distance — and  by  means 
of  ichich,  man  transmits  his  thoughts  to  man,  and 
generations  unborn  are  enabled  to  hold  converse 
with  past  ages! 

By  means  of  these  pliant  productions  we  are  also 
supplied  with  a  variety  of  seeds  and  oils,  of  much 
request  in  common  life ;  and  wherever  disease  is 
known?  there,  we  have  reason  to  believe,  medicinal 
herbs  spring  up  as  antidotes  ;  some  communicating 
their  healing  virtues  by  the  root,  some  by  the  leaves, 
and  others  by  the  flowers  or  seeds.  A  number  of 
these,  and  many  others  of  the  greatest  utility  in  me- 
dicine, come  forth  in  various  parts  of  the  globe 
without  the  aid  of  art,  and  are  found  growing  wild 
among  the  herbs  of  the  field  — but  these  are  not  the 
effects  of  chance.  They  were  originally  planted  by 
the  hands  of  Omnipotence,  at  the  suggestion  of 
Divine  benevolence,  prompted  by  Omniscience.  It 
was  the  Lord  who  created  medicines  out  of  the 
earth;  He  foresaw  the  distresses  of  his  creatures, 
and  in  pity  to  their  calamities,  not  only  commission- 
ed the  balm  to  spring  up  in  Gilead  for  the  healing 
of  the  eastern  tribes,  but  has  spread  abroad  that 
boundless  variety  of  medicinal  plants,  which  are  to 
be  found  in  every  climate,  suited  to  the  diseases  of 


BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  35 

those  particular  spots,  where  Providence,  all-wise, 
hath  fixed  the  lot  of  their  inhabitants. 

What  a  beautiful  variety  of  nutritious  esculents, 
and  exquisitely  formed  flowers  do  our  gardens  pre- 
sent !  Here  the  Parsley  with  her  frizzled  locks,  the 
Celery  with  her  outstretched  arms,  the  Asparagus 
with  his  towering  stem,  the  Artichoke  with  his  tur- 
gid top,  the  Cauliflower  with  her  milky  dome,  the 
Cabbage  with  her  swelling  form,  a  variety  of  greens 
with  their  curled  leaves,  and  long  files  of  peas  and 
beans,  await  in  silence  their  master's  call  to  do  ho- 
mage at  his  table ;  and  here  too  is  deposited,  among 
a  number  of  valuable  and  useful  roots,  that  excellent 
farinaceous  substitute  for  bread,  the  wholesome  po- 
tatoe. 

Flowers. — But  for  what  purpose  do  .these  charm- 
ing  flowers  come  forth  r  Is  it  merely  to  please  our 
eyes  with  their  brilliant  colours,  and  regale  the  sense 
of  smelling  with  their  odoriferous  perfumes,  that 
they  unfold  their  fascinating  beauties  and  emit  their 
pleasing  fragrance  ?  Or  is  it  to  attract  those  nume- 
rous insects  which  swarm  among  them,  and  riot 
amid  their  liquid  sweets? 

That  flowers  were  designed  for  both  these  pur- 
poses is  apparent  from  the  sensations  we  experience 
when  we  have  leisure  to  visit  those  delightful  spots, 
and  the  assiduous  eagerness  which  the  busy  bee 
evinces  in  roaming  from  flower  to  flower,  to  extract 
their  balmy  juices*  But  there  is  another,  and  that 
a  most  important  use  to  which  the  flowery  race  may 


36  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

be  made  subservient : — In  reason's  ear  they  become 
preachers. 

The  upright  philosopher  of  the  land  of  Uz,  and 
that  devout  admirer  of  the  works  of  Nature,  Israel's 
king  David,  both  took  occasion  to  compare  the  un- 
certain ten  ut  ot  human  life,  to  the  frail  and  perish- 
able state  of  a  flower.  The  prophet  Isaiah  repre* 
sents  the  transient  glory  of  the  crown  of  pride  as 
being  like  to  one  of  these  fading  beauties;  and  our 
Saviour  has  demonstrated  that  an  important  lesson 
may  be  learned  against  a  too  anxious  care,  and 
pride  in  dress,  by  a  right  consideration  of  these  gay 
visitants:  "  Consider  the  lilies  how  they  grow  ;  they 
toil  not,  they  spin  not ,  and  yet  I  say  unto  you,  that 
Solomon  in  all  his  glory  was  not  arrayed  like  one 
of  these." 

It  must,  therefore,  add  much  to  the  value  of  these 
short  lived  monitors,  in  the  estimation  of  the  wise, 
and  make  their  peaceful  abodes  be  sought  after  with 
the  greater  avidity  by  those  who  take  pleasure  in  the 
works  of  God,  that  they  are  thus  capable  of  afford- 
ing matter  for  serious  reflection  and  moral  improve- 
ment. 

Mr.  Addison  seems  to  have  been  sensible  of  this, 
when  he  breaks  out  into  the  following  declamation, 
in  praise  of  the  pleasures  of  such  a  retirement: — 
"  You  must  know,  Sir,"  says  he,  in  one  of  his  papers 
in  the  spectator,  "  that  I  look  upon  the  pleasure 
which  we  take  in  a  garden,  as  one  of  the  most  inno- 
cent delights  of  human  life.  A  garden  was  the  ha- 
bitation of  our  first  parents  before  the  fall  It  is 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       37 

naturally  apt  to  fill  the  mind  with  calmness  and 
tranquility,  and  to  lay  all  its  turbulent  passions  at 
rest.  It  gives  us  a  great  insight  into  the  contrivance 
and  wisdom  of  Providence,  and  suggests  innumera- 
ble subjects  for  meditation.  We  cannot  but  think 
the  very  complacency  and  satisfaction  which  a  man 
takes  in  these  works  of  Nature,  to  be  a  laudable,  if 
not  a  virtuous  habit  of  mind." 

But  let  not  the  poor  complain,  or  those  who  have 
no  garden  to  retire  to,  no  beautifully  adorned  en- 
closure, where,  secluded  from  society,  they  may  give 
themselves  up  to  reflection.  Still  the  fields  are  open 
to  them,  and  what,  in  the  words  of  an  eminent  na- 
turalist, is  the  earth,  but  "  an  immense  garden,  laid 
out  and  planted  by  the  hand  of  the  Deity  ? — the 
lofty  mountains  and  waving  forests  are  its  terraces 
and  groves;  fertile  fields  and  flowery  meadows  form 
its  beautiful  parterres." 

We  cannot,  we  are  persuaded,  conclude  this  head 
of  our  subject  better  than  with  the  following  quota- 
tion from  the  author  of  The  Seasons : 

*'  Soft  roll  your  incense  herbs,  and  fruits,  and  flowers, 

In  mingled  clouds  to  HIM,  whose  sun  exalts, 

Whose  breath  perfumes  you,  and  whose  pencil  paints." 


oS       BOOK.  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

CHAP.  II. 

ANIMALS. 

«  Fountain  of  elegance,  unseen  thyself, 

What  limit  owns  thy  beauty,  when  thy  works 

Seem  '.o  possess,  to  faculties  like  mine, 

Perfection  infinite  !  the  merest  speck 

Of  animated  matter,  to  the  eye 

That  studiously  surveys  the  wise  design, 

Is  a  full  volume  of  abundant  art. 

IN  ascending  from  the  Vegetable  to  the  Animal 
kingdom,  we  cannot  help  our  attention  being  for- 
cibly engaged  by  the  singular  construction,  and 
amazing  properties  of  those  little  wonders  found  at 
the  bottom  of  ditches,  and  adhering  to  the  underside 
of  the  broad  leaves  of  Aquatic  Plants,  known  by  the 
name  of  Freshwater  Polypuses.  See  that  little 
thing  in  form  of  a  funnel  or  bell,  adhering  by  the 
lower  extremity  to  some  extraneous  substance  at 
the  bottom  of  the  water !  Observe  how  it  shoots 
out  its  slender  arms  from  the  margin  of  its  wide 
mouth,  and  casts  them  around,  occasioning  a  vortex 
in  the  fluid!  See  how  those  insects,  after  being 
drawn  into  that  vortex,  are  caught  hold  of  by  its 
arms,  and  conveyed  to  the  mouth  with  a  celerity 
that  is  astonishing ;  but  for  these  signs  of  life  and 
animation  would  you  not  have  taken  what  you  first 
saw  to  be  a  flower?  Now  observe  how  it  shoots 
out  from  its  sides  something  in  form  of  buds;  return 
in  a  few  days,  and,  what  do  you  behold? — these 
buds  converted  into  perfect  Polypuses,  but  still  ad- 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  39 

hering  to  the  parent.  See  how,  by  a  sudden  Jirkj 
they  separate,  and  immediately  fix  on  other  situa- 
tions; cut  one  of  these  in  two,  the  upper  ^art  shoots 
out  a  tail,  and  the  under  produces  a  head;  cut  one 
in  three,  and  the  upper  and  under  do  the  same, 
while  the  middle  division  produces  both  a  head  and 
a  tail ;  cut  one  down  lengthways  to  the  middle,  and 
you  have  a  monster  with  two  heads;  divide  these, 
again  and  again,  as  often  as  you  please,  and  you 
have  a  Hydra  with  many  heads,  in  short  cut  the 
Polypus  into  ten,  or  ten  hundred  parts,  the  effect 
will  be  the  same,  and  you  will  have  as  many  Poly- 
puses. 

If  the  Sensitive  Plant,  the  Hedysarum  Gyrans, 
and  Venus'  Fly-Trap,  may  be  considered  as  so 
many  links  at  which  the  vegetable  creation  ends, 
these  living  plants,  if  we  may  use  the  expression, 
and  animal  flowers,  which  are  found  adhering  to 
the  rocks  on  the  sea  shore,  may,  as  well  as  the  Oys- 
ter, and  other  shell -fish  (which  form  the  connection 
betwixt  the  animal  and  the  mineral  kingdom,)  be 
reckoned  among  those  at  which  the  mysterious  "and 
multitudinous  order  of  beings  begins,  which  is  con- 
tinued in  such  an  infinitude  of  shapes  and  sizes, 
shades  and  differences,  and  possessed  with  such  a 
number  gf  dissimilar  appetites  and  instincts,  from 
the  lowest  gradation  amongst  the  number  of  these 
imperfectly  formed  animals,  till  it  arrives  at  that 
most  complete  piece  of  Nature's  workmanship — that 
cape-stone  of  the  inferior  creation,  or  link  whick 
unites  it  with  superior  intelligences — Man. 


40  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

The  number  of  animated  creatures  is  prodigious 
indeed!  The  whole  creation  teems  as  it  were  with 
existence!  The  dry-land  sends  forth  its  multitudes; 
the  air  hath  its  swarms;  the  sea  its  numerous  shoals: 
and  the  very  depositories  of  corruption  produce  their 
myriads  !  Indeed  in  the  class  of  Insects  alone  there 
are  a  greater  number  of  species  than  there  are  kinds 
of  Plants  on  the  surface  of  the  earth.  In  a  little  rain 
water,  after  standing  some  days,  Mr.  Lewenhoeck 
discovered  innumerable  animalcules,  many  thou- 
sands of  times  less  than  a  grain  of  sand,  and  in 
proportion  to  a  mite  as  a  bee  is  to  a  horse!  Having 
examined  the  melt  of  a  cod,  he  concluded  that  it 
contained  more  living  animalcules  than  there  were 
people  living  in  the  world;  and  by  a  method  he 
made  use  of  in  order  to  ascertain  the  comparative 
size  with  the  thickness  or  breadth  of  a  hair  of  his 
head,  it  was  found  that  216,000  of  these  minute 
creatures  are  but  epual  to  a  globe  whose  diameter  is 
the  breath  of  a  hair.  How  amazing  the  wonders  of 
Omnipotence! 

Yet  notwithstanding  these  immense  numbers,  this 
amazing  diversity  of  form  and  bulk,  of  taste  and 
habit,  all  are  conveniently  and  comfortably  lodged  ; 
all  are  fed  to  their  hearts'  content,  at  the  same 
common  table,  and  in  such  a  manner  as  qpt  a  frag- 
ment can  be  lost.  How  wonderful  is  it  to  observe 
how  well  adapted  are  the  various  appetites  of  his 
Creatures,  to  fulfil  the  will  of  the  Great  Creator,  that 
not  a  fragment  may  be  lost.  Some  animals  ol  the 
carniverous  kind  have  an  unquenchable  thirst  for 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  41 

blood  warm  from  the  animal;  others  are  satisfied 
with  the  flesh  newly  killed:  a  third  are  not  pleased 
with  it  till  it  is  in  a  state  of  putridity :  ot  those  of 
another  description,  some  live  upon  fruits  and  roots; 
otliers  can  partake  of  bark  and  leaves ;  a  third  put 
up  with  the  soft  herbage  of  the  meadow  ;  and  a 
fourth. are  content  with  the  very  refuse  of  our  fields 
and  gardens:  while  each  pursues  that  particular 
path  chalked  out  for  him  by  Nature,  without  re- 
pining or  envying  the  lot  of  his  neighbour. 

The  unwieldly  Whale  in  the  Greenland  seas,  the* 
numerous  herds  of  Elephants  which  graze  the  ex- 
tensive regions  betwixt  the  river  Senegal  and  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  and  the  gigantic  Ostrich  of 
the  sandy  borders  of  Egypt  and  Palestine,  roam  as 
much  at  large  as  the  winged  insect  that  flits  from 
flower  to  flower,  or  the  invisible  Animalcule  \\hich 
swims  in  the  liquid  drop.  The  polar  Bear  of  the 
Arctic  Circle,  wrapt  in  his  shaggy  covering,  the 
Ermine  of  Siberia  in  his  furry  mantle,  and  the  Wa- 
ter-Fowl with  her  thick-set  oily  feathers,  no  doubt 
feel  as  comfortable  as  the  Barbary  Cow,  almost 
naked,  the  rhinoceros,  sheltered  from  the  tropical 
heats  by  his  coat  of  mail,  or  the  monstrous  Hippo- 
potamus (the  Behemoth  of  Job,)  when  he  retires  to 
cool  himself  at  the  bottom  of  the  African  rivers. 
Those  abhorred  insects  which  feed  upon  ordure,  or 
still  more  loathsome,  that  riot  in  putrefaction,  we 
have  reason  to  believe  feed  as  deliciously  as  the 
Racoon  on  his  West-Indian  sweets,  or  pampered 
Lap-dog  from  the  hand  of  its  mistress.  And  if  the 
E  2 


42  BOOK  OF    NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

foxes  have  holes,  and  the  birds  of  the  air  have  nests, 
we  have  no  reason  to  suppose  but  the  former  feel 
as  happy  when  they  have  formed  their  habitations 
at  a  convenient  distance  from  the  hen-ioosi,  and  the 
latter,  when  from  their  lofty  situations  they  can 
behold  the  fowler  at  a  distance,  as  the  frocks  and 
herds  which  graze  our  fields,  or  the  domestic  fowls 
which  partake  of  our  care  and  bounty.  By  this 
wise  and  happy  arrangement,  the  harmony  of  the 
universe  is  preserved,  and  the  prodigious  multitude 
of  Earth's  numerous  tenants  enabled  to  exist  with- 
out 'disorder  or  confusion. 

But  if  we  attend  to  the  internal-  structure  of  these 
wonderfully  complicated  and  intricately  woven  ma- 
chines, called  Animals,  we  will  still  find  more  rea- 
son to  admire  and  adore  that  Great  Supreme,  whose 
omnipotent  fiat  brought  them  all  into  existence  No 
wonder  that  Galen,  at  the  sight  of  a  human  skeleton, 
should  relinquish  his  former  atheistical  thoughts; 
and,  that  the  Psalmist,  on  the  contemplation  of  his 
material  structure,  should  exclaim,  "  I  am  fearfully 
and  wonderfully  made  ;"  but  the  greater  surprise 
is,  that  so  many  skeletons  of  animals  and  animated 
wonders  can  be  beheld  with  so  much  indifference 
by  that  creature  to  whom  God  has  given  reflection 
for  the  wisest  of  purposes ;  for  to  what  purpose  can 
the  thoughts  of  man  be  better  applied  than  to  the 
contemplation  of  the  Deity  through  the  medium  of 
his  works ! 

"  What  variety  of  springs,  what  forces,  and  what 
mechanical  motion  (says  Button,)  are%enclosed  in 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  43 

this  small  part  of  matter  which  composes  the  body 
of  an  animal !  What  properties,  what  harmony, 
and  what  correspondence  between  the  various  parts ! 
How  many  combinations,  arrangements,  causes,  ef- 
fects and  principles,  conspire  to  complete  one  end; 
and  another  writer  observes:  u  In  the  single  ounce 
of  matter  which  composes  the  body  of  a  Sparrow, 
we  see  all  the  instruments  necessary  for  eating,  for 
digestion,  for  respiration,  for  seeing,  ior  hearing,  for 
smelling,  for  walking,  for  flying,  for  the  performance 
of  ever)  animal  function,  and  of  every  motion.  All 
the  parts  of  the  complicated  machine  are  perfectly 
appropriated,  completely  adapted  to  their  respective 
uses ;  and  all  disposed  with  the  most  exact  organi- 
zation." All  this  is  very  true,  but  would  not  the 
wonder  have  been  still  more  augmented,  had  the 
specimens  been  taken  from  among  those  little  curi- 
osities of  the  Western  hemisphere,  called  Humming- 
birds ;  with  the  addition  that  its  beak  is  pointed  like 
a  needle,  its  claws  not  thicker  than  a  common  pin  ; 
that  its  nest  is  about  half  an  inch  deep,  its  egg  about 
the  size  of  a  small  pea  ;  and  that  nevertheless  this 
diminutive  bird  is  adorned  with  a  plumage  of  the 
richest  hues,  and  covered  with  a  down  that  makes 
it  resemble  a  velvet  flower?  Upon  its  head  is  a 
black  tuft  of  incomparable  beauty;  the  breast  is  of 
a  rose  colour,  its  belly  white  as  milk,  the  b:  ck, 
wings,. and  tail  are  grey,  with  a  border  resembling 
silver,  and  as  if  streaked  with  gold  of  the  brightest 
hue!  But  indeed  the  structure  of  the  smaller  in- 
sect, or  minutest  animal  in  the  creation  of  God  carries 


44  BOOR    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

along  with  it  the  most  indisputable  evidence  of  its 
Original;  namely,  that  it  is  beyond  the  possibility 
of  art  to  imitate,  or  the  utmost  stretch  of  human  in- 
genuity to  comprehend. 

Motion  is  one  distinguishing  characteristic  of  the 
animal  from  th'*  vegetable  kingdom  of  'Nature:  and 
this  peculiarity  will  bo  found  to  be  absolutely  neces- 
sary ;  for  if  the  food  or  nutriment  01  animals  is  not 
brought  to  them  as  to  plants,  by  means  of  roots  or 
other  conductors,  they  must  needs  go  in  search  of 
it;  and  how  wisely  are  they  furnished  with  instru- 
ments for  the  purpose,  some  in  the  form  of  liir.bs, 
some  of  wings,  some  of  fins,  and  some  of  the  reptile 
tribe  are  enabled  to  move  by  the  disposition  of  the 
muscles  and  fibres  of  their  bodies  ;  but  what  would 
this  power  of  motion  and  means  of  performing  it 
have  signified,  had  these  creatures  been  left  to  grope 
in  the  dark,  without  ability  to  distinguish  the  good 
from  the  bad : 

«  To  shun  their  poison,  and  to  choose  their  food." 

Might  they  not  as  well  have  remained  to  perish 
en  the  spot  which  gave  them  birth,  as  to  have  strayed 
only  to  get  their  frames  shattered  by  every  interven- 
ing obstacle:  or  the  vital  spark  extinguished  by 
mistaking  the  beautiful  plant  for  the  wholesome  herb. 
To  remedy  such  evils,  howrever,  Nature,  or  rather 
the  God  of  Nature,  has  not  only  .provided  them 
with  senses,  but  has  taken  the  utmost  precaution  to 
guard  from  external  injury  these  wonderful  pieces 
of  exquisite  skill,  as  well  as  that  seat  of  all  sensa- 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  45 

tion,  from  whence  the  ramifications  of  the  nerves 
take  their  rise. 

To  mention  only  one  or  two  of  the  most  obvious, 
for  instance;  what  a  curious  and  wonderful  piece  of 
mechanism  is  the  human  Eye,  so  admirably  con- 
trived with  its  various  coats,  muscles,  vessels,  hu- 
mours, nerves,  and  retina,  for  the  purposes  of  vision ! 
How  excellent  its  situation  for  the  use  it  was  de- 
signed !  and  how  safely  guarded  by  tie  projecting 
eye  brows  and  watchful  eye  lashes,  ev^ppn  the  alert, 
from  external  injury  !  The  Eur,  too,  is  a  most 
wonderful  structure,  contrived  by  its  .ridges  and 
hollow's  to  gather  and  concentrate  sounds  till  they 
strike  on  the  transparent  membrane  that  forms  the 
surface  of  the  drum,  although  deeply  lodged  that  it 
may  also  be  preserved  from  outward  accident 
These  are  strange  pieces  of  mechanism  indeed! 
and  is  it  not  natural  to  conclude,  "  He  that  planted 
the  ear  shall  he  not  hear  f  he  that  formed  the  eye 
shall  he  not  see  ?" 

If  the  brain,  which  is  the  seat  of  sensation  and 
the  fountain  of  the  animal  spirits,  is  environed  round 
with  such  a  hard,  thick,  and  tough  substance  as  the 
skull,  the  heart  and  lungs  are  wisely  placed  in  the 
centre  of  the  body,  and  encompassed  by  a  double 
fence  of  bones  or  ribs,  muscles,  and  skin. 

Without  breathing,  to  put  the  wheel  in  motion  at 
the  cistern,  no  animal  could  exist,  and  how  admira- 
bly situated  and  guarded  also,  as  we  have  observed, 
are  the  organs  of  respiration,  and  that  mysterious 
movement,  "  that  faints  not,  neither  is  weary/'  but 


46  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEW. 

by  night  and  by  day,  asleep  or  awake,  in  motion  or 
at  rest,  beats  in  unremitting  pulsations,  with  greater, 
regularity  than  a  watch,  in  the  breast  ot  some  ani- 
mals for  sixty,  in  some  seventy,  and  in  others  up- 
wards  of  one  hundred  years.  We  might  also  notice 
the  admirable  structure  and  wise  disposition  ot  the 
other  parts  in  the  animal  economy,  but  this  would 
be  inconsistent  with  our  present  limits  and  design  ; 
we  must,  however,  observe  on  the  whole,  that  each 
will  be  fou^J|  most  conveniently  situated  for  its  re- 
spective uses,  and  formed  in  the  wisest  manner  for 
its  various  purposes;  that  while  nothing  is  wanting 
to  render  the  structure  complete,  there  is  nothing  su- 
perfluous or  made  in  vain.  The  feelers  of  the 
Butterfly  are  no  less  essential  to  her  well  being  than 
the  proboscis  of  the  Elephant;  and  the  leg  of  the 
Fly  can  no  more  say  to  its  wing,  than  the  eye  of  the 
human  body  to  its  hand,  "  I  have  no  need  of  thee." 
But  if  the  riglit  consideration  of  the  structure  of 
animals  as  well  as  the  wise  provision  made  for  their 
lodgment  and  subsistence,  is  convincing  to  the  most 
sceptical,  that  all  are  the  doings  of  a  Being  infinite 
in  power,  and  fearful  in  working ;  and  inspire  the 
religious  philosopher  with  such  sentiments  as  David 
expressed  when  contemplating  the  formation  of  the 
human  frame ;  must  we  not  also  adopt  such  lan- 
guage as  he  made  use  of  on  another  occasion,  and 
sayv  when  reflecting  on  the  manner  in  which  these 
creatures  are  reproduced,  and  the  wonders  of  that 
procreative  power  by  which  a  continued  succession 
is  kept  up ;  Thine  eyes  saw  them  when  they  icere 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    ®PEN.  4? 

made  in  secret,  and  curiously  wrought  in  the  lower 
places  of  the  earth.  Whether  they  come  into  the 
world  in  the  shape  of  animals  completely  toi  med, 
or  through  the  medium  of  eggs,  still  the  business  of 
generation  must  remain  a  mystery,  arid  be  reckoned 
amongst  the  number  of  the  dark  things  of  the  Creator. 

The  provision  for  keeping  the  number  of  living 
creatures  within  due  limits,  is  no  less  remarkable 
than  that  for  bringing  them  into  being.  The  most 
formidable  monsters  are  thinly  scattered,  or  confined 
to  particular  spots.  The  destructive  Tiger>  for /in- 
stance, is  not  very  common,  and  the  greatest  ren- 
dezvous of  this  blood-thirsty  animal  is  said  to  be  a 
sort  of  insulated  situation,  the  Sunderbunds  or 
Woody -Islands,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ganges  in  India. 
Long  lived  animals  are  observed  to  have  few  young 
at  a  time  ;  while  those  of  the  greatest  utility  or  such 
as  are  used  for  animal  food,  abound  in  every  climate, 
and  the  short  in  duration  are  uncommonly  prolific ! 

The  instinct  displayed  by  many  of  the  irrational 
creation  for  the  preservation  of  their  young,  is  also 
truly  astonishing,,  and  in  some  instances  has  been 
referred  to  as  examples  of  the  strongest  proofs  of  af- 
fection. "  How  often,"  says  our  Saviour,  "  would 
I  have  gathered  thy  children  together,  as  a  hen  ga- 
thereth  her  chickens  under  her  wings,  and  ye  would 
not !" — but  there  are  some  of  this  order  who  stand 
not  long  in  need  of  parental  protection  and  instruc- 
tion;  for  the  newly-calved  Hippopotamus  on  the 
death  of  his  dam,  will,  at  the  sight  of  danger,  betake 
himself  to  a  place  of  safety  in  his  natural  element,, 


48  BOOK    OF      NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

the  bottorr  of  the  river.  This  n.ight  bring  us  to 
speak  more  fully  of  those  particular  instincts  by 
which  animals  are  distinguished  ;  but  as  we  shall 
have  occasion  to  notice  a  few  of  these  in  considering 
some  peculiarities  in  the  difterent  orders  as  we  go 
along,  we  will  here  drop  the  general  survey,  and 
proceed  to  that  of 

Quadrupeds. 

OF  this  order  it  may  be  remarked  in  general,  that 
they  derive  their  name  from  the  number  of  their 
legs  ;  and  this  naturally  occasions  in  those  that  make 
use  of  them  for  the  purpose  of  walking,  the  prone 
posture  by  which  they  are  distinguished  ;  but  this 
posture,  far  from  incommoding  them,  is,  by  the  wise 
conformation  of  the  other  parts,  rendered  the  most 
commodious  possible  for  their  habits  and  manner  of 
living.  Quadrupeds  are,  for  the  most  part,  furnish- 
ed with  tails,  and  these  are  highly  useful  in  the 
absence  of  arms,  for  sweeping  off  vermin  and  trou- 
blesome animals.  Having  no  hands  to  lift  their 
food  to  their  mouths,  the  necks  of  this  order  are  in 
general  proportioned  to  the  length  of  their  fore  legs; 
their  legs  are  made  to  bend  in  such  a  direction  as 
with  the  greatest  ease  to  facilitate  their  motion  for- 
wards ;  they  have,  for  the  most  part7  a  covering  of 
hair  or  wool  ;  and,  that  the  weight  of  the  head 
might  not  become  too  heavy  in  the  act  of  feeding, 
each  of  these  animals  is  furnished  with  a  strong 
tendinous  insensible  ligament,  braced  from  the  head 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.        49 

to  the  middle  of  the  back,  which  both  enables  them 
to  support  their  burden  with  ease,  and  to  recover 
their  head  at  pleasure. 

In  the  particular  construction  of  the  various  spe- 
cies of  Quadrupeds,  with  their  several  dispositions 
and  appetites,  there  are  several  things  very  remark- 
able ;  but  we  will  only  mention  a  few  of  them,  in 
which  the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  Creator,  in 
adapting  them  so  wonderfully  to  their  different  si- 
tuations, habits,  and  manners  of  living,  are  very 
conspicuous. 

Animals  of  the  graminivorous  kinds,  such  as  the 
Horse,  the  Ox,  and  the  Sheep,  are  furnished  with 
masticating  organs,  adapted  to  the  soft  herbage  they 
eat ;  being  of  harmless  dispositions,  they  are  only 
armed  with  defensive  weapons,  and  for  mutual  safety 
associate  together  in  herds 

Those  whose  natures  are  fierce  and  savage,  and 
whose  cruel  dispositions,  like  those  of  the  Tiger  and 
Hyena,  cannot  be  satisfied  but  at  the  expense  of 
blood,  come  forth  solitary  and  alone ;  but  they  are 
armed  with  fearful  claws  and  horrid  tusks,  and 
monstrous  jaw^s,  wonderfully  fitted  for  the  seizure 
and  destruction  of  Hieir  victims. 

The  Camel  doomed  to  traverse  the  parched  and 
.burning  deserts  of  Arabia,  where  continued  drought 
and  ^erility  reign,  has  not  only  a  foot  admirably 
fitted  for  his  element,  and  endowed  with  a  remark- 
able abstinence,  but  carries  along  with  him  a  natu- 
ral reservoir  which  he  fills  with  water  at  every  well. 

F 


50       BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

The  Lama  of  South  America  (the  only  original 
beast  of  burden  it  produces,)  is  remarkably  sure 
footed,  and  climbs  and  descends  with  the  greatest 
safety  the  craggy  rocks  it  has  to  encounter  among 
the  rugged  steeps  and  narrow  paths  of  the  Andes, 
though  encumbered  with  its  load. 

Goats  range  the  craggy  steep,  and  delight  to  crop 
the  uncultivated  heath  from  the  mountain's  brow ; 
and  behold  how  admirably  their  hollow  hoofs  are 
formed  for  taking  hold  of  the  rock,  and  with  what 
surprising  agility  they  bound  from  cliff  to  cliff! 

Animals  of  the  Weasel  kind,  that  live  chiefly  in 
holes,  and  feed  upon  vermin,  are  not  only  furnished 
with  furs  to  preserve  them  from  the  damp,  but  have 
long,  slender,  flexible  bodies,  well  adapted  for  their 
various  windings.  The  Sea-horse  of  the  Northern 
Ocean,  whose  element  is  sometimes  in  the  water, 
and  sometimes  on  the  ice,  is  not  only  web-footed, 
to  assist  in  swimming,  but  has  two  monstrous  tusks, 
bending  down  from  the  upper  jaw,  which,  together 
with  his  claws,  enable  him  to  scramble  up  the  icy 
beach  at  pleasure.  In  short,  the  Mole  is  moulded 
in  the  best  possible  manner  for  his  subterraneous 
habitation — the  Squirrel  for  his  aerial  flights — the 
Kangaroo  for  his  tremendous  leaps-^and  the  Bat, 
which  unites  the  Quadruped  with  the  Volatile  race, 
is  shaped  in  the  most  convenient  manner  for  his 
predatory  excursions. 

But  if  this  remarkable  accommodation  of  the 
parts  and  appetites  of  quadrupeds  to  their  habits 
and  pursuits,  is  apt  to  excite  our  surprise,  what  must 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       51 

we  think  of  those  still  more  surprising  and  remark- 
able instincts  by  which  many  of  them  are  distin- 
guished. In  their  internal  formation  some  of  this 
order  are  so  strikingly  analogous  to  the  human 
body,  that  it  is  said,  some  skill  in  physiology  is  ne- 
cessary to  be  able  to  notice  the  difference ;  and  in 
the  external  appearance  of  the  Orang-outang,  or 
Wild -man  of  the  Woods,  there  is  certainly  no  little 
resemblance.  So  much,  indeed,  does  the  external 
appearance  of  this  creature  resemble  the  human, 
that  "  the  Negroes  imagine  them  to  be  a  foreign 
nation,  come  to  inhabit  their  country,  and  that  they 
do  not  speak  for  fear  of  being  compelled  to  work." 
They  are  also  the  only  animals  that  imitate  man 
in  the  use  of  weapons  otherwise  than  what  are  na- 
tural ;  frequently  attacking  their  enemies  with  sticks 
and  stones.  That  they  possess  an  eminent  share  of 
natural  sagacity  in  the  absence  of  reason,  is  evident 
from  the  manner  in  which  they  make  sheds  for  shel- 
ter, and  go  to  sleep  in  trees  for  security,  as  well  as 
from  their  descending  from  the  mountains,  when 
they  no  longer  find  fruits,  to  the  sea  shore  in  search 
of  shell-fish.  In  the  passage  of  one  of  these  ani- 
mals from  Angola  to  England,  it  made  many  friends 
on  board,  and  seemed  to  despise  the  monkies  of  a 
lower  species,  by  avoiding  that  part  of  the  ship 
where  they  were  confined.  Buffon  describes  one  of 
these  animals  which  he  saw,  as  sitting  down  at  table, 
unfolding  his  napkin,  wiping  his  lips,  making  use 
of  a  fork  or  spoon,  pouring' out  his  drink  into  a 
glass,  touching  glasses  with  the  person  who  drank 


52  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID  OPEN. 

with  him,  giving  his  hand  to  shew  the  company  to 
the  door  who  came  to  see  him,  and  walk  about  as 
gravely  as  if  he  formed  one  of  the  society.  "  All 
these,"  he  observes,  "  I  have  seen,  without  any  other 
instigation  than  the  signs  or  command  of  his  master, 
and  often  of  his  own  accord."  He  also  mentions, 
that  his  dep'ortment  was  grave,  his  movements  re- 
gular, and  his  disposition  gentle,  very  different  from 
other  apes.  Francis  Pryard  relates,  that  in  the 
province  of  Sierra  Leone  there  is  a  species  so  strong 
limbed,  and  so  industrious,  that  when  properly 
trained  and  fed,  they  work  like  servants. 

But  to  proceed  ;  what  wonderful  prudence,  fore- 
sight, and  industry,  does  the  republic  of  Beavers 
display,  as  in  a  state  of  social  compact,  with  an  over- 
seer at  their  head,  each  exerting  his  powers  and  con- 
tributing his  exertions  fn  raising  the  mole,  and  form- 
ing with  care  the  fortified  settlement !  What  sa- 
gacity does  the  Elephant  discover,  as  he  discharges 
the  water  from  his  mighty  trunk,  in  order  to  cool 
himself  in  the  midst  of  the  burning  plains  of  Caf- 
fraria ! 

Who  knows  not  the  affectionate  tenderness  of  the 
Dog,  the  mischievous  cunning  of  the  Monkey,  the 
inflexible  perseverance  of  the  Cat,  in  watching  her 
prey,  and  the  subtle  artifices  of  the  Hare,  in  elud- 
ing her  pursuers  ? 

The  Lion,  at  whose  tremendous  roar  creation  flies, 
as  if  knowing  the  terror  which  his  fearless  form  in- 
spires, has  recourse  to  cunning,  and  watches  his 
prey  in  ambush,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  those 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       53 

springs  and  waters  to  which  they  must  necessarily 
come  to  quench  their  thirst.  The  Bear,  in  autumn, 
betakes  himself  to  his  winter  quarters,  nor  ventures 
abroad  till  spring  has  again  renewed  the  face  of  the 
earth.  The  Chamois  Goat,  when  closely  pursued  in 
his  mountainous  retreat,  will  suddenly  rebound  on 
the  huntsman,  and  precipitate  him  over  the  rock. 
The  Hedge-hog  in  winter  wraps  himself  up  in  his 
mossy  seat.  The  Porcupine  when  almost  overtaken 
in  the  pursuit,  on  a  sudden  rolls  himself  up,  and 
presents  to  his  antagonist,  instead  of  a  delicious 
morsel,  a  ball  of  prickles  :  and  the  Armadillo,  ac- 
tuated by  the  same  unerring  impulse,  joins  his  ex- 
tremities beneath  his  shelly  covering,  and  rolls  over 
the  precipice  unhurt,  to  the  confusion  of  his  ene- 
my. But  this  is  not  all ;  Horses  in  a  state  of  na- 
ture are  not  only  said  to  keep  a  centinel  on  the  look- 
out, but,  when  attacked,  join  heads  together  and 
fight  with  their  heels.  Oxen  in  a  similar  state  join 
tails  together,  and  fight  with  their  horns.  Swine 
get  together  in  impenetrable  herds  to  resist  an  at- 
tack, and  what  is  observable  in  all,  they  place  the 
young  in  the  middle,  and  keep  them  safe  in  the  day 
of  battle ! 

These  are  some  of  the  wonders  of  instinct ; — and 
can  we  behold  them  without  admiration  ! 

The  Uses  of  Quadrupeds 

Are  so  various,  that  we  must  content  ourselves 
with  only  naming  a  few  of  them.     Of  what  great 


54-  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

utility  for  the  purposes  of  agriculture,  travelling, 
industry,  and  commerce,  is  that  docile  and  tractable 
animal  the  Horse  !  In  what  a  variety  of  ways  do 
those  of  the  Ox  and  Sheep  kind  administer  to  our 
wants  !  and.  happily  for  the  world,  these  creatures 
are  most  extensively  diffused,  from  the  polar  circle 
to  the  equator. 

Goats,  in  many  of  the  mountainous  parts  of  Eu- 
rope, constitute  the  wealth  of  the  inhabitants :  they 
lie  upon  their  skins,  convert  their  milk  into  cheese 
and  butter,  and  feed  upon  their  flesh.  The  Rein- 
deer, to  the  inhabitants  of  the  icy  regions,  supply 
the  place  of  the  horse,  the  cow,  the  sheep,  and  the 
goat.  The  Camel  is  to  the  Arabian  what  the  Rein- 
deer is  to  the  Laplander.  The  flesh  of  the  Elk  is 
palatable  and  nutritious,  and  of  his  skin  the  Indians 
make  snow-shoes  and  canoes.  The  Elephant,  in 
warm  countries,  is  useful  as  a  beast  of  burden,  and 
draws  as  much  as  six  horses. 

What  an  unwearied  pattern  of  unremitting  exer- 
Xion  arid  fidelity  is  that  invaluable  animal  the  shep- 
herd's Dog  !  What  humane  and  excellent  life  pre- 
servers, the  Newfoundland  species  !  and  what  sa- 
gacious guides  and  safe  conductors  are  that  useful 
breed,  trained  in  the  Alpine  solitudes,  to  carry  pro- 
visions to  the  bewildered  traveller,  and  lead  his  steps 
to  the  hospitable  convent ! 

To  what  a  number  of  depredators  would  our  sub- 
stance be  exposed,  were  it  not  for  that  convenient 
and  agile,  but  often  ill-fated  domestic  animal,  the 
Cat ;  which,  in  consequence  of  an  ill-founded  pre- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  55 

judice  excited  against  her  for  those  very  habits  and 
propensities  which  render  her  valuable,  and  were 
implanted  in  her  nature  for  the  fTest  of  purposes, 
often  becomes  the  victim  of  unfeeling  boys,  and  of- 
ten, too  often,  alas  !  is  made  the  sport  of  more  un- 
feeling barbarians,  who  deserve  not  the  name  of 
men.  The  Ichneumon  is  to  the  Egyptians,  in  se- 
veral respects,  what  the  Cat  is  to  us ;  but  far  from 
thinking  of  hanging  her  up  in  a  barrel,  and  amusing 
themselves  with  her  sufferings,  that  more  grateful 
people  have  worshipped  the  Ichneumon  as  an  ema- 
nation of  the  Deity  !  Cannot  our  more  sober- 
minded  countrymen  adopt  a  conduct  between  the 
two  extremes,  and  at  least  treat  the  purring  race 
with  kindness?  Animals  of  the  Weasel  kind  fur- 
nish us  with  a  number  of  rich  and  valuable  furs  ; 
the  Civet,  the  Genet,  and  the  Musk,  with  a  supply 
of  perfumes  ;  the  tusks  of  the  Elephant,  arid  the 
Seahorse  with  ivory  ;  the  beautiful  skin  of  the  Tiger 
decorates  the  seats  of  justice  of  the  mandarins  of 
the  East ;  the  flesh  of  the  White  Bear  is  eaten  by 
the  Greenlancler,  that  of  the  Leopard  is  much  re- 
lished by  the  African  ;  and  the  Lion,  even  the  Lion, 
the  living  tomb  of  so  many  creatures,  is  frequently 
eaten  by  the  Negroes  at  the  last ! 

We  have  reason  to  be  thankful  that  in  our  happy 
country  we  are  abundantly  supplied  with  food  of  a 
more  harmless  nature,  and  much  easier  to  be  ob- 
tained than  those  formidable  monsters  of  the  desert, 
and  that  when  taking  a  solitary  ramble  through 
our  peaceful  fields,  we  have  no  occasion  to  adopt 


#6  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

the  following  sentiments  of  the  poet,  so  feelingly 

expressed  : 

• 

"  What  if  the  Lion  in  his  rage  I  meet? 

Oft  in  the  dust  I  view  his  printed  feet; 

By  hunger  rous'd,  he  scours  the  groaning  plain, 

Gaunt  Wolves  and  sullen  Tigers  in  his  train  ; 

Before  them  Death  with  .shrieks  directs  their  way, 

Fills  the  wild  yell,  and  leads  them  to  their  prey." 


CHAP.  VI. 

ON  THE  VARIETIES  OF  ANIMALS. 

«  To  all  has  Nature  given  a  bound  precise 
Of  being  and  perfection  ;  and  promulg'd 
To  every  varying  rank,  her  varying  laws  ; 
Urging  to  this,  from  that  restraining  firm." 

IN  the  science  of  natural  history,  philosophers 
have  found  it  expedient  to  arrange  objects  first  un- 
der a  few  grand  divisions,  and  then  to  divide,  and 
afterwards  subdivide  these  in  the  following  manner. 
The  most  general  divisions  are  called  Classes  ;  each 
class  is  again  divided  into  several  lesser  parts,  which 
are  called  Orders;  each  order  contains  a  certain 
number  of  Genera  ;  each  genus  consists  of  several 
Species;  and  each  species  contains  certain  Varieties, 
which  is  the  smallest  subdivision  that  they  have 
taken  notice  of.  It  is  this  lowest  link  of  their  chain 
of  classification  which  will  form  the  subject  of  the 
present  chapter. 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  57 

It  is  unnecessary  for  us  to  enter  deeper  into  this 
system  of  classification  than  merely  to  point  out  the 
distinguishing  circumstance  that  they  have  laid  hold 
on  to  mark  the  boundaries  between  what  they  call 
a  species  and  a  variety;  and  this  will  be  the  easiest 
done  by  choosing  a  familiar  example  for  illustra- 
tion. The  horse  and  the  ass  are  both  of  the  same 
genus  of  quadrupeds;  and  they  resemble  each  other 
so  much,  that  they  might  well  be  mistaken  for  be- 
ings of  the  same  species  ;  but  although  it  be  found 
that  it  is  possible  to  make  them  procreate,  yet  it  is 
also  known  that  the  mule,  which  is  produced  from 
this  intermixture,  is  not  capable  of  continuing  its  kind, 
which  circumstance  induces  naturalists  to  rank  them 
as  a  different  species.  When  animals  procreate  to- 
gether, and  produce  an  offspring  that  is  capable  of 
continuing  their  kind,  however  different  they  may 
be  in  their  appearance  and  other  particulars,  they 
are  accounted  as  only  varieties  of  the  same  species; 
nor  is  there  any  criterion  that  we  know  of,  for  dis- 
tinguishing a  variety  of  any  particular  kind  of  ani- 
mal from  a  distinct  species  of  the  same  genus,  but 
that  of  producing  a  fertile  or  an  unfertile  progeny. 
In  this  particular,  we  believe,  all  naturalists  are 
agreed. 

That  there  are  many  varieties  of  most  species  of 
animals  is  well  known  ;  and  as  many  of  these  va- 
rieties, especially  among  domesticated  animals,  rea- 
dily intercopulate  with  each  other,  and  produce  a 
mixed  race,  participating  of  the  qualities  of  both 
parents,  it  necessarily  must  happen,  that  in  cases 


58  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

where  they  are  suffered  to  mix  together,  the  de- 
scendants of  an  animal  of  one  of  these  varieties  is 
very  different  from  that  of  the  parent  race.  This 
fact  having  been  remarked,  has  given  rise  to  an  opi- 
nion, that  there  has  been  originally  but  one  pair  of 
animals  of  each  species,  and  that  all  the  varieties  we 
now  discover  of  the  same  species,  have  been  pro- 
duced by  accidental  circumstances  only,  such  as  a 
variation  of  climate,  of  food,  or  of  some  other  ex- 
traneous peculiarity  ;  and  that,  of  course,  one  va- 
riety may.  be  transmuted  into  another  without  any 
intermixture  of  blood,  purely  by  a  change  of  cir- 
cumstances only.  This  doctrine  being  once  ad- 
mitted, the  inferences  which  necessarily  result  from 
it,  have  proved  highly  detrimental  to  the  practice 
of  individuals  in  their  attempts  to  improve  the  breed 
of  domestic  animals ;  as  it  tends,  in  as  far  as  that 
doctrine  is  believed,  to  turn  the  attention  of  men 
from  fixed  and  certain  principles,  which  admit  of  no 
variation,  to  others  that  are  vague  and  erroneous, 
which  tend  only  to  puzzle  and  confound  the  mind, 
and  leave  it  in  perpetual  darkness  and  uncertainty. 

The  boldest  asserter  of  the  doctrine,  that  all  the 
varieties  of  every  species  of  animal  are  derived  from 
one  common  stock,  is  the  celebrated  Buffon,  who, 
instead  of  searching  for  proofs  to  support  his  hypo- 
thesis, contents  himself  with  mere  assertions,  uttered 
with  as  much  confidence  as  if  the  matter  had  been 
before  proved  beyond  a  possibility  of  doubt;  and 
he  takes  as  the  subject  for  his  illustration  the  dog 
kind,  though  the  varieties  of  this  species  are  more 


BOOK  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       59 

distinctly  njarked  than  those  of  perhaps  any  other 
animal  with  which  we  are  intimately  acquainted. 
He  says,  that  the  shepherd^s  dog  (a  variety  of  the 
canine  species,  by  the  bye,  which  cannot  be  so  dis- 
tinctly recognized  as  many  other  kinds,)  ^s  the  ori- 
ginal stock  from  which  the  greyhound,  the  spaniel, 
the  pointer,  the  harrier,  the  bull -dog,  the  lap-dog, 
the  mastiff,  the  terrier,  and  every  other  variety,  are 
all  directly  produced ;  and  he  even  goes  so  far  as  to 
specify  the  means  that  are  necessary  to  be  adopted 
for  producing  these  changes.  It  is  painful  to  dwell 
upon  the  accidental  failings  of  a  man  of  genius ;  for 
which  reason  we  decline  following  him  in  his  ex- 
cursive career,  and  exposing  the  absurdities  into 
which  he  has  fallen  in  pursuing.it.  We  have  only 
to  regret,  that  a  man  of  such  distinguished  talents 
should  have  so  far  overlooked  facts  that  were  easily 
within  his  reach,  as  to  have  so  positively  dogmatised 
upon  this  subject  in  direct  contradiction  to  them  ; 
for  the  multitude,  who  think  not  at  all,  follow  the 
authority  of  one  who  is,  on  many  accounts,  so  re- 
spectable, without  the  smallest  degree  of  hesitation. 
In  consequence  of  this  great  authority,  the  hypo- 
thesis above  stated  has  been  tacitly,  at  least,  assent- 
ed to  by  the  literary  world  in  general,  for  some  time 
past,  though  it  will  not  require  great  exertions  to 
"bring  such  evidence,  as  we  hope  will  prove  satis- 
factory to  every  reader,  to  shew  that  the  fact  is  di- 
rectly the  reverse  of  what  this  learned  philosopher 
has  stated  it  to  be. 


60  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

If  it  were  true,  that  a  change  of  climate  affected 
an  animal  to  such  a  degree  as  this  hypothesis  sup- 
poses, it  would  be  impossible  that  any  person  exist- 
ing should  not  have  had  opportunities  of  observing 
very  striking  instances  of  that  kind.  But,  instead 
of  this,  the  most  direct  proofs  of  the  contrary  must 
have  fallen  within  the  observation  of  every  man  in 
the  kingdom,  in  respect  to  the  very  animal  that  he 
has  selected  for  illustration.  The  dog  is  a  favoured 
domestic ;  he  attaches  himself  to  his  master,  and 
follows  him  wherever  he  goes.  He  is  thus  carried 
through  all  the  climates  of  the  globe,  under  the  im- 
mediate controul  and  inspection  of  man;  and  no 
instance  hath  ever  been  known  in  which  an  indivi- 
dual dog  has  ever  Jhus  experienced  any  material 
change  in  his  external  form,  far  less  in  his  internal 
qualities.  If  a  smooth-haired  Spanish  pointer,  for 
instance,  be  carried  to  the  torrid  or  the  frozen  zone, 
from  Kamtschatka  through  the  whole  extent  of 
Asia  and  Europe  into  America,  he  is  the  same 
smooth-haired  dog  every  where  ;  and  his  master 
recognizes  him  for  the  same  creature  at  the  first 
glance :  but  if  the  pile  of  its  hair  and  external  ap- 
pearance be  not  altered,  far  less  is  the  animal 
changed  in  its  other  qualities :  it  still  scents  the 
game  in  the  way  peculiar  to  that  kind  of  dog  ;  it 
does  not,  like  the  greyhound,  pursue  it  by  the  eye  ;* 
it  does  not,  like  the  hound,  burst  forth  in  sonorous 
howling  when  it  feels  the  scent  strong :  this  variety 
of  the  dog  kind  steals  upon  its  prey  with  extreme 
caution  and  circumspection.  These  qualities  it  pos- 


BOOK   OF     NATURE   LAID   OPEN.  61 

sessed  at  its  birth,  and  these  qualities  it  retains  till 
its  dying  hour,  in  spite  of  any  change  of  climate 
or  kind  of  food  it  may  be  made  to  experience.  The 
same  thing  may  be  said  of  every  other  kind  of  dog. 
The  English  bull  dog.  displayed  the  same  uncon- 
querable obstinacy  on  the  arena  of  ancient  Rome> 
as  he  does  at  this  day  in  the  island  which  gave  him 
birth:  and  the  Newfoundland  dog  of  the  present 
day  is  equally  gentle,  equally  attached  to  his  mas- 
ter, and  alike  firm  in  his  defence  in  every  part  of 
Europe  as  in  America.  In  sho'rt,  the  universal  ex- 
perience of  mankind  incontrovertibly  proves,  that 
the  same  individual  dog  continues  the  same  in  re- 
gard to  all  its  essential  characteristics  in  every  re- 
gion of  this  globe,  and  under  every  different  system 
of  management.  He  may  be  rendered  fatter  or 
leaner,  diseased  or  sound,  and  these  variations  of 
management  will  produce  a  temporary  change  in 
his  appearance ;  but  no  evidence  was  ever  known 
of  a  dog  of  one  kind  being  converted  into  one  of 
another  sort.  The  terrier  continues  to  ferret  out 
the  lesser  animals  with  silent  assiduity  ;  the  lap  dog 
to  bark  at  every  thing  that  moves ;  the  pointer  re- 
tains his  quick  sense  of  smelling;  the  greyhound 
searches,  for  his  prey  by  the  eye  in  every  region 
alike ;  so  that  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  every 
kind  of  dog,  considered  individually,  retains  the 
same  faculties  unchanged  throughout  the  whole 
course  of  its  life,  to  whatever  changes  of  food  or 
climate  it  may  be  subjected. 

Gr 


62  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

But  if  the  individual  itself  remain  unchanged 
under  every  possible  variation,  how  are  we  to  con- 
ceive that  a  change  in  this  respect  can  affect  the 
progeny  ?  Can  any  one  believe  that  if  a  greyhound 
bitch,  while  with  young,  were  allowed  to  bring  forth 
her  litter  in  one  place  (in  Britain  suppose,  the  place 
of  her  nativity,)  she  would  produce  true  grey- 
hounds, but  if  she  were  carried  to  Norway,  the  lit- 
ter would  turn  out  to  be  mastiffs;  in  Turkey  long- 
haired pointers ;  and  in  other  countries  hounds, 
terriers,  and  all  the  other  varieties  of  dogs?  At 
the  bare  mention  of  such  a  position  the  mind  revolts 
from  it,  as  from  a  self-evident  absurdity  :  but  if  the 
litter  were  not  brought  forth  in  these  states  in  dif- 
ferent climates,  the  puppies  must  be  changed  in- 
stantaneously after  they  come  into  the  world ;  for, 
as  we  have  seen,  they  are  not  changed  by  it  at  any 
other  period  of  their  life,  it  must  be  now  that  the 
change  is  effected,  (like  tadpoles  into  frogs,)  or 
never.  But  who  has  ever  heard  of  such  a  meta- 
morphoses ?  We  all  know  that  no  such  thing  takes 
place.  Yet  this,  and  more,  must  have  happened 
were  there  the  smallest  foundation  for  this  hypo- 
thesis These  changes  must  have  happened  not 
once  only,  but  often ;  not  casually,  but  invariably; 
of  course  it  would  have  been  utterly  impossible  to 
propagate  a  greyhound  in  one  country,  or  a  beagle 
in  the  other;  in  short,  every  country  would  have 
had  its  own  particular  variety  of  dogs,  and  none 
other.  But  this  we  know  is  contradicted  by  the 
clearest  facts,  and  the  universal  experience  of  man- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE   LAID   OPEN.  63 

kind ;  and  it  must  appear  to  be  not  a  little  surpris- 
ing to  those  who  reflect  upon  it,  that  an  hypothesis 
which  is,  under  every  point  of  view,  so  absurd, 
should  ever  have  obtained  currency  for  one  moment 
among  men  who  had  their  eyes  open,  and  were  not 
deprived  of  the  power  of  reasoning. 

CHAP.  VII. 

BIRDS. 

{<  But  who  the  various  nations  can  declare, 

That  plough  with  busy  wing  the  peopled  air  ? 

These  cleave  the  crumbling  bark  for  insect  food ; 

Those  dip  the  crooked  beak  in  kindred  blood  ; 

Some  haunt  the  rushy  moor,  the  lonely  woods  ;  „ 

Some  bathe  their  silver  plumage  in  the  floods." 

THE  Ostrich,  the  Emu,  and  the  Cassowary,  are 
not  only  remarkable,  by  reason  of  their  superiority  of 
size,  but  seem  to  claim  our  first  attention  among  the 
feathery  tribes,  on  account  of  their  constituting  some 
of  those  apparent  links,  by  which  the  winged  tribe 
is  united  to  the  order  of  Quadrupeds,  For  although 
these  animals  resemble  birds  in  the  outline,  and  in 
several  parts  of  their  conformation,  they  certainly 
cannot  be  classed  among  the  more  perfect  orders  of 
the  species,  in  as  much  as  they  do  not  make  use  of 
their  wings  for  the  purpose  of  flying ;  and  as  to  in- 
ternal  formation,  the  Ostrich  is  said  to  have  as  great 
a  resemblance  to  the  tour-footed  as  to  the  volatile 
order. 


64  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

The  structure  of  these  creatures,  as  well  as  their 
appetites,  is  'however  well  adapted  for  the  situations 
in  which  they  are  severally  placed,  and  they  appear 
to  know  well  how  to  supply  the  defect  of  some  of 
their  members  by  the  use  which  they  make  of  others. 

Of  all  animals  that  move  on  their  legs,  the  Os- 
trich is  by  far  the  swiftest ;  and  although  the  Ara- 
bians train  their  fleetest  horses  for  the  chase,  it  is 
not  likely  they  would  be  successful  in  the  pursuit  of 
this  animal,  were  it  not  for  his  circling  manner  of 
running.  Nor  is  this  surprising,  when  we  consider 
that  this  lofty  mass  of  light  materials  is  not  only 
carried  forward  by  his  long  springing  legs,  but  is 
impelled  along  by  his  wings,  which  he  keeps  in  con- 
stant motion,  and  apparently  serve  the  purpose  of 
oars. 

The  Emu,  or  Ostrich  of  the  new  continent,  is  also 
a  remarkably  swift  runner,  but  its  manner  of  assist- 
ing its  legs  is  somewhat  different  from  the  former ; 
besides  making  use  of  something  behind,  like  a  heel, 
to  push  it  forward,  this  animal  uses  a  kind  of  action 
peculiar  to  itself,  first  lifting  up  one  wing  and  keep- 
ing it  elevated  for  some  time  in  form  of  a  sail,  then 
letting  it  drop  and  elevating  the  other ;  by  this 
means  it  moves  along  with  such  rapidity,  that  even 
the  Greyhound  can  seldom  overtake  it.  The  fa- 
vourite climate  of  the  Cassowary  seems  to  begin 
where  that  of  the  Ostrich  terminates,  in  the  old 
world ;  and  although  its  wings  are  so  very  small^ 
that  being  covered  with  the  hair  on  the  back  they 
are  scarcely  perceptible,  it  kicks  up  behind  with  the 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.          '        65 

one  leg,  and  then  making  a  bound  forward  with  the 
other,  proceeds  with  such  amazing  speed,  that  the 
swiftest  racer  would  be  unable  to  maintain  the  pur- 
suit ! 

In  the  structure  of  Birds  of  the  more  perfect  order, 
a  few  things  demand  our  most  serious  attention  : 

The  whole  body  is 'shaped  in  the  most  convenient 
manner  for  making  their  way  through  the  air  ;  be- 
ing, as  Mr.  Ray  observes,  constructed  very  near  Sir 
Isaac  Newton's  form  of  least  resistance.  According 
to  Bar,  in  his  continuation  of  Buffon,  "  It  is  neither 
extremely  massive  nor  equally  substantial  in  all  its 
parts  ;  but,  being  designed  to  rise  in  the  air,  is  capa- 
ble of  expanding  a  large  surface  without  solidity. 
The  body  is  sharp  before,  to  pierce  and  make  its 
way  through  that  element;  it  then  gradually  in- 
creases in, bulk,  till  it  has  acquired  its  just  dimen- 
sions, and  falls  off  in  an  expansive  tail." 

The  motion  of  this  order  being  two-fold,  walking 
and  flying,  they  are  provided  with  legs  at  once 
wonderfully  contrived  to  walk  with,  and  raise  them 
like  a  spring  for  their  flight ;  wings  to  buoy  them 
up  and  waft  them  along ;  and  a  tail  to  keep  them 
steady  in  the  air,  assist  them  in  their  evolutions, 
and  to  direct  their  course. 

Although  their  feathery  covering  is  admirably 
constructed  for  lightness  and  buoyancy,  their  wings 
are  furnished  with  a  strength  that  is  amazing ;  so 
that  the  flap  of  a  Swan's  wing  has  been  known  to 
break  a  man's  leg:  and  a  similar  blow  from  an  Ea- 
gle has  produced  instant  death ;  and  by  these  they 
G  2 


66  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

are  enabled  to  impel  themselves  forward  with  a  ra- 
pidity that  exceeds  the  fleetest  quadruped.  To  fit 
them  the  better  for  their  flight,  the  feathers  are  dis- 
posed in  the  most  perfect  order,  lying  one  way;  and 
that  they  may  glide  more  smoothly  along,  they  are 
furnished  with  a  gland  situated  on  the  rump,  from 
which  they  occasionally  press  out  oil  with  the  bill, 
and  anoint  the  feathers.  In  water-fowl  this  oil  is  so 
plentiful,  that  by  it  their  plumage  is  rendered  com- 
pletely water-proof. 

The  beak,  or  bill  of  birds,  is  a  curiout  piece  of 
art,  formed  of  a  hard  horny  substance,  constructed 
in  the  most  commodious  manner  for  piercing  the 
air.  Their  ears  stand  not  out  from  their  head  to 
retard  their  flight,  while  their  eyes  are  placed  in 
such  situations  as  to  take  in  nearly  a  hemisphere  on 
either  side. 

Birds  have  no  teeth  to  chew  their  food  ;  but  those 
of  the  granivorous  kind  are  provided  with  two-  sto- 
machs ;  in  one  of  which  the  victuals  are  softened  and 
macerated  before  they  enter  the  other  to  be  com- 
pletely digested.  Being  often  employed  in  travers- 
ing the  upper  regions,  where  they  behoved  to  be 
much  incommoded  did  they  bring  forth  their  young 
in  the  manner  of  quadrupeds,  their  manner  of  gene- 
rating is  wisely  made  to  differ,  and  their  offspring 
are  produced  by  means  of  eggs  In  the  speedy 
growth  of  yeung  birds,  by  which  they  acquire  a 
degree  of  strength  and  size  to  be  able  so  soon  to  pro- 
vide for  themselves,  we  have  also  an  instanced  the 
tender  care  of  Providence. 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  67 

What  power  unseen  inspires  these  little  creatures 
with  "  the  passion  of  the  groves,"  at  the  most  fit 
season  for  forming  their  alliances — wben^  the  'genial 
temper  of  the  weather  covers  the  trees  with  leaves, 
the  fields  with  grass,  and  produces  such  swarms  of 
insects  for  the  support  of  their  future  progeny  !  And 
how  comes  it  to  pass,  that  no  sooner  is  the  connubial 
league  formed  than  those  little  warblers  (a  pattern  to 
new-married  couples  in  humble  life,  who  have  no- 
thing'but  their  own  industry  to  depend  on,)  imme- 
diately set  about  building  their  nests,  and  making 
preparations  for  their  tender  offspring  ! 

In  the  building  of  their  nests,  what  art  and  inge- 
nuity are  displayed  !  Whether  they  are  constructed 
from  the  collected  portions  of  clay  and  mortar,  or 
from  the  more  light  materials  of  moss  and  straw, 
these  little  creatures  contrive  to  mould  them  into  the 
most  convenient  forms,  and  to  give  them  a  durabi- 
lity proportionate  to  their  wants. 

"  It  wins  my  admiration, 

To  view  the  structure  of  that  little  work, 
A  bird's  nest ;  mark  it  well  within,  without, 
No  tool  had  he  that  wrought,  no  knife  to  cut, 
No  nail  to  fix,  no  bodkin  to  insert, 
No  glue  to  join  !  his  little  beak  was  all ! 
And  yet  how  neatly  finish'd." 

Nor  is  the  wonder  less,  that  birds  of  the  same 
kind,  however  widely  separated,  should  all  follow 
the  same  order  of  architecture  in  the  construction 


68  BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID   OPES. 

of  their  habitations  ;  that  each  should  make  choice 
of  the  situation  most  suitable  to  its  kind. 

"  Some  to  the  rude  protection  of  the  thorn 
Commit  their  feeble  offspring  ;  the  cleft  tree 
Offers  its  kind  concealment  to  a  few  ; 
Their  food  its  insects,  and  its  moss  their  nest. 
But  most  in  woodland  solitudes  delight." 

And  that  all  should  agree  in  laying  as  many  eggs 
as  to  be  sufficient  to  keep  up  their  species,  yet  no 
more  than  they  can  conveniently  hatch  and  bring  up. 

In  the  incubation  with  what  patience  do  these 
creatures  set  on  their  eggs  when  necessary,  till  the 
young  are  ready  to  be  hatched,  and  then  how 
officious  in  assisting  the  little  prisoners  to  escape ! 
With  what  inimitable  care  do  they  afterwards  watch 
over  and  provide  for  the  brood  until  it  is  capable  of 
doing  for  itself ;  and  with  what  scrupulous  exactness, 
during  this  period,  do  they  distribute  to  each  his  al- 
lotted portion  of  food. 

"  What  is  this  Mighty  Breath,  ye  sages  say, 
That  in  a  powerful  language,  felt,  not  heard, 

Instructs  the  fowls  of  heaven  ? What  but  GOD, 

Inspiring  GOD  !  who,  boundless  Spirit  all, 
And  unremitting  energy  pervades, 
Adjusts,  sustains,  and  agitates  the  whole." 

These  observations  are  applicable  to  the  feathery 
tribe  in  general ;  but  if  we  turn  to  the  peculiarities 
of  a  few  of  the  different  species,  we  shall  observe 
that  the  wisdom  and  the  goodness  of  the  Deity  are 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID   OPEN,  69 

no  less  conspicuous.  The  Ostrich,  formed  to  tra- 
verse the  burning  sands  of  Africa,  is  long  legged, 
light,  and  amazingly  agile.  Denied  the  natural  re- 
servoir of  the  Camel,  it  is  endowed  with  such  an 
abstinence  from  water,  that  the  Arabs  assert  that  it 
never  drinks  !  and  as  it  may  roam  many  hundreds 
of  miles  in  quest  of  vegetation,  it  seems  to  have  an 
appetite  for  almost  every  kind  of  food.  So  that 
there  is  no  desert,  however  barren,  but  what  pos- 
sesses sufficiency  to  supply  these  creatures  with  pro- 
visions, for  they  eat  almost  any  thing.  Glass,  stones, 
irODj  &c.  have  been  found  in  their  stomachs ;  and  it 
is  affirmed,  that  in  one  was  found  a  piece  of  stone 
that  weighed  upwards  of  a  pound. 

The  Condor  of  America,  is  said  to  be  the  largest 
bird  endowed  with  flight;  and  being  of  the  rapa- 
cious kind,  is  armed  with  a  beak  so  strong  as  to 
pierce  the  hide  of  an  ox. 

The  Eagle,  the  most  noble  of  rapacious  volatiles, 
has  a  tasje  too  nice  for  carrion ;  and  in  order  that 
he  may  secure  his  living  prey,  and  bear  it  in  safety 
to  his  nest  in  the  inaccessible  cliff.  Nature  has  en- 
dowed him  with  the  faculty  of  vision  in  an  eminent 
degree,  prodigious  claws,  amazing  strength,  and  a 
profusion  of  feathers  down  to  his  very  toes. 

The  Vulture  delights  in  carrion  and  putridity ; 
and  this  excellent  anatomist  may  at  once  be  distin- 
guished from  the  Eagle  by  the  nakedness  of  his  neck 
and  head,  as  well  as  that  acute  sense  of  smelling,  by 
which,  according  to  Herodotus,  he  can  smeli  a  dead 
carcase  at  the  distance  of  fifteen  thousand  paces. 


70  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

How  admirably  formed  are  the  eyes  of  the  birds 
of  night  for  seeing  better  when  the  sun  is  below  than 
above  the  horizon.  Those  of  the  poultry  kind  are 
not  furnished  with  hooked  bills  and  formidable  ta- 
lons, or  wings  calculated  for  long  flights  ;  and  while 
the  solitary  Eagle  or  Hawk  pay  us  a  transient  visit, 
unaccompanied  and  alone,  these  surround  our  dwell- 
ings in  numerous  flocks.  Those  of  the  Grouse  kind, 
who  feed  on  moor-berries  and  the  tops  of  heath  plants, 
have  their  habitations  assigned  them  in  the  most  bar- 
ren and  uncultivated  tracts  where  their  favouritefood 
abounds  The  hooked  bill  of  the  Parrot  is  well 
contrived  to  assist  him  in  climbing.  Ducks,  Geese, 
and  many  others,  have  long  broad  bills  to  enable 
them  to  grope  for  their  food  in  water  and  mud ;  on 
the  contrary,  a  thick,  short,  and  sharp  edged  bill,  is 
as  necessary  to  those  who  have  occasion  to  husk 
and  flay  the  grain  they  swallow.  The  Wood-peck- 
er's bill  is  sufficiently  strong  to  dig  holes  ;  that  of 
the  Swallow  is  slender  and  sharp  pointed,  and  he 
is  also  furnished  with  a  very  wide  mouth,  to  enable 
him  to  catch  the  winged  insect  in  its  flight;  and  the 
ease  with  which  Sea  pies  raise  their  favourite  food 
from  the  rocks,  by  means  of  their  long,  narrow,  and 
compressed  bills,  is  astonishing.  Even  Limpets, 
which  adhere  so  firmly  to  the  rocks,  as  not  to  be  ea- 
sily separated  by  a  knife,  these  birds  find  no  diffi- 
culty to  raise  with  the  instrument  Nature  has  pro- 
vided them  with  for  the  purpose. 

The  long  legs  and  necks  of  birds  of  the  Crane 
kind,  together  with  their  sharp  pointed  bills,  are 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  71 

wonderfully  adapted  for  the  purpose  of  wading  and 
picking  up  their  food  from  the  bottom  of  the  shal- 
lows; and  the  webbed  feet,  oily  feathers,  and  broad 
bills  of  those  of  the  Swan  kind,  are  equally  so,  to 
enable  them  to  swim  along,  and  lay  hold  of  their 
prey  in  the  watery  element. 

The  Pelican  of  the  wilderness  is  a  most  dexterous 
fisher,  and  nature  has  provided  him  with  a  prodigi- 
ous pouch,  of  a  singular  construction,  under  his  bill, 
which,  although  scarcely  perceptible  when  empty, 
enables  him  when  full  to  bear  ashore  as  many  fish 
at  a  time  as  would  suffice  sixty  men  for  dinner  The 
Albatross,  the  most  formidable  of  the  Gull  kind, 
preys  not  only  on  fish,  but  water  fowl  of  an  inferior 
size;  and  his  bill  terminates  in  a  crooked  point,  by 
which  he  is  enabled  to  lay  hold  of  them  on  the  wing. 
The  Penguin  seldom  leaves  the  water ;  and  while 
others  of  the  feathery .  race  only  skim  its  surface, 
pursues  his  prey  to  the  greatest  depth,  and  he  ap- 
proaches the  finny  tribe  in  his  formation  as  well  as 
in  his  disposition  and  ha-bits.  Indeed,  these  animals 
may  be  justly  reckoned  one  of  the  connecting  links 
between  the  volatile  and  finny  tribes,  as  not  only 
their  fin-like  wings  and  broad  webbed  feet,  but  their 
body  being  covered  more  warmly  all  over  with  fea- 
thers than  any  other  bird  whatever,  and  the  parti- 
cular construction  of  their  lungs,  all  tend  to  shew 
that  water  is  their  principal  element 

How  wonderful  the  migration  of  birds !  or  that 
surprising  instinct  by  which  "  the  stork  in  the  hea- 
vens knoweth  her  appointed  times/'  "  and  the  crane 


72  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

and  the  swallow  observe  the  time  of  their  coming." 
When  Storks  take  their  departure  for  Europe,  it  is 
said  they  all  assemble  on  a  particular  day,  decamp 
during  the  night,  and  leave  not  a  single  one  of  their 
company  behind.  Now  what  power  unseen  com- 
mands them  to  this  general  assembly,  directs  them 
in  their  course,  orders  them  to  halt  as  occasion  re- 
quires, and  then  to  renew  their  flight  till  they  ar- 
rive at  the  exact  point  of  their  destination  ? 

«  Who  bids  the  Stork,  Columbus-like,  explore 
Heavens  not  his  own,  and  worlds  unknown  before? 
Who  calls  the  council,  states  the  certain  day? 
Who  forms  the  phalanx,  and  who  points  the  way  ?" 

"  Where  do  the  Cranes,  or  winding  Swallows  go, 
Fearful  of  gathering  winds  and  falling  snow  ? 
If  into  rocks  or  hollow  creeks  they  creep, 
In  temporary  death  confined  to  sleep  ; 
Or,  conscious  of  the  coming  evil,  fly 
To  milder  regions  and  a  southern  sky  r" 

Birds  in  the  torrid  zone,  where  their  nests,  other- 
wise situated,  would  be  exposed  to  the  assaults  of 
the  snake  when  he  twines  up  the  trunk,  or  the  de- 
predations of  the  ape,  suspend  them  at  the  point  of 
a  bough,  or  the  extreme  branches  of  the  trees;  and 
some,  as  the  Taylor-bird,  not  content  with  that  pre- 
caution, attach  their  nests  to  the  side  of  a  leaf.  The 
expertness  of  this  little  .bird,  at  the  profession  from 
whence  it  derives  its  name,  is  admirable.  When 
it  has  picked  up  a  dead  leaf,  it  sews  it  to  the  side  of 
a  living  one,  its  slender  bill  being  its  needle,  and  its 


BOOK   OF    NATURE   LAID  GPEN.  73 

thread  some  fine  fibres;  the  lining  is  composed  of 
feathers,  gossamer,  and  down  The  Eagle  con- 
structs her  habitation  among  inaccessible  rocks, 
where  it  is  shielded  by  projecting  craigs;  and  the 
Flamingo  builds  her  nest  in  the  middle  of  an  ex- 
tensive morass,  beyond  the  reach  of  danger. 

*'  From  man  retir'd,  amid  the  lonely  marsh, 
Flamingoes  build  and  tend  their  curious  nest." 

What  sagacity  does  the  Vulture  display  as  he  sits 
silent  and  unseen  in  the  American  forest,  watching 
the  operations  of  the  monstrous  Crocodile,  while  she 
deposits  her  eggs  in  the  sand  on  the  banks  of  the 
river!  The  little  Butcher-bird,  that  attacks  crea- 
tures four  times  bigger  than  himself,  seizes  its  vie- 
tims  by  the  throat,  and  strangles  them  in  an  instant; 
and,  as  if  conscious  of  its  inability  otherwise  to  sepa- 
rate the  food  it  has  so  secured,  contrives  to  spit  it 
on  a  neighbouring  thorn,  and  then  pulls  it  pieces 
with  its  bill  The  solitary  Owl  takes  up  its  station 
in  the  corner  of  a  barn  at  the  approach  of  night, 
and  with  inflexible  perseverance  watches  its  prey. 
The  Magpie  is  noted  for  its  singular  cunning  Bus- 
sards  are  said  to  keep  a  sentinel  on  the  look-out  to 
apprize  them  of  danger.  The  Partridge  acts  with 
the  greatest  subtlety,  in  order  to  decoy  away  a  dog 
or  other  animal  when  he  approaches  her  nest ;  and 
the  affection  of  the  Hen  for  her  tender  brood  is  such, 
that  for  their  protection  she  will  attack  the  hog  or 
the  mastiff,  and  even  not  hesitate  to  fly  at  the  ftrs 

H 


74  BOOK   OF    tfATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

What  animal  evinces  more  courage  than  the  Cock, 
as  he  struts  in  sovereignty  on  his  favourite  dunghill  ? 
The  facility  with  which  Parrots  are  taug  t  to  speak, 
and  retain  and  repeat  a  number  of  words  is  truly 
surprising  Cormorants  in  China  are  trained  for 
the  purposes  of  fishing;  and  Hawks,  in  other  coun- 
tries for  fowling;  and  the  Carrier  Pigeon  performs 
his  lengthened  embassy  with  unerring  precision, 
and  with  astonishing  celerity  Thevenot  says,  they 
commonly  travel  from  Aleppo  to  Alexandria  in  Sy- 
ria in  six  hours,  which  is  a  distance  of  eighty-eight 
miles  The  letters  are  generally  fastened  under 
their  wings  In  order  to  ascertain  with  some  de- 
gree of  accuracy  the  speed  of  these  curious  birds,  a 
gentleman,  some  years  ago,  sent  a  carrier  pigeon  from 
London  to  a  friend  at  Bury  St  Edmunds,  desiring 
it  to  be  thrown  up  at  a  particular  time  two  days 
after  its  arrival ;  this  was  attended  to,  and  the  pigeon 
returned  to  the  Bull  Inn,  Bishopsgate-street,  two 
hours  and  a  half  afterwards,  having  in  that  time  tra- 
velled seventy  two  miles  — Even  the  stupid  Ostrich, 
as  it  may  be  called  in  other  respects,  is  not  so  desti- 
tute of  natural  affection  and  instinctive  cunning  as 
some  are  apt  to  imagine;  for  if  she  more  frequently 
leaves  her  eggs  than  other  birds,  it  is  only  in  those 
hot  climates  where  there  is  no  necessity  for  constant 
incubation  ;  and  if  she  thrusts  her  head  in  the  sand, 
when  every  chance  of  escape  is  at  an  end,  it  is  no 
less  certain  that  she  contrives  to  prolong  the  chace 
and  distance  her  pursuer,  by  occasionally  lowering 


BOOK   OF    NATURE   LAID    OPEN.  75 

one  of  her  wings,  aud  disappointing  him  with  a 
mouthful  of  feathers. 


The  Uses  of  Volatilcs. 

The  uses  of  the  poultry  kind,  especially  of  such  as 
are  domesticated,  are  too  obvious  to  be  enumerated; 
it  may,  however,  be  remarked,  that  the  common 
Hen,  if  well  supplied  with  food  and  water,  is  said 
to  lay  sometimes  two  hundred  eggs  in  a  year;  and 
the  fecundity  of  the  Pigeon  in  its  domestic  state  is 
so  great,  that  from  a  single  pair,  near  fifteen  thou- 
sand may  be  produced  in  four  years. 

The  flesh  of  the  .Grouse  kind  is  esteemed  for  its 
delicacy;  the  Peacock,  in  some  countries,  is  consi- 
dered as  a  luxury;  and  although  it  is  in  a  great  mea- 
sure for  his  singular  plumage  that  man  has  been 
tempted  to  follow  the  Ostrich  in  his  desert  retreat, 
some  of  the  African  tribes  are  very  fond  of  his  flesh, 
and  even  the  Romans  appear  to  have  considered  it  a 
dainty;  for  it  is  recorded  of  Heliogabalus,  that  he 
had  the  brains  of  six  hundred  of  these  animals,  at  a 
feast,  served  up  in  one  dish!  He  should  immediately 
after  partaking  of  that  dish,  have  buried  his  head  in 
the  sand,  and  been  ashamed  to  resume  the  erect  form 
of  man,  whose  character  he  had  disgraced. — There 
are,  besides,  many  parts  of  this  animal  which  are 
supposed  to  be  very  salutary  for  medicinal  purposes, 
and  their  strength  and  swiftness  seem  to  render  them 
very  fit  for  the  purposes  of  travelling  or  carrying  bur- 
dens; fop  Moore  relates,  that  at  Joar  in  Africa,  he 


76  BOOK   OF   NATURE   LAID   OPEN* 

met  a  man  travelling  on  an  Ostrich;  and  Mr.  Adam; 
son  informs  us,  that  when  he  was  at  the  factory  of  Po- 
dore  there  were  two  young  Ostriches,  the  strongest 
of  which  was  much  fleeter  than  the  best  English 
race-horse  he  ever  saw,  although  he  at  that  time 
carried  two  negroes  on  his  back. 

If  in  the  feathery  tribe  some  appear  to  be  formed 
to  please  us  with  the  beauty  of  their  plumage,  as  the 
Goldfinch,  the  Bullfinch,  and  the  Humming  bird ; 
others,  as  the  Thrush,  the  Blackbird,  and  the  Ca- 
nary, delight  us  with  the  melody  of  their  song  The 
L*ark  soars  aloft  and  salutes  the  new-born  day  with 
his  cheerful  notes.  The  Nightingale  soothes,  the 
weary  labourer  as  he  returns  from  his  daily  toil,  by 
his  fascinating  strains.  The  little  Robin,  in  return 
for  the  protection  our  fences  have  afforded  him,  ex- 
erts himself  to  render  the  hedges  vocal,  in  soft  and 
tender  melody;  and  the  Sparrow  endeavours  to 
amuse  us  with  her  chirpings. 

The  Swallow,  also,  as  if  sensible  of  the  undisturb- 
ed possession  she  has  been  allowed  to  take  of  our 
premises,  during  the  time  of  her  necessities,  catches 
upon  the  wing  a  multitude  of  flies,  gnats,  and  bee- 
tles, and  frees  us  from  a  number  of  troublesome  ver- 
min before  she  bids  us  farewell.  Birds  of  the  Rook 
and  Pie  kind,  although  a  noisy  and  chattering  tribe, 
may  be  of  infinitely  more  use  than  we  have  the  sense 
to  discover,  by  the  destruction  of  grubs,  worms,  and 
eggs  of  vermin;  and  the  common  carrion  crow  may 
be  no  less  necessary  in  our  climate,  than  the  Egyp- 
tian Vulture  and  the  Ossifrage  of  Syria.  The  Vul- 


BOOK    OF    STATURE   LAID   OPEN.  77 

ture,  indeed,  is  common  in  many  parts  of  Europe, 
and  abounds  in  America,  Asia,  and  Africa.  In 
Egypt  and  other  warm  countries,  he  is  of  singular 
use.  Numerous  flocks  of  them  are  always  hovering 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Grand  Cairo;  and  for  the 
services  the  inhabitants  experience,  by  these  ani- 
mals devouring  the  carrion  and  filth  of  that  great 
city,  which,  in  such  a  sultry  climate,  would  other- 
wise soon  putrify  and  corrupt  the  air,  they  are  not 
permitted  to  be  destroyed.  The  Ossifrage  of  the. 
woods  of  Syria  and  Egypt  feeds  on  the  dead  car- 
cases of  fowls  and  reptiles.  This  brings  us  to  say 
a  few  words  on  the  use  of  rapacious  fowls^,  which 
may  be  also  applied  to  wild  beasts  in  general. 

Better  perhaps  it  may  appear  to  the  imperfect 
reasoning  of  short  sighted  mortals,  that  the  business 
of  mutual  destruction  had  been  avoided  in  the  eco- 
nomy of  nature,  and  instead  of  that  circuit  of  prey 
and  devastation  which  we  observe,  all  animals  had 
been  formed  to  live  on  vegetable  food,  and  suffered 
to  die  a  natural  death.  But,  independent  of  the  dif- 
ficulty that  occurs  as  to  how  such  a  number  of  crea- 
tures could  be  fed  from  the  same  source,  we  do  not 
consider  the  state  of  suffering  to  which  many  of  them 
must  necessarily  have  been  exposed,  if  they  had  been 
left  to  perish  by  protracted  famine,  after  the  decay 
of  their  bodily  powers  rendered  them  unfit  to  go  in 
quest  of  food.  Compared  with  this,  is  it  not  a  far 
more  happy  dispensation  that  animals  are  formed 
for  the  destruction  of  each  other  ?  and  that  (to  fol- 
low -the  course  of  one  circle  by  way  of  specimen,) 

H2 


•78  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

tvhile  the  tree-louse  lives  on  plants,  the  musca  aphi- 
divora  lives  upon  the  tree-louse;  the  hornet  lives 
upon  the  musca  aphidivora ;  the  dragon  fly  on  the 
hornet;  the  spider  on  the  dragon-fly;  the  small  birds 
on  the  spider;  and  the  hawk  on  the  small  birds. 

Deprived  of  reason,  the  innocent  lamb  licks  the 
hand  raised  for  its  destruction ;  and  the  sufferings 
which  animals  feel  upon  the  speedy  extinction  of 
the  vital  spark,  must  be  momentary  indeed,  in  com- 
parison of  the  pangs  they  must  have  undergone,  if 
they  had  been  left  to  expire  by  old  age.  Indeed, 
according  to  this  plan,  old  age  would  be  impossi- 
ble ;  for  what  would  the  world  soon  become  were 
Its  numerous  tenants  so  cut  off,  and  the  putrid  car- 
cases to  lie  unburied  ? — the  circumambient  air,  now 
the  source  of  life  and  vitality,  must  then  in  a  short 
lime  be  rendered  pestilential,  and  bearing  upon  its 
wings  the  noxious  vapours,  deal  death  and  deso- 
lation with  increasing  malignity  to  every  climate, 
until  the  beautiful  theatre  of  life  and  activity  became 
one  great  charnel-house,  and  the  animating  flame  be 
for  ever  extinguished  in  the  awful  silence  of  eternal 
night. 

Instead,  therefore,  of  finding  fault  with  the  mer- 
ciful dispensations  of  our  all  wise  Creator,  and  re- 
pining that  lions  and  tigers,  bears  and  wolves,  ea- 
gles and  vultures,  serpents  and  crocodiles,  and  vo- 
racious monsters  of  the  deep  of  every  description 
exist,  let  us  rather  rejoice  that  wherever  the  carcase 
is  exposed  on  the  field,  there  will  the  vultures  be 
gathered  together ;  and  that,  where  the  lion  and 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  79 

Serpent  may  die  in  their  sequestered  retreats,  innu- 
merable vermin,  attracted  by  the  scent,  will  soon 
find  them  out,  and  leave  not  a  vestige  of  putrifaction 
behind. 

Before  we  conclude  with  the  tribe  of  volatiles,  we 
will  just  remark,  that  these  are  not  the  only  uses  for 
which  this  order  of  beings  seem  to  have  been  created. 
From  the  feathery  creai'on  we  may  also  learn  les- 
sons of  wisdom  on  the  most  interesting  and  impor- 
tant subjects.  What  an  example  of  conjugal  con- 
stancy and  fidelity  do  we  discover  in  the  turtledove! 
What  a  pattern  of  filial  affection  in  the  young  stork! 
What  a  lesson  for  presumptuous  pride  have  we  in 
the  answer  of  Solon  to  the  monarch  of  Lydia ! — 
When  seated  on  his  magnificent  throne,  and  sur- 
rounded by  all  the  appendages  of  external  pomp 
and  pageantry,  Croesus  asked  the  Greek  philoso- 
pher, if  he  had  ever  seen  so  magnificent  a  specta- 
cle :  "  After  having  seen  the  plumage  of  the  Phea- 
sant, he  could  not  be  astonished  at  the  sight  of  any 
other  finery,"  was  the  cool  reply  ! — And  what  com- 
fort may  we  derive,  under  the  vexatious  losses  and 
crosses  of  life,  from  the  argument  drawn  by  our 
Divine  Teacher  against  sinking  under  despondency 
or  anxiety :  u  Behold  the  fowls  of  the  air ;  for  they 
sow  not,  neither  do  they  reap,  nor  gather  into  barns: 
yet  our  heavenly  Father  feedeth  them.  Are  ye  not 
better  than  they  ?> 

"  Behold,  and  look  away  your  low  despair; 
See  the  light  tenants  of  the  barren  air ; 


80  BOOK   OF    NATURE   LAID 


To  them  nor  stores,  nor  granaries  belong; 
Nought  but  the  woodland  and  the  pleasing  songr 
Yet,  your  kind  heavenly  Father  bends  his  eye 
On  the  least  wing  that  flits  along  the  sky/* 


CHAP.  VIII. 

INSECTS. 

"  Where  greatness  is  to  Nature's  works  deny*<J, 
In  art  and  beauty  it  is  well  supplied  : 
In  a  small  space  the  more  perfection's  shown, 
And  what  is  exquisite  in  little's  done." 

INSECTS  have  been  reckoned  by  some  among 
the  more  imperfectly  formed  of  Nature's  works; 
but  in  this  most  numerous  class  of  animated  beings, 
where  shall  we  find  a  single  instance  in  which  this  is 
made  to  appear?  In  all  that  prodigious  variety 
that  exist  between  the  Scorpion  and  the  Mite,  we 
certainly  behold  in  the  structure  of  insects  abundant 
evidence  of  the  most  exquisite  skill ;  and  if  by  means 
of  the  microscope  we  extend  our  researches  down- 
wards through  that  minute  order  of  beings,  till  we 
arrive  at  those  invisible  animalcules  which  are  com- 
puted to  be  twenty-seven  millions  of  times  smaller 
than  the  mite,  the  same  evidence  of  wisdom  and 
design  present  themselves  in  every  gradation,  and 
all  ideas  of  imperfection  eease. 


BOOK   OP    NATURE    LAID    OPE^N.  §1 

Of  all  productions  in  nature,  insects  are  by  far  the 
most  numerous,  and  though  at  first  sight  herbs  of 
the  field  seem  to  be  the  parts  of  organized  matter 
produced  in  the  greatest  abundance,  yet  upon  mi- 
nute inspection  we  find  every  plant  supporting  a 
multitude  of  creatures  scarcely  perceptible,  that  fill  up 
the  compass  of  youth,  vigour,  and  age,  in  the  space 
of  a  few  days'  existence.  In  Lapland,  and  some 
parts  of  America,  insects  are  said  to  be  so  numerous 
that  if  a  candle  is  lighted  they  swarm  about  it  in 
such  multitudes  that  it  is  instantly  extinguished! 
As  insects  are  endowed  with  the  various  powers  of 
creeping,  flying,  and  swimming,  there  is  scarce  any 
place,  however  remote  and  secure,  in  which  they 
are  not  to  be  found. 

It  is  the  infinite  number  of  these  invisible  animals 
that  makes  stagnating  waters  appear  of  so  many 
different  hues,  as  green,  brown,  reddish,  &c. 

It  is  not  at  all  surprising  then,  that  such  an  accu- 
rate researcher  into  Nature's  works  as  the  excellent 
Mr.  Boyle,  should  observe,  "  that  his  wonders  dwelt 
not  so  much  on  Nature's  clocks  as  her  watches." — 
In  several  kinds  of  these  creatures,  invisible  before 
to  mortal  eyes,  it  is  not  only  easy  to  discover,  by 
means  of  a  good  magnifier,  the  external  appearance 
of  their  mouths,  their  horns,  their  trunks,  and  other 
members,  but  the  very  motion  of  their  heart  and 
lungs  !  Now,  as  it  has  been  remarked,  as  these 
little  animals  are  discovered  to  be  organized  bodies, 
how  fine  and  subtile  must  be  the  several  parts  that 
compose  them  !  How  difficult  to  conceive  the  ex- 


62  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEtf. 

treme  minuteness  of  the  muscles  necessary  to  the 
heart,  the  glands  for  the  secretion  of  the  fluids,  the 
stomach  and  bowels  for  the  digestion  of  the  food, 
the  fineness  of  the  tubes,  nerves^  arteries,  veins,  and 
above  all,  of  the  blood,  the  lymph,  and  animal  spi- 
rits, which  must  be  infinitely  more  so  than  any  of 
these !  Here  the  utmost  stretch  of  imagination  is 
brought  to  the  test,  without  being  able  to  form  any 
adequate  conception  ;  but  these  inconceivable  won- 
ders, instead  of  conveying  any  idea  of  imperfection, 
as  to  the  skill  of  the  artist,  must,  from  what  they 
make  to  appear,  inspire  the  attentive  observer  with 
very  different  emotions,  and  force  him  to  exclaim, 

"  Thyself,  how  wond'rous  then !" 

The  beauty  and  symmetry  of  some  of  those  mi- 
nute objects  so  viewed,  are  surprising  indeed.  What 
a  metamorphosis  do  they  seem  to  undergo  under  the 
magic-working  glass !  Creatures  that  before  seemed 
small  and  despicable,  now  "  appear  the  pride  of 
nature,  wherein  she  has  bestowed  more  nice  and 
delicate  art,  and  displayed  more  profusely  the  rich 
embroidery  and  elegant  beauties  and  garniture  of 
colours  than  in  any  of  the  larger  species  of  animals.'' 
Even  the  dust  that  adheres  to  the  butterfly's  wing, 
and  to  which  it  owes  the  beautiful  tints  and  varie- 
gated hues  which  adorn  it,  is  said  to  be  an  innume- 
rable collection  of  extremely  small  feathers,  as  per- 
fect in  the  structure  and  symmetry  of  the  arrange- 
ment, as  they  are  beautiful  in  the  colouring. 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LA.lt>   OPftN.  83 


But  tliis  is  not  all,  the  very  circumstances  adduced 
as  marks  of  imperfection  in  the  insect  tribes,  viz. 
their  being  enabled  to  live  for  some  time  after  being 
deprived  of  those  organs  necessary  to  life  in  the 
higher  ranks,  and  their  amazing  numbers,  ought  ra- 
ther to  be  considered  as  arguments  to  the  contrary. 

The  former  is  no  doubt  essentially  necessary  to 
the  preservation  of  a  species  exposed  to  so  many  ca- 
sualties, as  those  in  particular  who  live  on  blood, 
and  cannot,  therefore,  partake  of  a  meal,  without  giv- 
ing their  enemies  notice  of  their  presence  ;  and  the 
latter,  to  prevent  the  extinction  of  a  short-lived  race, 
which  come  into  existence  at  a  time  when  there  are 
so  many  open  mouths  ready  to  devour  them. 

Without  these  two  characteristic  distinctions  of  the 
insect  tribes,  although  they  may  be  deemed  imper- 
fections by  the  more  imperfect  powers  of  short  sight- 
ed mortals,  it  is  probable  that  long  ere  now  some  of 
those  exquisite  pieces  of  Nature's  workmanship  must 
have  disappeared  from  the  creation,  and  for  want  of 
those  connecting  links,  the  whole  beautiful  fabric  of 
the  universe  must  have  fallen  to  decay  ;  for,  trifling 
as  some  of  those  minute  or  imperceptible  objects 
may  appear,  the  language  of  philosophy  is: 

-  "  Each  crawling  insect  holds  a  rank 
Important  in  the  plan  of  HIM  who  frarn'd 
This  scale  of  heings  ;  holds  a  rank,  which  lont, 
Would  break  the  chain,  and  leave  a  gap 
That  Nature's  self  would  rue." 

Instead,  therefore,  of  having  the  presumption  to 
stigmatize,  in  the  most  remote  degree,  this  particular 


84  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAIS    OPEN. 

order  of  the  creatures  of  the  Almighty,  as  affording 
evidences  of  imperfection,  let  us  rather,  from  similar 
considerations,  adopt  the  words  of  the  more  judi- 
cious Swammerdam  ;  t(  After  an  attentive  examina- 
tion," says  he,  a  of  the  nature  and  anatomy  of  the 
smallest  as  well  as  the  largest  animals,  I  cannot  help 
allowing  the  least  an  equal,  or  perhaps  a  superior 
degree  of  dignity.  If,  while  we  dissect  with  care 
the  largest  Miimals,  we  are  filled  with  wonder  at  the 
elegant  disposition  of  their  parts,  to  what  a  height  is 
our  astonishment  raised,  when  we  discover  all  these 
parts  arranged  in  the  least  in  the  same  regular  man- 
ner"— And  sum  up  the  dispute  in  the  words  of  ano- 
ther naturalist :  "  Of  this  dispute  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  observe,  that  the  wisdom  of  the  Creator  is 
so  conspicuous  in  all  his  works,  and  such  surpris- 
ing art  is  discovered  in  the  mechanism  of  the  body 
of  every  creature,  that  it  is  very  difficult,  if  not  im- 
possible, to  say  where  it  is  most,  and  where  it  is 
least  to  be  observed." 

It  is  impossible,  in  the  compass  of  this  book,  to  do 
any  thing  like  justice  to  a  subject  which  can  never 
be  sufficiently  investigated.  We  will,  however,  con- 
sistent with  our  general  plan,  notice  a  few  facts  and 
striking  peculiarities  in  this  mysterious  and  numer- 
ous order  of  beings,  by  which  it  is  most  distinguish- 
ed from  the  others,  and  in  which  it  will  be  suffi- 
ciently evident  that  insects  are  also  the  children  of 
the  same  common  parent,  whose  wisdom  and  good- 
ness are  so  conspicuous  in  his  other  works: 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       85 

In  the  head  of  an  insect  no  organization  of  the  • 
brain  is  said  to  be  discovered,  but  the  want  of  this  is 
abundantly  made  up  by  that  medullary  thread  which 
communicates  the  vital  principle  to  the  other  parts  of 
thejr  bodies,  and  endows  them  with  that  tenacity  of 
life,  which,  as  has  been  already  observed,  is  so  use- 
ful to  the  species.  Neither  are  they  apparently  fur- 
nished with  the  usual  organs  of  smelling  and  hearing, 
but  whether  the  olfactory  nerves  communicate  with 
the  feelers,  and  the  auricular  organs  are  situated  in 
the  antenna?,  as  Mr.  Barbutt  supposes,  or  not,  there 
can  be  no  doubt  from  the  readiness  of  Wasps, 
Flies,  &c.  to  betake  themselves  to  their  wings  and 
fly  to  dainties  at  a  distance;  and  the  alertness  oi  Bees 
in  sallying  out  to  the  relief  of  a  brother  in  distress, 
when  he  alarms  them  by  his  noise  outside  the  hive, 
that  insects  are  not  deficient  in  the  senses  of  hearing, 
wherever  the  organs  may  be  situated.  The  manner 
of  respiration  is  different  in  insects  from  other  ani- 
mals ;  they  breathe  through  pores  placed  in  the  sides 
of  their  bodies,  and  this  also  fits  them  for  that  re- 
markable peculiarity  of  living  in  separate  parts.  In 
the  composition  of  insects  no  bones  are  made  use  of, 
but  this  defect  is  supplied  in  some  by  a  membraneous 
or  muscular  skin,  and  in  others  by  a  crustaceous  or 
horny  covering  Their  eyes  are  fixed,  and  they  have 
no  eyebrows,  but,  to  prevent  them  from  injury  the 
latter  want  is  supplied  by  the  external  tunic  of  their 
eyes  being  hard  and  transparent,  and  to  remedy  the 
former,  some  insects  have  four,  some  six,  others. %ht, 
while  the  number  of  lenses  in  some  of  those  who 

i 


86  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

•have  only  two  is  amazing  indeed.  Flies,  wasps,  &c. 
have  the  outward  coat  of  their  eye  made  of  curious 
lattice-work.  Pagett  is  said  to  have  discovered  no 
fewer  than  17,325  lenses  in  the  cornea  of  a  butterfly ! 
The  eyes  of  insects  are  admirably  adapted  for  see- 
ing minute  objects  nigh  at  hand,  but  from  the  small- 
ness  and  convexity  of  their  lenses,  it  is  apparent  that 
they  can  neither  see  far,  nor  take  in  the  larger  ob- 
jects, and  to  remedy  any  inconvenience  that  might 
arise  from  this,  may  have  been  the  principal  reason 
why  Nature  has  furnished  them  with  those  project- 
ing horns  or  feelers  with  which  they  seem  to  grope 
as  they  advance.  Insects  are  also  distinguished  by 
the  number  of  their  legs  and  wings;  of  the  latter 
most  insects  have  four,  while  no  other  species  of 
animals  have  more  than  two;  and  although  the 
greater  part  have  six  legs,  others,  as  Mites  and  Spi- 
ders, have  eight,  and  some  ten,  fourteen,  sixteen, 
and  even  a  great  many  more.  The  palpi  are  those 
little  instruments  fixed  to  the  mouth  of  some  insects, 
which  seem  to  be  intended  to  serve  the  purpose  of 
arms,  for  they  employ  them  to  bring  food  to  their 
mouths,  and  to  keep  it  steady  when  eating.  Some 
insects  are  furnished  with  stings  for  defence,  or  to 
assist  them  in  procuring  their  food,  others  with  a  tube 
for  injecting:  their  eggs  into  the  most  convenient  si- 
tuations for  hatching.  The  females  of  some  w  inged 
insects,  for  instance,  insert  their  eggs  under  the  sur- 
face of  leaves,  and  the  worms  wrhen  hatched,  give 
rise  to  those  tubercles  or  galls  with  which  the  leaves 
of  the  ash,  the  fir,  and  other  trees  sometimes  abound ; 


BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  87 

the  eggs  of  the  Cynips,  inserted  into  the  leaves  of  the 
oak,  produce  the  caterpillars,  which  give  rise  to  the 
galls  used  in  the  composition  of  ink.  The  greater 
part  of  winged  insects  have  a  proboscis  or  trunk, 
which  although  not  so  large,  is  as  wonderfully  con- 
trived as  that  of  the  Elephant,  and  serves  the  pur- 
poses of  a  mouth,  a  nose,  and  a  windpipe!  The 
proboscis  is  a  machine  of  a  very  complicated  nature  ; 
and  that  of  a  butterfly,  when  not  in  quest  of  food,  is 
rolled  up  in  form  of  a  watch  spring. 

The  degree  of  strength  and  agility  which  many  of 
the  insect  tribes  possess  is  amazing.  A  ilea  will 
draw  a  chain  one  hundred  times  heavier  than  itself; 
and  the  velocity  of  a  mite,  in  proportion  to  its  size, 
is  said  to  outstrip  that  of  a  race-horse !  With  regard 
to  sex,  there  is  one  thing  very  remarkable  in  this 
order,  viz.  that  the  Bees,  the  Wasps,  and  Ants  fur- 
nish an  example  of  a  species  that  belong  to  neither 
sex,  and  so  are  called  neuters  ;  these  however,  are 
not  without  their  uses  ;  and  the  affection  they  evince 
for  the  helpless  little  creatures  left  to  their  care,  might 
serve  as  a  lesson  to  those  who  are  intrusted  with  the 
tender  charge  of  infants  not  their  own. 

The  last  thing  we  shall  mention  in  this  general 
survey  of  the  insect  tribes,  is  the  wonderful  transfor- 
mations many  of  them  undergo  in  the  different 
stages  of  an  egg,  a  grub  or  worm,  a  cry  sails,  till  they 
arrive  at  their  most  perfect  or  fly  state. 

"  Observe  the  insect  race,  ordain 'd  to  keep 
The  lazy  sabbath  of  a  half  year's  sleep. 
Entomb'd  beneath  the  filmy  web  they  lie, 
And  wait  the  influence  of  a  kinder  sk v . 


BOOK    OF    KATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

When  vernal  sunbeams  pierce  the  dark  retreat 
The  heaving  tomb  distends  with  vital  heat ; 
The  full-formed  brood,  impatient  of  their  cell, 
Start  from  their  trance,  and  burst  their  silken  shell." 

In  each  change  not  only  their  form  and  structure, 
but  their  very  nature  and  appetite  undergo  a  com- 
plete revolution. — Take  for  example,  yonder  But- 
terfly? which  in  gaudy  attire,  and  with  a  sprightly 
air,  roves  and  flutters  in  quest  of  its  balmy  juices 
from  flower  to  flower:  how  wonderful  the  change 
from  that  dead  and  inanimate  state  in  which  its 
beauties  lately  lay  concealed,  or  from  the  grovelling 
reptile  which  on  the  cabbage-leaf  partook  voracious- 
ly of  its  coarser  fare,  nor  evinced  any  relish  for  other 
dainties. 

If  any;  thing  were  wanting  to  prove  the  wise  dis- 
position of  the  parts  and  appetites  of  animals  to  their 
various  situations  and  habits,  here  we  have  it  in  the 
instance  of  the  Butterfly,  whose  structure  and  taste 
both  undergo  an  alteration  when  its  sphere  of  action 
and  propensities  become  different. 

In  regard  to  some  peculiarities  of  a  few  of  the  dif- 
ferent species  of  insects,  we  will  briefly  observe,  that 
in  the  mouth  of  the  Gnat  we  have  an  admirable 
specimen  of  the  instrument  necessary  for  such  a 
blood  thirsty  animal ;  the  nails  or  crotchets  of  the 
Horse-fly,  as  well  as  its  tenacity  of  life,  evince  that 
it  is  apt  to  be  disturbed  in  its  banquets  ;  whoever 
attentively  considers  the  form  of  a  Louse, .need  not 
be  told  that  it  is  a  blood-sucker  The  legs  of  the 
Locust  and  of  the  Grasshopper  at  once  shew  their 


BOOK    OF     NATURE   LAID   OPEN.  89 

propensity  to  leaping.  The  Bee,  in  danger  of  being 
robbed  of  its  precious  stores,  is  armed  with  its  .well 
known  weapon.  -The  female  Wasp  is  larger  and 
stronger  than  the  male,  to  enable  her  to  survive  the 
rigour  of  winter ;  and  the  strong  hairy  legs  of  the  Ant 
are  no  less  well  contrived  to  assist  her  in  the  inde- 
fatigable labours  of  the  hill,  than  the  two  claws  with 
which  they  are  armed  are  for  the  purpose  of  climbing. 
How  surprising  the  instinct  by  which  those  little 
creatures  are  taught  uniformly  to  deposit  their  eggs 
on  such  animal  or  vegetable  substances,  as  furnish 
a  proper  and  plentiful  supply  of  food  for  the  worms 
or  caterpillars,  as  soon  as  they  are  hatched.  That 
those  who  pass  into  the  Chrysalis  or  inactive  state, 
select  the  most  proper  situations  and  modes  of  con- 
cealment; and  that  others,  whose  only  metamor- 
phosis consists  in  the  addition  of  wings,  surround 
themselves  while  undergoing  the  change  by  an  en- 
velope of  spume  or  froth,  proceeding  from  their  bo- 
dy ;  as  the  Cuckoo  spit,  or  Froth  worm. 

"  The  Locusts  have  no  king,  yet  they  go  forth  all 
of  them  in  bands;"  while  the  solitary  Spider,  having 
no  wings  to  go  to  pursuit  of  her  prey,  weaveth  to 
herself  a  web,  and  watches  with  patience  the  en- 
tanglement of  a  fly. — Our  space  will  not  permit  us 
to  dwell  on  the  geometrical  precision  and  mathema- 
tical exactness,  with  which  Bees  form  their  combs ; 
the  wonderful  ingenuity  and  contrivance  of  the 
Wasp's  nest,  or  the  order  and  regularity  observed 
in  the  construction  of  the  Ant  hill,  as  well  as  the 
prudence  and  foresight  which  the  whole  of  these 
I  2 


90  BOOK    OF      NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

evince  in  their  labours  and  pursuits ;  these,  and  the 
singular  but  convenient  attitude  which  the  Water-fly 
assumes  in  swimming  on  his  back,  to  enable  him 
the  better  to  lay  hold  of  his  food,  the  under  side  of 
plants  which  grow  on  the  water,  we  can  only  men- 
tion, and  must  proceed  to  consider  a  few  of  the 

Uses  of  Insects. 

From  the  number  of  animals  in  the  different  ele- 
ments and  regions  of  existence,  which  prey  upon 
insects,  there  can  be  no  doubt  but  the  principal  ob- 
ject the  Creator  had  in  view  in  the  formation  of  these, 
was  for  the  subsistence  of  many  of  the  larger  orders 
of  creatures;  but  the  following  specimens  serve  to 
shew  that  some  of  these  also  contribute  in  no  small 
degree,  in  their  respective  spheres,  to  the  service  of 
man.  By  the  labours  and  exertions  of  the  Bee,  we 
are  provided  with  stores  of  honey  and  wax;  the 
seemingly  contemptible  little  Silk-worm  presents  us, 
in  its  passage  from  the  Caterpillar  in  the  sleeping 
state,  with  materials  for  constituting  our  most  costly 
raiment — From  the  Cantharies  come  the  Spanish 
Flies,  so  useful  in  blisters;  the  Kermes  is  also  va- 
luable for  medicinal  purposes;  and  the  Cochineal 
furnishes  us  with  a  rich  and  beautiful  dye.  The 
wonders  accomplished  by  the  united  exertions  of  the 
Bees,  the  Wasps,  and  the  Ants,  shew  what  can  be 
done  by  brethren  dwelling  together  in  unity.  The 
watchfulness  of  the  Spider,  after  she  has  woven  her 
web,  demonstrates  the  necessity  of  not  folding  our 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  91 

hands  for  slumber  just  at  the  time  we  have  comple- 
ted our  preparations  for  activity;  and  to  the  Ant,  the 
sluggard  is  sent  to  learn  a  lesson  of  prudence  and 
foresight. 

"  These  emmets,  how  little  they  are  in  our  eyes  ! 
We  tread  them  to  dust,  and  a  troop  of  them  dies 

Without  our  regard  or  concern  : 
Yet,  as  wise  as  we  are,  if  we  went  to  their  school, 
There's  many  a  sluggard,  and  many  a  fool, 

A  lesson  of  wisdom  might  learn.'* 


CHAP  IX. 

REPTILES. 

'«  Lo !  the  green  Serpent,  from  his  dark  abode, 
Which  even  imagination  fears  to  tread ; 
At  noon  forth  issuing,  gathers  up  his  train 
In  orbs  immense." 

.  "  Thro'  subterraneous  cells, 

Where  scorching  sunbeams  scarce  can  find  a  way, 
Earth  animated  heaves. — The  flowery  leaf 
Wants  not  its  soft  inhabitants." 

IN  the  order  of  Reptiles,  we  have  a  new  display 
of  the  wonders  of  creating  art.  These  creatures  are 
also  endowed  with  the  power  of  motion,  but  how 
differently  do  they  move  from  any  of  the  orders  we 
have  already  considered  Deprived  of  the  usual  ap- 
paratus of  legs  or  wings,  the  ponderous  Serpent  is- 
sues  from  his  concealment,  and  moves  majestically 
along  by  means  of  his  scales  and  strong  muscular 


92  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

•powers  ;  and  the  slender  Worm  draws  and  pushes 
himself  forward  by  his  rings  and  contortions.  The 
wisdom  in  these  contrivances  must  be  immediately 
apparent,  when  we  consider  that  some  of  the  former 
have  their  habitations  assigned  them  in  the  most  im- 
penetrable thickets,  where  an  elevated  stature  would 
expose  them  to  many  inconveniences.  Some  take 
up  their  abode  in  the  swampv  banks  of  great  rivers, 
or  among  the  reeds  in  morasses,  where  the  weight 
of  their  body,  supported  by  legs,  must  have  sunk 
them  deeper  in  the  mire  ;  others  wind  their  way 
among  heaps  of  rubbish  or  crumbling  ruins,  where 
projecting  appendages,  of  any  description,  would 
have  been  apt  to  retard  their  progress ;  and  the  naked 
and  defenceless  bodies  of  the  latter  are  admirably 
adapted  to  those  subterraneous  passages  which  they 
form  to  themselves  unseen  in  the  bowels  of  the  earth. 

Snails,  also,  are  a  species  of  Reptiles;  but,  being 
encumbered  in  their  movements  with  their  shelly 
appendage,  they  are  furnished  with  an  instrument 
peculiar  to  themselves,  in  that  long,  broad  surface,  by 
which  they  pull  themselves  along ;  and  by  which* 
assisted  by  the  glutinous  substance  they  emit  from 
their  bodies,  they  aiv  enabled  to  adhere,  in  any  po- 
sition, to  the  smoothest  of  surfaces. 

The  motion  of  Caterpillars  in  their  vermicular 
state  is  curiously  performed,  by  means  of  a  number 
of  little  legs,  the  foremost  of  which  are  differently 
constructed  from  the  hindmost,  but  all  are  formed 
in  the v most  suitable  manner  for  assisting  in  their 
progress  on  the  leaves  of  plants. 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  1) 

Being-  deprived  of  those  instruments  of  motion 
possessed  by  other  animals,  to  carry  them  speedily 
forward  in  pursuit  of  their  prey,  Serpents  are  neces- 
sitated to  have  recourse  to  the  resources  of  artifice* 
and  to  lie  in  wait  for  it ;  and,  to  enable  them  to  do 
this  to  the  best  possible  advantage,  Nature  has  not 
only  endowed  them  with  the  power  of  intwining 
themselves  in  ambush  around  the  trunks  and  among 
the  branches  of  trees,  by  the  slender  make  and  flexi- 
bility of  their  bodies,  but,  by  a  very  particular  and 
singular  construction  of  the  back-bone  in  Serpents, 
they  are  enabled  to  coil  themse'ves  up  in  a  very 
small  compass.  In  the  generality  of  animals,  the 
joints  in  the  back-bone  do  not  exceed  thirty  or  forty ; 
but  in  the  serpent  kind  they  amount  to  one  hundred 
and  forty  five  from  the  head  to  the  vent,  and  twenty- 
five  more  from  that  to  the  tail.  If  Serpents  are  not 
furnished  with  the  claws  of  the  Tiger  to  lay  hold  of 
their  prey,  the  strong  hooked  bill  and  talons  of  the 
Eagle  to  pull  it  to  pieces,  and  the  tusks  of  the  Boat- 
to  devour  it,  several  of  this  species  are  furnished  with 
a  poisonous  sting  for  instantaneously  inflicting  the 
mortal  wound,  others  are  soon  enabled  to  extinguish 
the  vital  spark  by  means  of  the  convulsive  energy 
of  their  enormous  twistings ;  while  the  general  con- 
formation of  the  jaws,  the  width  of  the  mouth,  and 
yielding  texture  of  the  bodies  of  Serpents  are  such, 
as  to  enable  them  to  swallow  prodigious  mouthfuls, 
and  animals  more  bulky  than  themselves.  A  Ser- 
pent in  the  island  of  Java  was  observed  at  one  time 
to  destroy  and  devour  a  Buffalo;  after  having  bro- 


94  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

ken  the  bones  by  its  voluminous  twistings,  it  was 
seen  to  lick  the  body  all  over,  which  covered  it  with 
its  mucus,  and  make  it  slip  more  glibly  down  its 
throat. 

But  the  assistance  which  some  of  these  creatures 
receive  from  their  poison  in  the  seizing  of  their  prey, 
is  not  the  o?.!y  benefit  they  derive  from  it;  it  is  also 
their  most  sure  and  effectual  defence ;  and  from  the 
dread  and  horror  which  such  an  instrument  as  the 
sting  of  .a  Serpent  inspires,  (although  only  found  in 
the  possession  of  a  few,)  it  serves,  as  it  were,  for  a 
safeguard  to  the  whole  species. 

Mankind,  indeed,  cannot  tr-erd  with  too  cautious 
steps  the  paths  frequented  by  these  creatures ;  for 
although  none  of  the  most  venomous  kinds  will  at- 
tack man,  except  on  the  defensive,  yet,  without  the 
power  of  discriminating,  when  accidently  trod  upon, 
they  will  make  the  intruder  feel  the  power  of  their 
vengeance.  What  a  merciful  provision,  therefore, 
has  Providence  made,  for  the  safety  of  the  American, 
in  the  tail  of  the  Rattle-snake,  than  which  there  is 
not  one  of  the  serpent  tribe  more  to  be  dreaded:  yet 
the  rattle  in  his  tail,  on  the  smallest  motion,  must 
give  notice  of  his  approach,  or  warn  the  trareller  of 
the  impending  danger  that  lies  concealed  in  his 
haunts.  It  is  a  melancholy  truth,  that  the  direful 
effects  of  the  Serpent's  poison  is  not  confined  to  the 
wounds  they  themselves  inflict,  but,  as  a  celebrated 
naturalist  observes,  by  men  more  mischievous  even 
than  Serpents,  who  prepare  their  veuom  to  destroy 
each  other;  with  this  the  savages  poison  their  arrows, 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  95 

and  prepare  their  revengeful  poisons.  The  ancients 
were  known  to  preserve  it  for  the  purposes  of  sui- 
cide, and  among  barbarians  the  venom  of  snakes  is 
used  as  a  philter  to  this  day.  How  much  more  ho- 
nourable for  human  nature  when  the  ingenuity  of 
man  is  exerted  for  the  preservation  of  his  species* 
and  as  Vipers  are  the  only  animals  of  a  venomous 
kind,  from  whose  bite  the  inhabitants  of  Great  Bri- 
tain have  any  thing  to  fear,  the  discovery  of  Wil- 
liam Oliver,  the  Viper-catcher  at  Bath,  that  the  ap- 
plication of  Olive  Oil  was  an  effectual  cure  for  the 
bite  of  one  of  these  animals,  may  not  be  improperly 
mentioned  here,  to  the  honour  of  that  person,  who 
submitted  to  some  dangerous  experiments  in  corro- 
boration  of  the  truth  of  this  discovery. 

Nor  is  the  care  of  Providence  less  observable  in 
the  provision  made  for  the  security  and  preservation 
of  the  more  harmless  kinds  of  reptiles,  than  for  those 
of  a  dangerous  and  venomous  description.  The 
naked  and  tender  body  of  the  Earth  worm  is  no 
doubt  pretty  securely  lodged  in  the  subterraneous 
vaults  it  forms  for  itself  in  the  earth,  and  the  Ser- 
pent, in  the  absence  of  defensive  weapons,  enjoys  no 
little  security  in  the  dread  its  very  form  inspires;  but 
slill  the  former  is  exposed  to  many  an  injury  in  his 
lowly  situation,  and  the  latter  may  oft  wait  long  for 
the  approach  of  his  victims ;  but  the  feeble  worm, 
when  cut  in  several  parts  by  the  gardener's  spade, 
evinces  a  remarkable  tenacity  of  the  vital  powers  ; 
and  the  voracious  Liboya,  which  can  swallow  at  a 
raeal  an  animal  three  times  as  thick  as  itself,  at  other 


96  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

times,  when  no  food  presents  itself,  exhibits  an  ab- 
stemiousness that  is  astonishing.  Indeed,  a  single 
meal  with  many  of  the  Snake  kind  seems  to  be  the 
adventure  of  a  season  ;  and  is  an  oceurrence  for 
which  they  have  been  lor  weeks,  nay,  sometimes  for 
months,  in  patient  expectation.  Vipers  are  often 
kept  in  boxes  for  six  or  eight  months,  without  any 
food  whatever  ;  and  there  are  small  Serpents  sent 
over  to  Europe  from  Grand  Cairo  that  live  for  se- 
veral years  without  eating. 

The  insti.nctive  sagacity  of  an  animal,  said  at  first 
to  be  more  subtile  than  any  beast  of  the  field,  and 
whose  wisdom  was  pointed  out  by  the  Saviour  of 
men  as  being  necessary  to  be  united  with  the  harm- 
lessness  of  the  dove,  in  the  dispositions  of  his  disci- 
ples, must  naturally  be  expected  to  be  very  remark- 
able, and  it  certainly  is  so,  whether  manifested  in 
the  wonderful  docility  which  some  of  these  creatures 
assume  in  a  state  of  captivity — the  dancing  serpent, 
for  instance,  carried  about  by  jugglers  and  strollers 
in  the  East  Indies,  will  raise  their  heads  and  part 
of  their  bodies  at  the  sound  of  music,  moving  them 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep  time  with  the  instru- 
ment, while  their  tails  continue  in  a  coil  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  basket: — the  convenient  places  in  which 
they  lie  in  wait  fq^  the  approach  of  their- prey — the 
commodious  attitude  in  which  those  of  the  venomous 
kind  put  themselves  for  darting  at  their  victims;  or 
the  subtle  artifices  to  which  these  of  the  more  harm- 
less kind  have  recourse  in  eluding  an  enemy.  Ser- 
pents the  most  venomous  will  suddenly  spring  up 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       97 

on  their  tail,  at  the  approach  of  a  larger  animal,  erect 
their  head,  and  inflict  the  deadly  wound  in  a  mo- 
ment; while  some  of  those  who  are  less  so,  when 
closely  pursued,  or  excited  by  rage  or  fear,  will  emit 
a  most  horrible  foetor,  in  order,  as  it  were,  to  force 
the  enemy  to  retire  from  the  pursuit. 

The  Black  Snake  of  Virginia  lays  its  eggs  in  dung- 
hills or  hotbeds,  where,  aided  by  the  heat  of  the  sun, 
they  are  hatched  and  brought  to  maturity.  The  blind 
worms  betake  themselves,  at  the  approach  of  winter, 
to  those  secret  recesses,  where,  in  a  state  of  torpidity, 
they  are  sometimes  found  in  vast  numbers  twisted  to- 
gether; and  the  common  earth-worm,  when  warned 
of  danger  from  the  mole,  by  the  moving  of  the  earth, 
darts  upwards  to  the  surface,  and  is  out  of  his  reach 
in  an  instant. 

Uses  of  Reptiles. 

In  a  former  part  we  noticed  the  indispensable  ne- 
cessity of  animals  of  prey,  and  the  bad  consequences 
that  must  have  inevitably  ensued  had  the  whole  of 
earth's  various  tenants  been  left  to  die  a  natural  death, 
and  their  carcases  been  left  to  rot  unhuried 

Amongst  animals  of  this  descripflR  we  may  un- 
doubtedly reckon  the  race  of  Serpents;  and  whether 
we  consider  the  fitness  of  their  bodies  for  entering 
the  dens,  and  caves,  and  holes  of  the  earth,  or  their 
voracious  appetites  for  such  sort  of  food  in  common 
with  reptiles  of  an  inferior  order,  we  must  certainly 
allow  that  they  are  wonderfully  adapted  for  the  pur- 
it 


98  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID    OPEN, 

pose.  This,  then,  may  be  one  reason,  and  a  very 
sufficient  one  too,  for  the  formation  of  Serpents,  that 
besides  helping  to  rid  the  earth  of  a  vast  number  of 
the  smaller  obnoxious  vermin,  they  find  their  way 
with  the  greatest  ease  into  the  most  secret  recesses 
of  putrefaction,  and  destroy  those  noisome  carcases 
in  a  short  period,  to  which  the  other  large  animals 
of  similar  tastes  could  not,  by  the  peculiar  structure 
of  their  bodies,  have  had  access.  The  use  of  the 
Leech  is  also  too  well  known  to  need  description. 


CHAP.  X. 

THE  OCEAN. 

...  ..  ...  «  And  thou,  majestic  main ! 

A  secret  world  of  wonders  in  thyself ! 

Sound  His  stupendous  praise,  whose  greater  voice 

Or  bids  you  roar,  or  bids  your  roaring  fall." 

WHAT  a  grand  and  magnificent  spectacle  does  the 
Ocean  present !  Whether  we  view  it  when  wrought 
up  by  fearful  agkation  into  all  the  horrors  of  the  tem- 
pest, when  the  blackness  of  darkness  rides  trium- 
phant on  the  storm,  and  its  foaming  billows  mix  with 
the  clouds,  or  gaze  upon  it,  with  a  calm  delight,  as  it 
gently  advances  or  recedes  in  soft  and  hollow'  mur- 
murs upon  the  sandy  beach,  when  not  a  breeze  is 
observed  to  breathe  on  its  undulating  bosom,  and 
every  wind  is  hushed,  it  is  impossible  to  conceive 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  99 

any  thing  better  calculated  to  excite  in  us  lofty  and 
sublime  conceptions  of  the  Creator. 

"  May  not  the  sea/'  in  the  words  of  a  modern  au- 
thor, "  be  styled  the  temple  of  contemplation?  View- 
ed in  all  its  stages,  it  exalts  and  improves  the  mind- 
Its  level  expanse,,  when  a  calm  prevails,  communi- 
cates a  similar  tranquillity  to  the  reflecting  breast;  and 
when  its  billows  lift  their  devouring  heads,  they  sug- 
gest ideas  the  most  sublime,  meditations  the  most 
solemn.  The  very  nature  of  the  prospect,  boundless 
and  unbroken,  presents  a  sensible  argument  for  eter- 
nity of  duration  and  infinity  of  space,  more  forcible 
than  the  subtilest  reasoning  of  metaphysics." 

The  ocean,  rolling  its  surges  from  clime  to  clime, 
is,  undoubtedly,  the  most  august  object  under  the 
whole  heavens.  A  spectacle  of  magnificence  and 
grandeur  which  fills  the  mind,  and  engrosses  the 
utmost  stretch  of  imagination. 

What  an  immense  and  mighty  assemblage  of  wa- 
tery particles  rcmst  be  contained  in  the  great  deep, 
and  what  a  prodigious  extent  of  the  earth's  surface 
doth  it  cover !  Some  natural  philosophers,  indeed, 
have  carried  their  ideas  on  this  subject  so  far  as  to 
assert,  that  if  the  bed  of  the  sea  were  empty,  all  the 
rivers  of  the  world  flowing  into  it,  with  a  continu- 
ance of  their  present  stores,  would  take  at  least  eight 
hundred  years  to  fill  it  again  to  its  present  height. 
If,  then,  in  a  single  drop  of  water,  as  much  only  as 
will  adhere  to  the  point  of  a  needle,-  a  philosopher 
has  computed  no  less  than  thirteen  thousand  globules, 
what  an  inconceivable  number  must  there  be  in  the 


100  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

unfathomable  depths,  and  immeasurable  extent  ot 
the  ocean  !  where  the  eye  is  lost  in  wandering  over 
the  liquid  expanse,  and  which,  if  we  look  upon  a 
map  of  the  world,  we  shall  find  to  cover  a  consi- 
derably larger  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  globe 
than  even  the  dry  land  itself.  Wonderful  as  the  sea 
is  in  itself,  and  beneficial  as  it  is  to  the  sons  of  men, 
all  its  wonders  and  all  its  benefits  reflect  glory  to 
Him  who  formed  it,  and  poured  it  abroad.  When 
we  place  ourselves  upon  the  shore,  and  from  thence 
behold  that  immense  body  of  water,  stretching  away 
on  all  sides,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach ;  and  when 
we  consider  how  large  a  portion  of  the  globe  is  co- 
vered in  like  manner,  what  a  noble  idea  are  we  en. 
abled  to  form  of  that  Being,  who  taketh  up  the  sea 
in  his  hand,  and  in  whose  sight  the  ocean  is  no  more 
than  a  drop ;  who  covered  the  earth  with  the  deep 
as  with  a  garment,  and  assigned  it  bounds  which 
it  cannot  pass  !  And  it  is  truly  astonishing  by  what 
simple,  yet  potent  means,  this  great  and  important 
end  is  accomplished ;  for  it  is  neither  by  adaman- 
tine rocks  nor  tremendous  precipices,  nor  shelving 
banks  of  well  cemented  sand,  that  the  unruly  cle- 
ment is  confined  within  due  limits,  although  these 
all  no  doubt  tend  their  aid  in  repelling  the  lashings 
of  its  surges,  and  occasional  attempts  to  encroach 
on  the  land ;  but  by  a  barrier,  simple,  yet  more  ef- 
fectual than  all  these,  the  word  of  the  great  Jeho- 
vah's strength;  who  has  impressed  upon  this  ele- 
ment that  law  of  gravitation,  by  which  the  waters 
of  the  mountains  are  made  to  go  down  into  the  val- 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  101 

lies;  and  has. said  to  the  fluctuating  and  unstable 
mass,  "  Hitherto  shalt  thou  come,  and  no  farther  •' 
and  here  shall  thy  proud  waves  be  stayed."  There 
are,  however,  some  shores  on  which  the  sea  has 
made  temporary  depredations  ;  where  it  has  over- 
flowed, and  after  remaining,  perhaps,  some  ages, 
has  again  retired  of  its  own  accord,  or  been  driven 
back  by  the  industry  of  man  ;  but  we  have  an  in- 
stance of  one  of  a  very  considerable  and  lasting  na- 
ture, which  happened  in  the  reign  of  Henry  I.  in 
which  the  sea  overflowed  the  estates  of  Ikirl  God- 
win, in  Kent,  and  formed  that  celebrated  bank  now 
called  the  Godwin  Sands.  In  the  reign  of  Augus- 
tus, the  Isle  of  Wight  also  made  a  part  of  Britain, 
so  that  the  English  crossed  over  to  it  at  low  water 
with  cartloads  of  tin;  and  in  the  bay  of  Baise,  near 
Naples,  there  are  remains  of  houses  and  streets  still 
visible  below  the  present  level  of  the  sea.  These, 
however,  may  have  been  occasioned  by  some  earth- 
quake, or  other  internal  convulsion  of  the  earth,  in 
which  case  such  tracts  would  no  doubt  have  sunk, 
although  they  had  been  situated  more  inland;  or  if 
these  facts  must  really  be 'considered  as  evidences-of 
the  encroachment  of  the  sea  upon  the  land,  as  the 
advocates  for  that  theory  insist,  we  must  bring  in 
the  testimony  of  the  Norway  fishermen  to  balance 
them,  who  affirm,  that  the  sea  upon  that  coast  has 
become  much  shallower  in  many  places  than  it  had 
been ;  that  rocks,  formerly  covered  with  water,  were 
now  several  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  sea.  and 
that  loaded  vessels  used  formerly  to  ride  where  pin- 

K2 


102  BOOK.  OF  MATURE  LAID  OPEK, 

naces  and  barks  could  now  with  difficulty  swim;  as 
nothing  is  more'certain  from  the  absolute  necessity 
that  a  proper  equilibrium  in  the  disposition  .of  the 
waters  of  the  ocean  be  kept  up,  that  if  the  sea  is 
suffered  to  gain  upon  the  land  in  one  direction,  it 
must  recede  from  it  in  another,  and  vice  versa. 

Indeed,  so  far  from  there  being  the  smallest  dan- 
ger that  the  world  of  waters  may  escape  from  its 
present  situation,  and  return  again  to  cover  the  earth, 
it  might  rather  be  expected,  from  its  known  pro- 
perties and  penetrating  quality,  that  it  would  find 
its  way  downward,  so  as  to  leave  its  banks  dry  by 
receding  from  our  shores,  or,  by  mixing  with  the  in- 
ternal composition  of  the  globe,  saturate  its  stores 
with  the  exuberance  of  its  moisture.  Whether  the 
former  of  these  is  chiefly  prevented  by  that  other 
law  impressed  upon  fluids,  by  which  they  have  a 
natural  tendency  to  regain  their  level,  and  thejatter, 
by  that  stiff,  tenacious  coat  of  clay,  which  covers 
such  a  considerable  portion  of  the  bottom  of  this  uni- 
versal canal,  we  will  not  take  upon  us  to  say  :  one 
thing  is  certain,  that,  as  no  increase  is  observed  on 
the  waters  of  the  ocean,  notwithstanding,  as  the  wise 
man  observes,  all  the  rivers  flow  into  it;  so  neither 
is  there  any  sensible  diminution  of  that  extent  of  sur- 
face so  essentially  necessary  in  the  business  of  evapo- 
ration, which  is  continually  going  on  from  this  great 
natural  reservoir.  The  water,  of  which  the  clouds 
are  formed,  and  which  descends  in  rain  or  snow,  is 
evaporated  from  the  sea;  and  it  has  been  found,  by 
calculation,  that,  in  a  summer  day,  there  may  be 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  103 

raised,  in  vapours  from  the  Mediterranean  alone,  no 
less  than  five  thousand  two  hundred  and  eighty  mil- 
lions of  tuns  of  water.  The  air  and  sun  are  the 
mighty  engines  which  work,  without  intermission, 
to  raise  the  water  from  this  inexhaustible  cistern. — 
The  clouds,  as  uoqueducts,  convey  the  genial  stores 
along  the  atmosphere,  and  distribute  them  in  sea- 
sonable and  regular  proportions  through  all  the  re- 
gions of  the  globe. 

A  superficial  observer  may  be  apt  to  imagine,  that 
if  the  watery  element  had  been  less  copiously  dif- 
fused, and  more  confined  to  a  deeper  bed,  a  greater 
part  of  the  earth  might  have  been  converted  into  dry 
land,  and,  consequently,  made  habitable  to  a  larger 
portion  of  the  human  species ;  but  such  do  not  con- 
sider, that  the  clouds,  which  drop  down  fatness,  de- 
rive th^ir  fertilizing  quality  from  the  vapours  exhaled 
from  the  ocean,  and  that  to  abridge  the  liquid  ex- 
panse of  its  extent,  would'  be  only  depriving  those 
aerial  water-bearers  of  part  of  their  genial  stores,  so 
indispensably  necessary  to  render  that  portion  of 
the  dry  land  we  already  possess  productive.  How 
amazing  that  water,  without  which  we  can  scarcely 
perform  any  business,  or  enjoy  any  comfort,  should 
be  thus  brought  to  stream  by  our  doors,  and  enter 
our  houses,  from  the  remotest  regions — from  the  far 
ofr'  and  unfrequented  paths  of  the  great  deep  ;  that 
this  boundless  mass  of  fluid  salt,  so  intolerably  nau- 
seous to  the  taste,  should  be  the  original  source  of 
those  sweet  and  pleasing  showers  that  descend  to 
water  and  refresh  the  earth. 


104  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

The  all-wise  Creator  foresaw  this,  and,  in  mercy 
to  the  inhabitants  of  the  dry  parts  of  this  earthly  ball, 
diffused  his  watery  treasures  over  such  a  consider- 
able portion  of  its  surface ;  carefully  balancing  the 
Atlantic  with  the  Pacific,  and  the  Northern  with  the 
Southern  ocean  ;  and  if  the  old  Continent  can  boast 
of  its  Mediterranean,  Caspian,  Baltic,  Black,  White, 
and  Red  seas,  the  New  World  is  deeply  indebted 
by  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  and  North  America  has  ob- 
tained the  appellation  of  the  Country  of  lakes. 

But  the  ocean,  as  well  as  being  the  source  of  fer- 
tility, by  the  exhalations  drawn  up  from  its  surface 
by  the  sun,  is  also  the  great  receptacle  of  filth,  and 
mighty  purifier  and  restorer  of  nature.  Almost  all 
the  rivers,  indeed,  run  into  the  sea;  but  it  is  not  mere- 
ly to  empty  their  liquid  stores,  and  to  keep  up  the 
circulation  in  the  huge  machine  of  the  universe  ;  they 
convey  also,  as  they  go  along  to  this  capacious  re- 
ceiver, the  refuse  of  nations,  and  deposit  in  the  bo- 
som of  the  great  abyss  thp  accumulated  fillh  of  our 
towns  anr!  cities.  How,  then,  it  may  be  asked,  are 
the  waters  of  this  mighty  basin  preserved  from  being 
contaminated?  And.  instead  of  continuing  the  sa- 
lubrious element  of  vitality  to  so  many  living  crea- 
tures, how  comes  it  to  pass  that  the  sea  is  not  con- 
verted into  a  source  of  corruption,  a  fountain  of  pu- 
tridity, disease,  and  death  ? 

The  two  great  efficient  causes,  which  produce 
these  happy  results,  are,  that  incessant  -motion  by 
which  the  ocean  is  kept  in  perpetual  agitation,  even 
in  its  most  tranquil  state,  and  the  saltness  of  its  wa- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  105' 

tcrs;  and  that  these  might  operate  with  the  greatest 
possible  effect  where  most  necessary,  it  is  wisely  so 
ordered  that  both  prevail  most  as  we  approach  those 
warm  regions,  where  the  intense  heat  would  be  fol- 
lowed by  most  pernicious  consequences  on  a  stand- 
ing pool,  or  stagnant  fresh-water  lakes,  and  are  less 
perceptible  in  climates  more  remote  from  the  equator- 

The  principal  currents  of  the  ocean  are  those  ob- 
served in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  near  Guinea,  extending 
from  Cape  Yerd  to  the  Bay  of  Fernandos.  These 
currents  are  so  rapid,  that  vessels  run  as  far  in  two 
days  with  them,  as  require  six  or  seven  weeks  to 
return. 

Near  Sumatra  there  are  rapid  currents,  as  also 
between  Java  and  Magellan,  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  and  the  Island  of  Madagascar;  especially 
between  Natal  and  the  Cape  on  the  coast  of  Africa; 
there  are  violent  currents  in  the  sea  adjacent  to  the 
Maldivian  Islands. 

One  of  the  greatest  tides  wre  know  of,  is  that  a^ 
the  mouth  of  the  river  Indus,  where  the  water  rise8 
thirty  feet  in  height .;  it  is  no  wonder,  therefore,  that 
Alexander's  soldiers,  who  had  been  accustomed  to 
behold  the  scarcely  perceptible  risings  of  the  Medi- 
terranean,'should  have  viewed  this  striking  pheno- 
menon with  a  mixture  of  curiosity  and  apprehension. 
The  tides  are  also  remarkably  high  on  the  coasts  of 
Malay,  in  the  Straits  of  Sunda,  in  the  Red  Sea,  and 
along  the  coasts  of  China  and  Japan. 

The  sea  contains  the  greatest  quantity  of  salt  in 
the  torrid  zone,  where,  otherwise,  from  the  excessive 


106  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

heat,  it  would  be  in  clanger  of  putrefaction  ;  as  we 
advance  northward,  this  quantity  diminishes,  till,  at 
the  Pole,  it  nearly  vanishes  altogether. 

It  may  also  be  remarked,  that  the  Caspian  and 
other  inland  seas,  that  have  no  effluent  rivers  to  put 
them  in  motion,  and  circulate  their  contents,  are  salt; 
while  the  lakes  of  Ontario  and  Erie,  through  which 
the  river  St.  Lawrence  passes,  in  North  America, 
are  fresh-water  lakes. 

We  have  already  Had  occasion  to  remark  the  bad 
effects  that  must  have  inevitably  ensued,  had  the 
putrid  carcases  of  land-animals  been  left  to  rot  in 
the  air  unburied;  but  what  must  this  mighty  recep- 
tacle of  carrion  and  putrefaction  have  long  ere  now 
become,  but  for  the  correcting  and  renovating  power 
imparted  to  it  by  its  saltness  and  motion. 

And  it  ought  here  to  be  remarked,  that,  from  what- 
ever cause  the  saline  nature  of  the  ocean  may  pro- 
ceed, its  saltness  is  as  inherent  in  its  composition  as 
the  heat  is  in  the  sun;  while,  to  preserve  and  keep 
up  the  perpetual  agitation  of  its  fluid  particles,  its 
motion  is  not  dependant  on  any  one  single  cause. 

The  most  perceptible  agitation  in  this  world  of 
water  that  strikes  our  senses,  is  that  occasioned  by 
tl  e  influence  of  the  wind,  when  the  raging  billows 
heave  their  tumultuous  throes,  and  threaten  destruc- 
tion to  the  affrighted  mariner;  yet  this  motion,  even 
in  the  most  violent  storms,  is  said  to  be  confined 
only  to  its  surface  That  occasioned  by  the  cur- 
rents, however  must  descend  to  the  bottom,  and  be 
particularly  strong  among  those  narrow  and  deep 


BOOK  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      107 

inequalities  most  apt  to  produce  them.  The  bottom 
of  th^sea,  like  the  surface  of  the  earth,  is  overspread 
with  mountains,  intersected  with  inequalities.  In  all 
mountainous  places  currents  will  be  violent ;  in  all 
places  where  the  bottom  of  the  sea  is  level,  they  will 
be  almost  imperceptible. 

Whirlpools  appear  to  be  no  other  than  the  eddies 
of  the  water  formed  by  the  action  of  two  or  more 
opposite  currents.  The  Euripus,  nigh  the  Grecian 
coast,  and  famous  for  the  death  of  Aristotle,  alter- 
nately absorbs  and  rejects  the  water  seven  times  in 
twenty-four  hours  The  Charybdis,  near  the  straits 
of  Sicily,  rejects  and  absorbs  the  water  thrice  in 
twenty-four  hours ;  and  the  greatest  known  whirlpool 
in  the  world,  that  in  the  Norway  sea,  which  is  affirm- 
ed to  be  upwards  of  twenty  leagues  in  circumference, 
is  said  to  absorb,  for  six  hours,  whales,  ships,  and 
every  thing  that  comes  hear  it,  and  afterwards  returns 
them  in  the  same  quantity  of  time  as  it  drew  them  in. 

But  that  which  gives  to  the  sea  its  unremitting  and 
universal  impulse,  which  suffers  it  not  to  rest  for  a 
single  moment  over  all  its  wide  extended  bounds,  but 
keeps  it  in  perpetual  agitation,  and  makes  it,  a  it 
were,  remain  vigorous,  and  acquire  health  by  exer- 
cise, from  one  extremity  of  the  earth  to  the  other,  is 
that  wonderful  and  truly  surprising  phenomenon  of 
nature,  the  flux  and  reflux  of  the  tides. 

This  wonderful  phenomenon,  so  inconceivable  to 
the  ancients,  is  accounted  for  by  the  moderns,  on  the 
principle  of  gravitation,  and  has  been  demonstrated 
to  be  under  the  influence  of  the  moon;  but  from 


108  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

whatever  secondary  cause  it  may  proceed,  there  can 
be  no  doubt  as  to  the  tact,  that  the  waters  of  tte  sea 
ebb  and  flow  alternately  twice  in  the  course  of  some- 
thing less  than  twenty-five  hours,  with  the  greatest 
regularity.  This  is  surprising  indeed;  but  it  is  no 
less  so,  that  they  should  adhere  so  invariably  to  the 
limits  of  their  operation ;  that  even  when  the  waves 
lift  up  their  heads  in  the  most  ungovernable  fury,  and 
toss  about  in  their  most  frantic  ravings,  they  still  con- 
fine themselves  to  the  space  allotted  for  them  by  Pro- 
vidence, and  pay  the  most  implicit  bmission  to  that 
unerring  law  which  regulates  their  movements. 

When  the  tide  begins  to  flow,  it  signifies  not  that 
the  proudest  earthly  potentate  be  in  the  way.  Ca- 
nute may  erect  his  throne  on  the  beach,  and  com- 
mand the  sea  to  approach  no  farther ;  but  it  will  be 
only  to  proclaim  his  own  impotence ;  for,  regardless 
of  the  mandate,  the  waters  will  press  on,  and,  if  the 
monarch  persists,  will  sweep  him  from  the  face  of 
the  earth.  When  the  ebb  has  commenced,  it  is 
equally  vain  to  think  of  retarding  the  reflux ;  the  roll- 
ing surges  must  return  to  the  bosom  of  the  ocean, 
from  whence  they  came. 

The  bed  of  the  ocean,  gradually  deepening  as  it 
recedes  from  our  shores,  till  it  loses  itself  in  the  dark 
unfathomed  caves  of  the  deep,  renders  it  not  only 
more  commodious  for  the  purposes  of  navigation, 
and  safe  for  the  inhabitants  who  dwell  on  its  bor- 
ders, but  it  is  of  singular  service  in  removing,  to  a 
distance  from  our  shores,  those  numerous  deposits 
of  noxious  matter  which  are  daily  poured  into  it, 


BOOK  OP  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      109 

while  undergoing  the  process  of  purification  amongst 
the  sandy  particles  at  the  bottom.  There  the  most 
offensive  impurities  having  subsided  into  the  mud, 
may  be  said  to  be  buried  in  the  depths  of  the  sea ; 
but  not  to  remain,  for  even  there  a  species  of  worms 
await  their  farther  decomposition,  and  the  last  stage 
of  corruption  is  made  to  assume  a  new  form. 

The  saltness  of  the  sea,  besides  the  important  part 
it  bears  in  the  renovating  power  of  the  watery  ele- 
ment by  its  saline  quality,  is  also -of  use  in  lending 
its  aid  to  preserve  that  motion,  the  beneficial  efficacy 
of  which  has  just  been  demonstrated ;  for  the  salt- 
ness  of  the  sea  renders  its  waters  less  apt  to  freeze, 
and  in  those  countries  where,  in  the  absence  of  heat, 
it  is  not  so  necessary  otherwise,  tends  not  a  little  to 
retard  the  progress  of  congelation.  This  serves  only 
to  render  the  water  of  the  ocean  heavier,  and  con- 
sequently of  a  proper  consistency  for  supporting 
those  numerous  burdens  which  float  on  its  surface. 

Among  the  wonders  of  the  great  deep,  we  may 
justly  reckon  those  awful  phenomena,  termed  Wa- 
ter-spouts ;  yet  these  no  doubt  have  their  uses. — 
They  are  of  two  kinds;  one  of  which  is  no  other 
than  a  thick  compressed  cloud,  reduced  to  a  small 
space  by  contrary  winds,  which,  blowing  at  fhe  same 
time  from  many  corners,  give  it  a  cylindric  form, 
and  cause  the  water  to  fall  by  its  own  weight.  The 
quantity  of  water  is  so  great,  and  the  fall  so  sudden 
and  precipitate,  that  if,  unfortunately,  one  of  these 
spouts  break  on  a  vessel,  it  shatters  it  to  pieces,  and 
sinks  it  in  an  instant.  It  is  asserted,  and  possibly 

L 


i 

110  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

with  foundation,  that  these  spouts  may  be  broken 
and  destroyed  by  the  commotion  which  the  firing 
of  cannon  excite  in  the  air. 

The  other  kind  of  water  spout  is  called  a  typhon, 
and  does  not  descend  from  the  clouds,  but  rises  up 
from  the  sea  with  great  violence.  "  These  Water- 
spouts," Thevenot  observes,  "  are  also  very  danger- 
ous, for  if  they  fall  on  a  vessel  they  entangle  in  the 
sails  so  much  that  sometimes  they  raise  it  up,  and 
afterwards  let  it  fall  with  such  violence  as  to  sink  it; 
or,  at  least,  if  they  do  not  lift  the  vessel  up,  they  tear 
all  the  sails,  or  let  the  water  they  contain  fall  on  it, 
which  often  sinks  it  to  the  bottom."  But,  whatever 
mischief  may  be  occasioned  by  Water- spouts,  or 
however  terrifying  their  appearance,  we  have  abun- 
dant reason  to  believe,  from  their  being  the  produc- 
tions of  so  wise  and  good  a  God,  that  the  partial  evil 
they  may  at  times  occasion,  is  nothing  in  comparison 
with  the  good  they  promote.  As  the  burning  torrent, 
issuing  from  the  top  of  Etna  or  Vesuvius,  alarms  the 
surrounding  inhabitants,  and  sometimes  carries  ir- 
remediable devastation  among  their  dwellings,  yet 
is  absolutely  necessary  to  prevent  greater  evils,  so 
the  terrific  Water  spout  may  act  as  the  most  simple 
and  efficacious  medium  of  restoring  that  equilibrium 
among  the  elements,  which,  if  longer  prevented, 
might  not  only  occasion  convulsions  sufficient  to 
swallow  up  whole  navies,  but  be  attended  with  the 
most  direful  effects  upon  the  dry  land.  But  were  it 
for  no  other  purpose  than  to  add  to  the  grandeur  of 
such  a  scene  as  is  about  to  be  described,  and  awa- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  Ill 

ken  feelings  similar  to  those  experienced  by  the  au- 
thor of  the  following  sublime  sketch,  taken  in  the 
midst  of  the  Atlantic  ocean,  these  wonderful  produc- 
tions of  the  varying  power  of  nature  may  be  said 
not  to  have  been  created  in  vain. 

te  One  evening,''  observes  this  writer,  ("  it  was  a 
profound  calm,)  we  were  in  the  delicious  seas  which 
bathe  the  shores  of  Virginia;  every  sail  was  furled; 
I  was  engaged  upon  the  deck,  when  I  heard  the  bell 
that  summoned  the  crew  to  prayers;  I  hastened  to 
mingle  my  supplications  with  those  of  the  compa- 
nions of  my  voyage.  The  officers,  with  the  passen- 
gers, were  on  the  quarter ;  the  chaplain,  with  a  book 
in  his  hand,  stood  at  a  little  distance  before  them;  the 
seamen  were  scattered  at  random  over  the  poop  ;  we 
were  all  standing,  our  faces  towards  the  prow  of  the 
ship,  which  was  turned  to  the  west.  The  globe  of  the 
sun,  whose  lustre  even  then  our  eyes  could  scarcely 
endure,  ready  to  plunge  beneath  the  waves,  was  dis- 
covered through  the  rigging  in  the  midst  of  a  bound- 
less space.  From  the  motion  of  the  stern,  it  appeared 
as  if  the  radiant  orb  every  moment  changed  its  ho- 
rizon. A  few  clouds  wandered  confusedly  in  the 
east,  where  the  moon  was  slowly  rising;  the  rest  of 
the  sky  was  serene;  and  towards  the  north  a  Wa- 
ter-spout, forming  a  glorious  triangle  with  the  lumi- 
naries of  day  and  night,  glistening  with  all  the  co- 
lours of  the  prism,  rose  out  of  the  sea  like  a  column 
of  crystal,  supporting  the  vaults  of  heaven. 

"  He  who  had  not  recognised  in  this  spectacle  the 
beauty  of  the  Deity,  had  been  greatly  to  be  pitied. 


H2  BOOK    OP    MATURE    LAlD    OPEJJ. 

Religious  tears  involuntarily  flowed  from  my  eyes. 
The  consciousness  of  our  insignificance,  excited  by 
the  spectacle  of  infinity ;  our  songs  resounding  to 
a  distance  over  the  silent  waves,  the  night  approach- 
ing with  its  dangers;  our  vessel  itself  a  wonder  among 
so  many  wonders ;  a  religious  crew,  penetrated  with 
admiration  and  with  awe;  a  priest,  august  in  suppli- 
cating the  Almighty  God,  inclined  over  the  abyss, 
with  one  hand  staying  the  sun  at  the  portal  of  the 
west,  with  the  other  raising  the  moon  in  the  eastern 
hemisphere,  and  lending,  through  immensity,  an  at- 
tentive ear  to  the  feeble  voice  of  his  creatures;  this  is 
a  picture  which  baffles  description,  and  which  the 
whole  art  of  man  is  scarcely  sufficient  to  embrace." 
No  person  who  has  walked  along  the  sea  shore 
but  must  have  observed  that  incessant  noise,  that 
continued  murmur,  which,  even  when  the  greatest 
calm  prevails,  salutes  his  ear,  and  the  beautiful  white 
edging  by  which  the  floating  mantle  is  fringed  at  its 
extremities.  This  soft  and  placid  murmur,  and  these 
graceful  white  curls,  are  occasioned  by  the  motion 
of  the  waves  on  the  extended  beach ;  and,  trivial  as 
they  may  appear,  serve  as  perpetual  monitors  to 
warn  the  passenger  where  the  line  of  boundary  com- 
mences, which  separates  the  land  from  the  water; 
and  as  the  rushing  noise  of  the  rapid  river,  and  the 
tremendous  roar  of  the  dreadful  cataract,  serve  to 
point  out  the  path  of  danger  to  the  bewildered  tra- 
veller, particularly  under  the  cloud  of  night,  these, 
as  well  as  the  luminous  appearance  of  the  sea,  and 
the  noise  of  the  breakers  on  the  rocks,  in  regions 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  113 

more  remote  from  the  habitations  of  men,  may  ajso 
be  of  use  to  the  mariner  in  the  midnight  gloom,  by 
enabling  him  to  steer  clear  of  impending  dangers. 
The  luminous  appearance  of  the  surface  of  the  ocean, 
during  the  obscurity  of  the  night,  has  been  remarked 
by  navigators,  and  is  a  curious  phenomenon,  which 
has  long  exercised  the  sagacity  of  philosphcrs;  but, 
without  enquiring  into  the  cause  of  this  singular  phos- 
phoric property  of  the  waters,  by  which  they  are  il- 
luminated, and  rendered  more  visible  among  break- 
ers, or  where  the  greatest  agitation  prevails,  we  must 
allow  that  it,  as  well  as  the  noise  which  they  make 
in  a  state  of  turbulence,  has  been  wisely  imparted 
to  the  waves  of  the  deep  ;  for,  in  the  words  of  that 
elegant  writer  already  quoted,  "  How  many  vessels 
would  perish  amid  the  darkness,  were  it  not  for 
those  miraculous  beacons,  kindled  by  Providence 
upon  the  rocks!" 

We  have  already  had  occasion  to  notice  that  law 
of  nature  by  which  fluids,  when  put  out  of  order, 
have  an  uniform  tendency  to  regain  their  level  ;  and 
it  is  to  this  law  that  we  must  ascribe  the  facility  with 
which  the  track  of  a  ship,  in  the  midst  of  the  sea,  is 
closed  up.  But  for  this,  what  a  rugged  and  mis- 
shapen mass  must  the  surface  of  the  ocean  long  ago 
have  appeared !  It  is,  however,  wisely  ordered  other- 
wise ;  and  while  the  plough  of  the  husbandman  leaves 
the  deepened  furrows  open  in  the  stubborn  glebe, 
those  occasioned  by  the  humblest  bark  or  lightest 
skiff  in  the  watery  element,  as  soon  as  she 
passed,  are  quickly  swallowed  up. 
L  2 


Hi  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID   OPES. 

To  a  spectator  on  land,  the  sea  appears  to  be 
higher  than  the  spot  on  which  he  stands ;  this,  how- 
ever, is  by  no  means  the  case,  as  is  demonstrated 
by  the  same  experiment  by  which  the  globular  form 
of  the  earth  is  proved  ;  namely,  the  sinking  of  the 
hull  of  a  ship  in  the  horizon,  as  she  recedes  from  our 
view,  before  the  sails  and  higher  parts  disappear. 
This  illusion  is  occasioned  by  that  refraction  in  the 
atmosphere,  or  property  of  vision,  by  which  objects 
are  made  to  rise  in  the  landscape  in  proportion  to 
their  distance  from  us,  by  which  means  our  horizon 
is  increased  and  objects  longer  kept  in  view,  which 
otherwise  must  have  been  extremely  limited,  and 
our  prospects  of  short  duration. 

We  labour  also  under  a  deception  in  regard  to 
the  colour  of  the  sea;  for  although  when  viewed 
from  a  precipice  its  waters  afford  a  muddy  greenish 
hue,  arising  from  the  depth  and  position  of  the  eye ; 
when  beheld  from  a  shelving  beach  it  assumes  the 
colour  of  the  sky  ;  although  it  is  dark  and  black  in 
the  deep  abyss,  white  and  foaming  in  a  storm,  cloud- 
ed with  the  most  beautiful  colours  when  the  rays  of 
the  setting  sun  shine  upon  it,  or  puts  on  the  appear- 
ance of  a  beautiful  green,  when  beheld  from  a  boat 
in  a  sun-shine  day,  over  a  sandy  bottom  ;  yet  there 
can  be  no  doubt  but  the  sea-water  is  of  itself  trans- 
parent and  colourless,  and  that  the  various  appear- 
ances it  puts  on  must  be  entirely  owipg  to  accidental 
causes  :  and,  indeed,  how  could  it  be  otherwise,  but 
that  the  medium  of  vision  to  so  many  living  crea- 
tures should  have  remained  in  such  a  transparent 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  115 

and  untingcd  state,  as  to  enable  them  to  distinguish 
each  other,  and  the  numerous  inanimate  objects 
which  are  to  be  found  in  it,  by  their  colour. 

The  bottom  of  the  sea  being  supposed  to  resemble 
the  surface  of  the  dry  land,  these  inequalities  in  its 
depth  which  occasion  the  mariner  to  be  so  much  on 
the  alert,  may  easily  be  accounted  for  But  if  these 
are  the  causes  of  the  deceitful  shallows  and  danger- 
ous rocks,  it  must  not  be  forgotten,  that  to  these  also 
we  owe  the  deep  unfathomable  gulfs  over  which  the 
vessel  glides  in  safety,  and  those  numerous  islands 
which  adorn  and  diversify  the  surface  of  the  ocean. 

T/ic  Uses  of  the  Ocean. 

«  Adoring  own 

The  hand  Almighty,  who  its  charmell'd  bed 
Immeasurable  sunk,  and  pour'd  abroad, 
Fenc'd  with  eternal  mounds,  the  fluid  sphere 
With  every  wind  to  waft  large  commerce  on^ 
Join  pole  to  pole,  consociate  sever'd  worlds, 
And  link  in  bonds  of  intercourse  and  love 
Earth's  universal  family." 

The  Ocean,  as  we  have  already  observed,  is  the 
great  reservoir  of  nature,  the  mighty  source  of  eva- 
poration, which  supplies  the  earth  with  fertility,  by 
causing  the  clouds  to  drop  down  fatness  "  It  is," 
in  the  words  of  an  elegant  admirer  of  Nature's 
works,  "  the  capacious  cistern  of  the  universe,  which 
admits  as  into  a  receptacle,  and  distributes  as  a  re- 
servoir, whatever  waters  the  whole  globe.  There  is 


116  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

•not'a  fountain  that  gushes  in  the  unfrequented  desert, 
nor  a  rivulet  that  Hows  in  the  remotest  continent,  nor 
a  cloud  that  swims  in  the  highest  regions  of  the  fir- 
mament, but  is  fed  by  this  all-replenishing  source. r 
Thus,  in  the  great,  as  well  as  in  the  lesser  world,  a 
continual  circulation  is  kept  up.  The  waters  of  the 
clouds  ascend  from  the  sea  in  vapours;  they  descend 
to  the  earth  in  showers,  and  return  again  to  the  deep 
in  rivers,  after  having  watered  and  fertilized  the 
earth.  The  ocean,  instead  of  being  a  bar  of  sepa- 
ration, is  the  great  bond  of  union  among  the  nations; 
for  look  at  a  map,  and  behold  with  admiration  how 
wisely  the  sea,  which  the  ancients  looked  upon  as 
an  impassable  gulf,  is  disposed  and  distributed  for 
connecting  the  remotest  realms,  and  facilitating  the 
intercourse  of  one  nation  with  another.  '*  By  means 
of  this  element  we  travel  farther  than  birds  of  the 
strongest  pinion  fly,  and  discover  tracts  which  the 
vulture's  eye  has  never  seen.  We  make  a  visit  to 
nations  that  lie  drowned  in  midnight  slumbers  when 
every  industrious  person  on  this  part  of  the  globe  is 
bestirring  himself  in  all  the  hurry  of  business.  We 
cultivate  an  acquaintance  with  the  sun  burnt  Negro 
and  shivering  Icelander.  We  cross  the  flaming  line, 
we  penetrate  almost  to  the  pole,  and  wing  our  way 
even  round  the  globe."' 

The  ocean  is  the  great  vehicle  of  commerce,  and, 
instead  of  limiting  the  industry  of  man,  enlarges  his 
sphere,  and  excites  him  to  action.  There  go  the 
ships  which  transport  the  produce  of  nations  from 
clime  to  clime,  and  enable  one  people  to  supply  their 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  117 

wants  from  the  abundance  of  another.  And  here 
permit  us  to  observe  that  the  arts  of  ship  building  and 
navigation  have,  indeed,  been  of  incalculable  benefit 
to  mankind.  How  astonishing,  that  such  an  enor- 
mous and  heavy  mass  as  a  large  ship  should  be  so 
constructed  as  to  be  made  to  swim  in  water,  with  all 
her  crew,  stores,  and  appendages  !  Yet  such  masses 
are  not  only  made  to  swim,  but  are  constructed  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  move  at  the  lightest  breeze,  and  be 
guided  in  their  course  by  a  very  small  helm.  These 
considerations  alone  might  excite  our  surprise,  even 
if  the  vessel  did  no  more  than  coast  it  along,  without- 
losing  sight  of  land ;  but,  by  the  sister  art  of  navi- 
gation, she  is  carried  into  the  immense  depths  of  the 
ocean,  and  made  to  find  her  way  through  pathless 
tracts,  and  across  a  distance  of  some  thousand  miles 
extent ;  and  this  by  night  and  by  day,  foul  weather 
and  fair;  as  well  when  the  sky  is  overcast  as  when 
it  is  clear,  without  the  smallest  danger  of  mistaking 
her  port,  or  missing  her  desired  haven. 

Through  this  element  are  imported,  at  a  small 
expense,  the  productions  and  rarities  of  almost  every 
country ;  and  while  the  workmanship  of  our  artisans, 
and  the  produce  of  our  manufacturers  are  widely 
diffused  among  the  nations,  our  tables  are  furnished 
from  the  remotest  corners  of  the  globe.  We  are 
clothed  during  summer  with  the  fleeces  of  the  south, 
and  are  kept  warm  in  the  cold  season  of  winter  by 
the  furry  mantles  of  the  north.  The  riches  of  both 
Indies  are  wafted  to  our  shores;  and  our  heavy  laden, 
merchantmen  find  their  way  to  the  remotest  regions. 


118  BOOK    OF      NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

And  in  this  place  we  cannot  pass  without  noticing 
how  different  our  modern  voyages  from  those  un- 
dertaken by  the  ancients,  who,  even  in  the  mildest 
climates,  and  in  seas  the  least  tempestuous,  ventured 
only  from  their  harbours  in  the  summer  months! 
and  for  this  we  are  indebted  to  the  Loadstone.  It 
is  the  faithful  and  unerring  guide  which  now  con- 
ducts the  pilot  with  so  much  certainty  in  the  un- 
bounded ocean,  and  enables  the  merchant  to  trans- 
port his  goods  at  such  a  trifling  expence,  that  a 
ship  of  six  hundred  tons  burden,  and  navigated  by 
between  thirty  and  forty  men,  can  be  made  to  tran- 
sport as  many  goods  at  a  time,  as  would  require 
upwards  of  twelve  hundred  horses  and  a  propor- 
tionate number  of  men  to  manage  them!  What  a 
difference  in  point  of  saving,  were  it  no  more  than 
the  victuals  and  provender  made  use  of  by  such  a 
number  of  men  and  horses  ! 

By  the  invention  of  navigation,  and  the  discovery 
of  the  magnet,  we  are  enabled  to  correspond  with 
the  most  uncultivated  barbarian  in  the  isles  of  the 
sea,  and  hold  converse,  as  it  were,  with  those  who 
dwell  in  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth.  By  means 
of  these,  savages  the  most  distant  may  be  humanized 
and  instructed  in  the  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  sci- 
ences, and  a  way  opened  up  for  the  more  universal 
spread  of  the  gospel. 

In  short,  it  is  impossible  to  enumerate  the  benefits 
to  be  derived  from  the  wonderous  fluid.  As  the 
medium  of  traffic,  and  the  great  depot  of  so  many 
finny  treasures,  it  gives  employment  to  thousands. 


BOOK    OF      NATURE    LAID   OPEN,  119 

It  surrounds  nations  with  the  most  secure  barrier  of 
defence;  its  salubrious  breezes  refresh  and  cool  the 
air. — Used  as  a  bath,  it  invigorates  and  strengthens 
the  invalid;  taken  internally  as  a  medicine,  its  qua- 
lities are  of  the  most  potent  nature  ;  and  although  it 
serves  as  a  sink  for  corruption  and  all  manner  of 
filthinc^s,  such  are  its  purifying  and  renovating  pow- 
ers, that  it  not  only  remains  clean,  wholesome,  and 
uncontaminated  itself,  but  furnishes  us  with  a  large 
proportion  of  an  useful  ingredient  to  preserve  our 
food  from  putrefaction! 

The  bottom  of  the  sea  also  abounds  with  a  variety 
of  vegetable  productions,  while  its  waters  are  stock- 
ed with  creatures  innumerable,  both  small  and 
great;  a  consideration  of  these,  however,  we  must 
defer  for  succeeding  chapters,  and  will  conclude  the 
present  in  the  words  of  Bishop  Home : — "  The  last 
use  I  shall  mention  which  we  are  to  make  of  the 
sea,  is,  that  which  the  Holy  Spirit  himself  hath  so 
frequently  made  of  it  in  the  Scriptures,  viz.  to  con- 
sider it  as  an  emblem  of  the  world,  and  of  what  is 
passing  therein.  Under  a  smiling,  deceitful  surface, 
both  conceal  dangerous  rocks  and  quicksands,  on 
which  the  unskilful  mariner  will  strike  and  be  lost. 
Both  abound  with  creatures  pursuing  and  devouring 
one  another;  the  small  and  the  weak  becoming  a 
prey  to  the  great  and  powerful ;  while  in  both  there 
is  a  grand  destroyer,  a  leviathan,  taking  his  pastime,, 
and  seeking  the  perdition  of  all. 

"  In  the  voyage  of  life  we  may  set  out  with  a  still 
sea  and  fair  sky;  but  ere  long,  cares  and  sorrows. 


120      BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

the  storms  of  affliction,  shall  overtake  us.  At  God's 
word,  either  to  punish  us  or  to  prove  us,  from  some 
quarter  or  another,  whence  perhaps  we  least  ex- 
pected it,  the  wind  ariseth  and  lifteth  up  the  waves. 
We  are  carried  sometimes  up  to  heaven  with  hope, 
sometimes  down  to  the  deep  with  despair." 


CHAP.  XL 

SEA  PLANTS. 

c(  With  wonder  mark  the  moving  wilderness  of  waves, 
Magnificently  dreadful ! — Where  at  large 
Leviathan,  (with  each  inferior  name 
Of  sea  horn  kinds,  ten  thousand,  thousand  tribes,) 
Finds  endless  range  for  pasture  and  for  sport." 

THE  bottom  of  the  sea,  as  we  have  observed, 
abounds  with  a  variety  of  vegetable  productions. 
Before  turning  our  attention  more  immediately  to  the 
animated  inhabitants  of  the  great  abyss,  we  shall, 
therefore,  take  a  cursory  glance  at  these  sub-marine 
gardens,  woods,  and  meadows  ;  and  the  first  thing 
that  strikes  our  attention,  is  the  remarkable  differ- 
ence in  the  conformation  of  Sea  and  Land  Ve- 
getables; for  although  they  agree  in  possessing 
t>he  concomitant  parts  of  roots,  stalks,  and  branches, 
yet  it  must  be  immediately  observed,  that  instead  of 
being  hard  and  brittle  like  the  latter,  the  largest  and 
strongest  of  the  former  are  furnished  with  an  extra- 
ordinary degree  of  tenacity,  yet  evince  a  power  of 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      121 

flexible  elasticity  that  is  astonishing;  so  much  so, 
that  bend  them  into  any  form,  or  twist  them  into  an 
hundred  shapes,  while  they  adhere  in  their  native 
freshness,  to  the  rocks,  still  they  recover  their  na- 
tural shape  and  position  without  danger  of  breaking. 
The  roots  of  sea  plants  are  not  constructed  for  pe- 
netrating deep  into  the  soil,  but  they  are  wonderful- 
ly fitted  for  taking  firm  hold  of  the  rocks  or  stones 
upon  which  they  vegetate,  and,  instead  of  being  dis- 
turbed by  the  tossings  of  the  tempest,  these  seem  ra- 
ther to  acquire  vigour  by  the  severity  of  the  weather. 
The  long  and  broad  leaves  of  these  plants  are  ex- 
cellently formed  for  imbibing  moisture  from  the  sur- 
rounding element;  their  horizontal  position,  extreme 
pliability,  and  oval  shaped  branches,  fit  them  admi- 
rably for  the  peculiar  situations  in  which  they  are 
placed,  while  the  clammy,  glutinous  moisture,  with 
which  they  are  covered,  no  doubt  serves  (besides 
other  important  purposes,)  to  prevent  them  from  being 
injured  by  the  continual  action  of  the  wrater  ;  so  that, 
in  the  words  of  an  admirable  writer,  whom  we  have 
already  more  than  once  quoted,  "  we  see  from  this, 
and  numberless  other  instances,  what  a  diversity 
there  is  in  the  operations  of  the  great  Creator's  hand. 
Yet  every  operation  is  an  improvement,  and  each 
new  pattern  has  a  peculiar  fitness  of  its  own.  The 
herbs  and  trees  (he  also  adds)  which  flourish  on  the 
dry  land,  are  maintained  by  the  juices  that  permeate 
the  soil,  and  fluctuate  in  the  air.  For  this  purpose 
they  are  furnished  with  leaves  to  collect  the  one,  and 
with  roots  to  attract  the  other;  whereas  the  sea  plants, 

M 


122  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

finding  sufficient  nourishment  in  the  circumambient 
waters,  have  no  occasion  to  detach  a  party  of  roots 
into  the  ground,  and  forage  the  earth  for  sustenance. 
Instead,  therefore,  of  penetrating,  they  are  but  just 
tacked  to  the  bottom,  and  adhere  to  some  solid  sub- 
stance, only  with  such  a  degree  of  tenacity  as  may 
secure  them  from  being  tossed  to  and  fro  by  the 
random  agitation  of  the  waves." 

There  are  two  striking  peculiarities  in  sub-marine 
vegetables,  which  deserve  our  notice.  Several  of 
them  are  furnished  with  a  number  of  appendages  in 
the  form  of  globes  or  bladders;  and,  instead  of  an 
uniformity  of  colour,  these  are  found  to  be  diversi- 
fied with  a  dissimilarity  of  tints  The  former,  how- 
ever, from  emitting  a  loud  noise  when  broken,  we 
have  reason  to  conclude  may  possibly  serve  the  pur- 
pose of  air-vessels  to  the  plants,  and  we  need  not  go 
far  to  have  the  mystery  solved,  why  they  are  made 
to  differ  so  much  in  colour  trom  each  other. 

Let  us  attend  to  the  operations  of  yonder  angler, 
and  behold  with  what  eagerness  the  unsuspecting 
fish,  guided  by  the  eye,  rushes  on  the  deceitiul  bait ; 
if  we  can,  therefore,  for  a  moment  harbour  the  sup- 
position that  it  is  by  the  eye  the  finny  tribes  are,  in 
a  great  degree,  directed  in  their  movements,  and 
knowing,  as  we  do,  that  some  of  them  delight  in  ve- 
getable food,  we  must  see  at  once  the  propriety  of 
such  a  variety  in  the  colour  of  the  carpet  that  covers 
the  bed  of  the,  ocean,  and  the  wisdom  in  the  contri- 
vance of  its  different  hues.  Without  dwelling  on  the 
several  uses  of  the  vegetable  productions  of  the  great 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  123 

deep,  we  will  briefly  observe,  that,  besides  serving 
as  articles  of  food  to  so  many  of  the  watery  regions, 
particularly  to  those  of  the  Shell  kind,  which  abound 
chiefly  among  them,  these  afford,  among  their  intri- 
cate and  perplexing  labyrinths,  a  safe  retreat  for  the 
weak  from  the  strong;  a  commodious  lodgement  for 
a  variety  of  shell  fish,  and  convenient  recesses  for 
numbers  of  the  finny  tribes  to  betake  themselves  to, 
for  the  purpose  of  depositing  their  spawn ;  and  to 
those  who  make  usa  of  their  leaves  on  the  occasion, 
these  plants  seem  to  be  admirably  adapted  to  the 
glary  matter  which  covers  their  substance,  not  only 
preventing  the  eggs  from  being  easily  washed  off  be- 
fore they  are  hatched,  but  affording,  in  all  likelihood, 
an  immediate  supply  of  nutricious  food  for  the  young, 
before  they  are  fitted  for  any  thing  more  gross  ;  and 
this  may  be  the  reason,  as  well  as  the  safety  which 
their  concealment  insures,  why  so  many  of  the  weak 
and  smaller  fry  are  found  among  them. 

These  few  specimens  may  serve  to  show  in  what 
respects  sea  vegetables  may  be  of  use  in  the  econo- 
my of  nature ;  and  we  will  just  notice  two  or  three 
of  the  many  instances  in  which  they  may  be  said 
more  directly  to  contribute  to  the  service  of  man. 

The  utility  of  the  Sponge,  (an  article  which  takes 
its  rise  from  those  rocky  beds,)  in  several  of  our  most 
useful  arts  and  manufactures,  is  well  known.  The 
sea  weed,  made  into  kelp,  forms  a  principal  ingre- 
dient in  the  composition  of  soap  and  glass;  and  is 
found  o>  our  rocks  and  shores  in  great  abundance. 
After  being  spread  out  and  dried  in  the  summer 


124  BOOK   OF    NATURE   LAID    OPEff, 

months,  it  is  raked  together  and  burnt  in  those  hol- 
lows which  we  observe  on  the  beach.  The  ashes 
form  what  is  called  kelp,  which  is  used  in  the  com- 
position of  soap  and  glass,  as  well  as  in  the  alum 
works.  Soap  is  an  article  too  well  known  for  its 
cleansing  quality  to  need  description;  and  without 
the  aid  of  glass,  to  what  miseries  and  inconveniences 
must  we  be  exposed,  without  taking  into  consider- 
ation the  darkness  that  must  still  have  hung  over  our 
mental  horizon,  had  it  not  been  for  the  invigora- 
ting powers  of  those  magical  instruments  that  have 
brought  a  new  creation  to  our  notice!  But  of  all  the 
uses  to  which  sea  vegetables  can  be,  applied,  there 
is  not  one  so  valuable  as  that  to  which  they  may  be 
converted,  when  in  a  state  of  putrescence,  in  the 
form  of  manure,  for  promoting  the  interests  of  agri- 
culture and  vegetation  upon  land. 

How  surprising  that  these  pliant  productions  of 
the  bed  of  the  ocean,  wrhen  worn  out,  or  in  a  state 
of  decay,  should  possess  the  amazing  qualities  of  ren- 
dering more  fertile  our  fields  and  meadows,  of  caus- 
ing the  barren  tracts  to  bring  forth,  and  of  renovating 
the  exhausted  powers  of  the  cultivated  districts !  On 
this  strange  circuit  of  reproduction,  wre  cannot  say, 
"  out  of  the  eater  cometh  forth  meat,  and  out  of  the 
strong  came  forth  sweetness ;"  but  we  have  abun- 
dant reason  to  remark,  that  out  of  death  came  forth 
life,  that  out  of  putrefaction  came  forth  vitality  ! 


BOOK.  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      125 

Animal  Flowers. 

Half  removed  from  the  objects  we  have  just  been 
considering,  we  observe,  on  our  way  to  those  of  a 
higher  order,  a  number  of  curious  productions  in  the 
form  of  fleshy  excrescences  among  the  rocks  and 
stones;  some  with  their  heads  drawn  close  together, 
and  others  spread  out  at  top  in  all  the  luxuriance  of 
a  full  blown  flower.  These,  on  account  of  their  firm 
adherence  to  a  particular  spot,  and  apparent  want 
of  sensibility,  might  be  taken  for  vegetables ;  but,  up- 
on minute  examination,  they  will  be  found  to  con- 
stitute part  of  that  superior  class,  or  uniting  link  be- 
tween the  vegetable  and  animal  creation,  that  we 
had  occasion  to  mention  in  a  preceding  chapter  upon 
Quadrupeds,  under  the  appellation  of  Animal  Flow- 
ers. Let  us  attend  to  the  operations  of  one  of  them, 
and  we  shall  soon  discover,  that  what  at  first  wore 
the  appearance  of  a  still,  inanimate,  full-blown  flower, 
has  something  of  a  living  and  active  principle  in  it. 
Touch  its  diverging  rays  or  filaments,  and  see  how 
they  contract ;  but  in  this  you  may  say  it  does  no 
more  than  the  sensitive  plant ;  make,  however,  an- 
other experiment,  and  put  a  shell-fish  on  its  orifice, 
behold  how  it  extends  itself  to  receive  it,  with  what 
efforts  it  sucks  it  in,  and  how  the  under  part  of  the 
body  swells  as  it  forces  the  food  into  the  stomach.  It 
is  not,  however,  capable  of  digesting  the  shelly  sub- 
stance, and  see  with  what  artifice  it  disgorges  it,  af- 
ter having  stript  it  of  its  contents.  These  are  cer- 
tainly not  the  properties  of  mere  vegetables. — But 

M2 


126  BOOK   OP    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

what  is  that  other  one  about  ?  It  has  put  forth  in 
array  all  its  little  fleshy  horns  or  feelers ;  with  some 
of  them  it  has  laid  hold  of  an  insect,  which  it  is  in 
the  act  of  conveying  to  its  mouth ;  it  soon  is  made 
to  disappear  in  the  aperture,  and  the  dilating  of  the 
under  extremity,  or  stalk  of  the  flower,  plainly  evin- 
ces its  progress  downwards ;  these  are  certainly  the 
functions  of  animal  life,  and  from  these  and  such  like 
actions,  what  at  first  might  appear  as  nothing  more 
than  vegetables,  have  justly  been  denominated  Ani- 
mal Flowers  -,  while,  from  their  being  capable  of 
propagation  by  cuttings,  and  of  being  muitiplied  by 
divisions,  they  may,  with  equal  propriety,  be  desig- 
nated Salt-water,  or  Sea  Polypuses,  and  be  reckoned 
among  the  wonders  of  the  Almighty  in  the  deep. 

That  these  substances  resemble  polypuses,  by  the 
singular  property  of  being  multiplied  and  grafted 
by  slips,  experience  has  put  beyond  a  doubt  The 
reproductive  power  of  the  Barbadoes  animal  flower 
is  prodigious.  Many  people  coming  to  see  these 
strange  creatures,  and  occasioning  some  inconve- 
nience to  a  person,  through  whose  grounds  they  were 
obliged  to  pass,  he  resolved  to  destroy  the  objects  of 
their  curiosity ;  and  that  he  might  do  so  effectually, 
caused  all  the  holes,  out  of  which  they  appeared,  to 
be  carefully  bored  and  drilled  with  an  iron  instru- 
ment, so  that  we  cannot  suppose  but  their  bodies 
must  have  been  entirely  crushed  to  a  pulp ;  never- 
theless they  appeared  again,  in  a  few  days,  from  the 
same  places. 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  12 

CHAP.  XII. 

SHELL-FISH. 

11  In  shelly  armour  wrapt,  the  lobster  seeks 
Safe  shelter  in  some  bay,  or  winding  creek  ; 
To  rocky  chasms  the  dusky  natives  cleave, 
Tenacious  hold,  nor  will  the  dwelling  leave.** 

IF  the  wonderful  productions  we  have  just  been 
contemplating,  may  be  considered  as  pail  of  the  con- 
necting link  between  the  vegetable  and  animal  king- 
doms, the  lowest  gradation  of  this  species  may  be 
accounted  that  which  unites  the  animal  to  the  fossil 
class ;  but  what  a  prodigious  variety  of  these  exist, 
from  the  humble  oyster,  which  vegetates  in  its  shell, 
to  the  ponderous  Tortoise  that  grazes  the  aquatic 
meadow,  or  the  wondrous  Lobster,  that  shoots  with 
rapidity  across  the  gulf 

The  Lobster,  indeed,  may  be  well  styled  won- 
drous. According  to  Sturm,  it  is  one  of  the  most 
extraordinary  creatures  that  exists.  "  An  animal, 
(observes  this  writer,)  whose  skin  is  a  shell,  and 
which  it  casts  off  every  year,  to  clothe  itself  with 
new  armour ;  an  animal,  whose  flesh  is  in  its  tail  and 
legs,  and  whose  hair  is  in  the  inside  of  its  breast ; 
whose  stomach  is  in  its  head;  and  which  is  changed 
every  year  for  a  new  one,  and  which  new  one  be- 
gins by  consuming  the  old.  An  animal  which  carries 
its  eggs  within  its  body,  till  they  become  fruitful, 
and  then  carries  them  outwardly  under  its  tail ;  an 
animal  which  can  throw  off  its  legs  when  they 


128  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID    OPE&. 

become  troublesome,  and  can  replace  them  with 
others  ;  and  lastly,  an  animal  whose  eyes  are  placed 
in  moveable  horns.  So  singular  a  creature  will  long 
remain  a  mystery  in  the  human  mind.  It  affords 
new  subject,  however,  to  acknowledge  and  adore 
the  power  and  wisdom  of  the  Creator. 

The  distinguishing  appendage  of  this  class,  and 
that  from  which  they  derive  their  name,  is  the  hard 
crustaceous  covering  in  which  their  bodies  are  en- 
veloped ;  and  how  admirably  fitted  are  they  by  this 
natural  bulwark  for  that  particular  station  in  which 
Providence  has  placed  them :  for  how  could  such 
soft  and  tender  bodies  have  been  otherwise  defended 
and  protected  from  injury  among  the  many  rugged 
and  uneven  masses  where  their  habitations  are  as- 
signed, and  how  could  they  escape  from  their  nu- 
merous enemies,  had  they  not  the  power  of  with- 
drawing and  shutting  themselves  up  on  the  approach 
of  danger,  within  their  shelly  covering?  But  be- 
sides this,  there  are  several  things  remarkable  in 
each  individual  species  of  this  order,  which  demon- 
strates the  whole  to  be  fitted  in  the  best  possible 
manner  for  their  various  situations,  habits  and  pro- 
pensities, and  to  be  the  workmanship  of  the  same 
Being  whose  wisdom  and  goodness  are  so  conspi- 
cuously displayed  in  his  other  works. 

The  Limpet,  stationed  as  a  sentinel  on  the  top  of 
the  rock,  and  oft  exposed  to  the  mid-day's  heat  when 
the  tide  is,  out,  as  well  as  to  the  continual  tossings 
and  agitations  of  its  waves  when  it  is  covered,  is 
safely  lodged  in  a  little  cone,  impervious  to  the  most 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  129 

penetrating  rays  of  the  sun,  and  so  firmly  cemented 
to  the  rock  by  means  of  the  broad  muscular  surface 
he  presents,  that  neither  storm  nortempest  can  prevail 
to  loosen  his  grasp,  or  make  him  relinquish  his  firm 
hold.  The  Muscle  is  not  provided  by  nature  with 
such  a  strong  and  firm  sheet-anchor,  but  she  is  taught 
to  supply  the  defect  by  a  rt,  and  to  spin  to  herself 
cables,  by  which  she  can  be  moored  in  security  to 
her  favourite  spot.  The  Periwinkle  does  not  at- 
tach itself  so  firmly  as  either  of  these,  nor  has  she 
the  means  or  the  power  to  do  so  ;  but  her  stony  ha- 
bitation is  almost  proof  against  accident,  and  she  can 
roll  about  in  safety,  hermetically  sealed  up  tfnder 
her  scaly  covering  The  Cockle  burrows  deep  in 
the  sand  or  mud,  and  its  edges  are  notched,  in  order 
to  enable  it  to  clasp  more  firmly  together.  The 
Nautilus,  which  can  exist  either  as  a  diver  or  swim- 
mer, and  lives  sometimes  at  the  bottom,  and  some- 
times on  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  has  a  power  of 
contracting  and  drawing  itself  into  its  shell  when  it 
has  occasion  to  descend  to  the  bottom,  and  of  un- 
folding and  expanding  its  oars  and  sails,  when  it 
has  an  inclination  to  sport  on  the  surface.  The 
Cutler,  or  Razor  fish,  never  creeps,  but  penetrates 
perpendicularly  into  the  sand;  and  how  nicely  is 
its  long  and  slender  shell  formed  for  this  purpose ! 
The  Crab  is  provided  with,  claws  and  -feet  for 
scrambling  about,  but  amongst  such  rugged  preci- 
pices, and  with  so  many  enemies  to  encounter,  it 
must  often  be  at  the  expence  of  a  limb;  and,  lo  !  it 
is  endowed  with  the  singular  property  of  shaking  off 


130  BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

and  reproducing  a  new  one  at  pleasure.  Nature 
has  given  this  singular  power  to  these  creatures,  for 
the  preservation  of  their  lives,  in  their  frequent  quar- 
rels. In  these,  one  crab  lays  hold  of  the  claw  of 
another^  and  crushes  it  so  that  it  would  bleed  to 
death,  had  it  not  the  power  of  giving  up  the  limb  in 
the  strange  manner  described  by  naturalists.  If  one 
of  the  outer  joints  of  a  small  leg  be  bruised,  and  the 
creature  be  laid  on  its  back,  it  shews  uneasiness  at 
first,  by  moving  it  about,  afterwards  it  holds  it  quite 
still,  in  a  direct  and  natural  position,  without  touch- 
ing any  part  of  the  body,  or  of  the  other  legs  with  it 
Then,  on  a  sudden,  with  a  gentle  ccack,  the  wound- 
ed part  of  the  leg  drops  off;  the  effect  will  be  the 
same  with  the  great  leg,  only  it  is  thrown  off  with 
greater  violence.  Having  got  clear  of  the  injured 
part,  a  mu  :us  now  overspreads  the  wound,  which 
presently  stops  the  bleeding ;  and  a  small  leg  is  by 
degrees  produced,  which  gradually  attains  the  size 
of  the  former.  Lobsters  have  also  the  power  of  re- 
producing an  injured  leg  ;  and  this  accounts  for 
their  being  so  often  found  with  limbs  of  unequal 
size : — the  small  leg  must  be  a  new  one,  which  has 
not  attained  its  full  growth — The  Lobster  is  admi- 
rably formed  for  either  running  or  swimming,  and 
can  bound  with  such  a  spring  to  her  hole  in  the  rock 
when  frightened,  that  she  enters  it  with  velocity 
through  an  opening  barely  sufficient,  to  appearance,' 
for  her  body  to  pass.  And  the  Pholas,  though  not 
furnished  with  an  instrument  apparently  calculated 
for  boring  and  scooping  out  stones,  is  endowed  with 


BOOK    OF    NATURE   LAID    OPEN.  131 

such  a  fund  of  patient  perseverance,  that  it  is  ena- 
bled to  penetrate  into  these  callous  substances  by  the 
application  of  a  fleshy  member,  resembling  a  tongue. 
With  this  soft  and  yielding  instrument,  the  indefati- 
gable and  persevering  Pholas,  perforates  marble  and 
the  hardest  stones ;  and  when  small  and  naked,  it 
has  effected  an  entrance,  it  then  enjoys  a  life  of  se- 
curity and  ease,  existing  upon  sea  water,  that  enters 
at  the  aperture,  and  increasing  its  habitation  as  it  in- 
creases in  size. 

The  Instinctive  Sagacity  of  the  crustaceous  tribe 
also  claims  our  attention  We  have  already  re- 
marked, that  the  little  Nautilus  is  furnished  with  an 
apparatus  for  either  diving  or  swimming.  But  who 
taught  the  Nautilus  to  sail  ? — and  yet,  without  the 
instinctive  knowledge  how  to  make  use  of  them,  of 
what  use  would  be  either  her  sails  or  oars  ? — these, 
however,  are  not  given  her  in  vain,  for  she  evinces 
a  knowledge  in  the  art  of  navigation,  which  is  sup- 
posed to  have  been  copied  by  some  of  the  early  ma- 
riners, and  the  example  she  affords  has  been  held 
out  by  the  poet  as  still  deserving  imitation  : 

«  Learn  of  the  little  Nautilus  to  sail, 

Spread  the  thin  oar,  and  catch  the  driving  gale." 

The  natural  sagacity  of  the  Nautilus,  in  the  use  of 
his  instruments  of  motion,  is  thus  beautifully  deli- 
neated by  the  descriptive  pen  of  Hervey; — "  The 
dexterous  inhabitant  (whose  shell  forms  a  natural 
boat,)  unfurls  a  membrane  to  the  wind,  which  serves 
him  instead  of  a  sail.  He  extends  also  a  couple  of 
arms,  with  which,  as  with  two  slender  oars,  he  rows 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

himself  along.  When  he  is  disposed  to  dive,  he 
strikes  sail ;  and,  without  any  apprehension  of  being 
drowned,  sinks  to  the  bottom.  When  the  weather 
is  calm,  and  he  has  an  inclination  to  see  the  world, 
or  take  his  pleasure,  he  mounts  to  the  surface,  and 
self-taught  in  the  art  of  navigation,  performs  his 
voyage  without  either  chart  or  compass ;  is  himself 
the  vessel,  the  rigging,  and  the  pilot." 

When  the  sea  is  calm,  numbers  of  these  animals 
are  said  to  be  seen  sailing  on  the  surface;  but  at  the 
approach  of  a  storm,  they  fold  in  their  legs,  and 
swallowing  as  much  water  as  will  enable  them  to 
sink,  they  plunge  to  the  bottom,  where  they  no 
doubt  remain  in  a  place  of  security  during  the  raging 
of  the  tempest,  and  when  they  wish  to  rise,  they 
void  this  water,  and  so  decreasing  their  specific 
gravity,  quickly  ascend  to  the  top,  where,  by  means 
of  their  tails,  answering  the  purpose  of  helms,  they 
can  steer  themselves  in  any  direction. 

Sea  Tortoises,  without  any  teacher  but  nature, 
are  instinctively  taught  to  lay  their  eggs  on  the  sea 
shore,  and  cover  them  with  sand  ;  and  no  sooner 
are  the  young  hatched  and  fitted  for  their  journey, 
than  they  leave  the  place  of  their  nativity,  and  run 
towards  that  element  which  Providence  has  destin- 
ed for  their  abode ;  so  that  the  poet  may  well  say : 

"  Reason  progressive,  instinct  is  complete; 
Swift  instinct  leaps,  slow  reason  feeblv  climbs. 
Brutes  soon  their  zenith  reach ;  their  little  all 
Flows  in  at  once;  in  ages  they  no  mo;  e 
Could  know,  or  do,  or  covet,  or  enjoy." 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  133 

When  the  young  Lobsters  leave  the  parent,  they 
betake  themselves  to  hiding  places  in  the  smallest 
cliffs  in  the  rocks;  but  no  sooner  do  they  find  them- 
selves incrusted  with  a  firm  shell,  than  they  sally 
out  in  quest  of  plunder.     When  the  time  of  moult- 
ing, or  changing  the  shell  draws  near,  this  animal 
again  betakes  itself  Co  a  retired  situation,   where  it 
remains  in  security  during  its  defenceless  state;  and 
after  losing  the  shell,  (which  both  crabs  and  lobsters 
do  annually,)  and  before  a  new  one  is  formed,  the 
animal  is  in  a  very  naked  and  defenceless  state,  ex- 
posed to  the  dog  fish,  and  a  multitude  of  other  de- 
predators.    In  this  situation  they  do  not,  however, 
long  continue;  for  the  new  covering  is  formed,  and 
completely  hardened,  in  little  more  than  forty  eight 
hours;  and  no  sooner  does  it  find  itself  covered  with 
its  new  suit  of  armour,  than  it  appears  again  on  the 
stage,  lively  and  active  as  before.      The  common 
Crabs  herd   together  in   distinct  tribes,  and   keep 
their   separate    haunts.      The  Soldier  Crab  is  not 
provided  by  nature  with  a  shell  attached  to  his  body, 
but  she  has  inspired  him  with  instinctive  sagacity  to 
take  up  his  abode  in  the  first  empty  one  he  can  lay 
hold  of,  suitable  to  his  purpose,  and  to  change  it  for 
another  when  it  grows  incommodious.    When  it  has 
overgrown,  or  otherwise  has  occasion  to  change  the 
shell,  the  little  soldier  is  seen  busily  parading  ihe 
shore,  but  still  dragging  its  old  habitation  along,  un- 
willing to  part  with  one,  until  it  has  found  another 
still  more  convenient  for  its  purpose      It   is   ^-en 
stopping  at  one  shell,  turning  it,  then  going  on  to 

N 


134  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

another,  looking  at  it  a  while,  then  slipping  its  tail 
from  the  old  habitation  to  try  on  the  new.  This 
is  sometimes  found  to  be  more  inconvenient,  in 
which  case  it  quickly  returns  to  its  old  shell,  and 
goes  in  quest  of  another  more  roomy  and  commo- 
dious. But  it  is  not  till  after  many  trials  and  fre- 
quent combats,  that  the  soldier  sometimes  finds  him- 
self completely  equipped;  for  there  are  frequent 
contests  betwixt  two  of  this  species,  for  some  well- 
looking  and  commodious  shell ;  and  it  is  from  this 
circumstance,  perhaps,  the  soldier-crab  derives  its 
name.  When  two  of  them  meet  with  the  same  ob- 
ject, each  strives  to  take  possession;  they  strike  with 
their  claws,  and  bite  each  other  till  the  weakest  is 
obliged  to  yield.  It  is  then  that  the  victor  takes  pos- 
session, and  parades  in  his  new  conquest,  backwards 
and  forwards  upon  the  strand,  before  his  envious 
antagonist.  The  Land  Crabs  of  the  \Vest  Indies 
(which  also  may  be  reckoned  among  the  natives  of 
the  deep,)  are  represented  as  living  in  a  kind  of  or- 
derly society,  and  regularly  once  a  year  marching 
down  from  the  mountains  to  the  sea,  in  order  to  de- 
posit their  spawn ;  and  after  the  little  creatures  are 
hatched  under  the  sand,  they  also  are  observed  as 
regularly  quitting  the  shore  in  crowds,  and  slowly 
travelling  up  towards  the  mountains 

These  creatures  commence  their  expedition  in  the 
months  of  April  and  May.  At  that  time  the  whole 
ground  is  covered  with  this  numerous  band  of  adven- 
turers. The  sea  is  the  place  of  their  destination,  and 
to  that  they  direct  their  march.  No  geometrician 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  135 

could  send  them  by  a  shorter  course.  They  never 
turn  aside  to  the  right  or  to  the  left,  if  they  can  pos- 
sibly avoid  it,  whatever  obstacles  intervene.  If  they 
meet  with  a  house,  they  will  attempt  to  scale  the 
walls,  in  order  to  keep  their  ranks  ;  and  if  the  coun- 
try be  intersected  by  rivers,  they  wind  along  the 
course  of  the  stream.  They  arc  commonly  divided 
into  three  battalions,  of  which  the  first  consists  of 
the  strongest  and  boldest  males,  that,  like  pioneers, 
march  forward  to  clear  the  route,  and  face  the  great- 
est dangers.  They  are  often  obliged  to  halt  for  want 
of  rain.  The  main  body  is  composed  of  females, 
which  never  leave  the  mountains  till  the  rain  is  set 
in,  and  then  descend  in  regular  order,  in  columns  of 
fifty  paces  broad,  and  three  miles  deep ;  and  so  close 
that  they  almost  cover  the  ground.  Three  or  four 
days  after  this,  the  rear  guard  follows,  a  straggling 
and  undisciplined  tribe,  consisting  of  males  and  fe- 
males ;  but  neither  so  robust  nor  so  numerous  as  the 
former.  The  night  is  their  chief  time  of  proceeding; 
but  if  it  rains  by  day,  they  do  not  fail  to  profit  by 
the  occasion  When  they  are  terrified,  they  march 
back  in  a  disorderly  manner,  holding  up  their  nip- 
pers, with  which  they  sometimes  tear  off  a  piece  of 
the  flesh  of  an  assailant,  and  leave  the  weapon  where 
they  inflicted  the  wound.  They  even  try  to  intimi- 
date their  enemies,  by  clattering  their  nippers  toge- 
ther, which,  considering  their  number,  must  have 
a  powerful  effect.  When  they  have  arrived  at  the 
shore,  which  sometimes  takes  three  months,  they 
prepare  to  cast  their  spawn,  by  eagerly  going  to  the 


136  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

edge  of  the  water,  and  letting  it  wash  several  times 
over  their  bodies.  At  the  expiration  of  some  days, 
spent  on  the  land,  after  this  washing,  they  again  seek 
the  shore;  and  shaking  off  the  spawn  into  the  wa- 
ter, leave  it  there-  The  sea,  to  a  great  distance,  is 
black  with  the  eggs,  and  shoals  of  hungry  fish  at- 
tend, and  devour  a  considerable  quantity  of  them  ; 
those  that  escape  are  hatched  under  the  sand;  and 
soon  after,  millions  at  a  time  of  these  little  crabs  are 
seen  quitting  the  sfiore,  and  making  their  way  slowly 
to  the  mountains. 

When  the  Tellina  has  occasion  to  move,  she  puts 
herself  into  a  certain  position,  which  occasions  her 
to  spring  out,  with  considerable  force,  to  a  distance. 
When  the  Scallop  finds  herself  deserted  by  the  tide, 
it  jerks  itself  forward  by  opening  and  shutting  its 
shell  in  a  singular  manner.  When  the  Razor  shell- 
fish finds  itself  deceived  by  the  fisherman,  when  he 
decoys  it  from  its  subterraneous  habitation  by  a 
sprinkling  of  salt,  and  has  time  to  retreat,  no  such 
attempt  will  succeed  a  second  time.  When  part  of 
the  legs  of  the  Sea  Hedge-hog  are  at  work,  carry- 
ing him  forward,  the  horns  that  are  nearest  in  that 
direction  are  busily  employed  in  making  soundings 
or  feeling  the  way.  The  Muscle,  when  she  has 
commenced  spinning  her  cable,  will  make  a  trial  of 
a  thread,  by  drawing  it  out  strongly  towards  her, 
before  she  proceeds  to  stretch  out  a  second ;  and  these 
cords,  which  she  spins  with  so  much  art,  are,  in  re- 
ality, as  serviceable  to  them  as  cables  are  to  a  ship. 
There  are  frequently  a  hundred  and  fifty  of  these 


BOOK    <W     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  137 

little  cables  employed  in  mooring  a  muscle;  each 
cable  is  scarcely  two  inches  long,  but  they  are  all 
spun  by  herself,  and  the  tongue  is  the  instrument 
which  not  only  produces  these  numerous  threads,  but 
serves  also  instead  of  arms  and  legs  on  other  occa- 
sions The  Limpet,  when  she  has  occasion  to  un- 
moor, finds  means  to  disengage  herself  without  any 
great  effort,  and  to  move  from  her  place  by  the  same 
muscle  by  which  she  adhered  so  firmly  to  her  an- 
chorage. Even  Oysters  are  said  not  to  be  destitute  of 
the  power  and  the  instinctive  sagacity  to  turn  them- 
selves round  when  thrown  irregularly  into  a  vessel 
of  water,  so  that  the  concave  shells  may  remain 

downmost,  in  order  to  retain  their  favourite  liquor. 

I 

Uses  of  Shell-fish. 

From  the  number  of  animals  which  prey  upon  in- 
sects, it  was  inferred,  that  the  principal  object  the 
Creator  had  in  view  in  the  formation  of  these,  was 
the  subsistence  of  many  of  the  larger  orders  of  crea- 
tures ;  so,  from  the  numerous  herds  of  shell-fish, 
which,  in  a  great  degree,  resemble  insects,  and  eve- 
ry where  abound  among  the  beds  of  the  ocean,  and 
the  extraordinary  digestive  faculties  of  the  finny 
tribes,  we  have  reason  to  conclude,  that  the  former 
were  principally  intended  and  brought  into  existence 
for  food  to  the  lifter-  We  will,  however,  mention  a 
few  particulars  in  which  the  crustaceous  tribes  may 
also  be  said  to  be  otherwise  serviceable. 


138  BOOK    0#     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

The  Hawk's -bill  Turtle  is  valued  on  account  of 
its  shell,  from  whence  our  most  beautiful  snuff  boxes, 
and  other  trinkets,  are  said  to  be  formed.  The  Green 
Turtle,  as  a  wholesome  and  highly  delicious  food, 
has  become  such  a  valuable  article  in  commerce,  that 
our  West  India  vessels  are  now  generally  fitted  up 
With  conveniences  for  importing  them  alive.  The 
Land  Crab  is  said  to  be  regarded  as  a  delicacy  in 
Jamaica;  and  it  is  even  asserted  that  the  slaves  are 
often  entirely  fed  upon  them.  Among  the  shell  fish 
on  the  Waterford  coast,  the  Murex,  which  gave  the 
Tyrian  purple,  is  said  to  exist.  We  need  not  men- 
tion in  what  estimation  the  Lobster,  the  Crab,  and 
other  shell-fish,  are  held  among  ourselves;^  and  the 
delicacy  of  flavour  which  makes  the  Oyster  prized 
as  an  article  of  food.  In  the  Oyster,  also,  is  found 
that  beautiful  substance  called  Mother  of  Pearl;  but 
as  the  pearl  fishery  is  one  of  the  most  destructive  em- 
ployments (the  art  of  war  excepted,)  in  which  the 
human  species  can  be  engaged,  it  is  much  to  be  la- 
mented that  what  is  principally  used  in  the  formation 
of  trinkets  should  continue  to  be  procured  at  the  ex- 
pence  of  so  much  human  misery. 

The  pearls  are  searched  for  by  Divers,  educated  to 
it  as  a  profession ;  they  descend  from  fifty  to  sixty  feet, 
each  bringing  up  a  net  full  of  Oysters.  The  pearl 
is  most  commonly  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  shell, 
but  is  most  perfect  when  found  in  me  animal  itself. 

The  exertion  undergone  during  this  progress  is  so 
violent,  that,  upon  being  brought  into  the  boat,  the 
Divers  discharge  water  from  their  mouths,  ears  and 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  139 

nostrils,  and  frequently  blood;  this  does  not,  how- 
ever, hinder  them  from  going  down  in  their  turn, 
and  the  poor  creatures  will  often  make  from  forty  to 
fifty  plunges  a  day.  But  the  violence  of  the  exer- 
tion (by  which,  although  the  most  robust  and  healthy 
are  generally  chosen  for  this  employment,  yet  they 
seldom  survive  it  five  or  six  years,)  is  not  the  only 
thing  the  Pearl-divers  have  to  dread;  they  are  also 
exposed  to  the  attacks  of  the  sharks,  who,  if  they  are 
not  successful  in  every  attempt  to  extinguish  at  once 
the  vital  spark,  and  so  put  an  end  to  a  life  so  little 
to  be  envied,  frequently  deprive  these  unhappy  be- 
ings of  a  limb",  and  suffer  them  only  to  escape  from 
their  jaws  in  a  mutilated  state! — Read  this,  ye  dash- 
ing fair  ones!  and  think,  as  ye  enter  the  ball  room 
under  a  profusion  of  glittering  ornaments,  that,  to 
procure  that  costly  bracelet,  an  unhappy  fellow  crea- 
ture was  doomed  to  the  slavery  of  the  diamond- 
mines  ;  and  that  beautiful  pearl  was  procured  at  the 
peril  of  another's  life. — And  all  this  while  so  many 
of  the  transcendent  beauties  of  creation,  placed  by 
the  Almighty  within  our  reach,  pass  unregarded. — 
But  this  is  of  a  piece  with  the  general  conduct  of 
man,  who  is  ever  apt  to  lose  the  substance  in  grasp- 
ing at  the  shadow. 


110  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEK 

CHAP.   XIII. 

FISHES. 

"  Who  can  old  Ocean's  pathless  bed  explore, 
And  count  her  tribes  that  people  every  shore:1" 

"  From  icy  oceans,  where  the  whales 
Toss  in  foam  their  lashing  tails." 

IP  the  Ostrich,  the  Emu,  and  the  Cassowary,  were 
remarkable  for  their  size,  and  claimed  our  first  at- 
tention among  the  feathery  tribes,  in  consequence  of 
their  apparently  constituting  part  of  that  link  which 
unites  the  quadruped  to  the  volatile  race,  the  Whale 
deserves  our  immediate  notice  on  entering  among 
the  finny  tribes;  not  only  on  account  of  its  enormous 
bulk,  which  has  occasioned  it,  in  its  movements,  to 
be  compared  to  a  mountain  in  motion,  but  for  the 
resemblance  that  it  bears  to  the  four  footed  class  of 
animals  in  its  internal  structure,  and  that  superior  in- 
stinctive  sagacity  which  it  displays  in  its  conjugal  at- 
tachment, and  care  of  its  offspring*  In  bulk,  the 
Whale  may  be  said  to  exceed  every  animal  of  which 
we  have  any  certain  description.  They  are  in  the 
arctic  regions  at  present  from  sixty  to  ninety  feet 
long;  but  formerly,  when  the  captures  were  lessfre- 
qnent,  and  they  were  not  so  much  thinned  before  ar- 
riving at  a  larger  growth,  they  were  suid  to  be  found 
of  the  enormous  length  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet; 
and  in  the  Indian  Seas  they  aiv  still  seen  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  feet  in  length.  Yet,  notwithstanding 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  141 

.  its  amazing  bulk,  this  creature  must  not  be  consi- 
dered as  a  huge  unwieldy  mass ;  for,  according  to 
La  Cepede,  it  swims  at  the  rate  of  thirty-three  feet 
in  a  Second,  and  it  is  computed  that  it  might  circum- 
navigate the  globe,  in  the  direction  of  the  equator,  in 
forty  seven  days,  even  allowing  it  to  rest  by  night 
during  that  time!  It  is  believed  to  be  extremely 
long  lived;  and  the  method  of  catching  these  huge 
animals  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  boldest  enterprizes 
of  man.  As  the  whale  fishing  has,  however,  been 
so  fully  described  in  a  variety  of  publications,  within 
the  reach  of  the  greater  part  of  our  readers,  we  shall 
pass  it  over  for  the  present.  But,  large  as  the  whale 
is,  what  is  its  size  in  comparison  with  the  Kraken  ? 
if  such  an  animal  exists;  which  is  said  to  be  "  a  mile 
and  a  half  in  circumference  ; — that,  when  it  appears 
above  the  water,  it  resembles  a  parcel  of  small  isl- 
ands and  sand-banks,  on  which  fish  disport  them- 
selves, and  sea-weeds  grow ;" — and  that,  "  when  he 
sinks,  which  he  does  gradually,  a  dangerous  swell 
succeeds,  and  a  kind  of  whirlpool  is  actually  formed 
in  the  water." 

Far  from  being  disposed  to  set  bounds  to  the  power 
of  the  Almighty,  by  denying  the  possibility  of  the 
existence  of  such  an  anirr>al,  we  wrould  conclude  in 
the  words  of  Goldsmith,  that  "  to  believe  all  that  has 
been  said  of  those  animals  would  be  too  credulous, 
and  to  reject  the  possibility  of  their  existence,  would 
be  a  presumption  unbecoming  mankind." 

In  the  internal  conformation  of  its  parts,  and  in  a 
few  of  the  external  ones  of  the  Whale,  there  is  such 


142  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

a  similarity  to  those  of  quadrupeds,  that  Linneeus  has 
placed  it  in  the  same  class ;  to  which  its  claim,  and 
that  of  the  other  cetaceous  fishes,  seem,  indeed,  little 
inferior  to  that  of  the  Seal,  where  the  last  gradation, 
in  that  order  of  animals,  may  be  said  to  end. 

In  its  instinctive  tenderness,  the  Whale  is,  indeed, 
entitled  to  our  admiration ;  but,  as  we  shall  have  oc- 
casion to  speak  more  fully  on  that  subject  by  and 
by,  we  will,  for.the  present,  proceed  to  the  consider- 
ation of  the  general 

Structure  of  Fishes. 

In  attending  to  these,  we  will  soon  observe  that, 
if  the  body  of  a  bird  is  shaped  in  the  most  convenient 
manner  for  making  its  way  through  the  air,  a  no  less 
extraordinary  degree  of  divine  wisdom  is  evident  in 
the  conformation  of  the  finny  inhabitants  of  the  deep 
to  that  element  in  which  they  exist.  To  make  these 
creatures  buoyant  and  flexible,  yet  firm  to  oppose 
Jthe  strongest  currents,  the  great  Creator  has  consti- 
tuted them  of  very  different  materials,  and  of  a  dif- 
ferent construction  from  other  animals.  To  enable 
them  to  traverse  with  ease  and  swiftness  the  watery 
regions,  the  greater  part  of  them  have  the  same  ex- 
ternal form,  sharp  at  each  end,  and  swelling  in  the 
middle.  To  preserve  them  from  being  hurt  by  the 
action  and  temperature  of  the  surrounding  fluid, 
as  well  as  to  enable  them  to  glide  more  smoothly 
through  it,  many  of  these  are  covered  with  a  coat  of 
scales,  others  with  a  fat  oily  substance,  and  the  whole 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  143 

with  a  slimy  glutinous  matter,  supposed  to  be  se- 
creted from  the  pores  of  their  bodies.  A  protube- 
rant eye  would  have  been  inconvenient,  and  easily 
injured  by  moving  in  such  a  dense  medium ;  but,  to 
prevent  this,  the  eyes  of  fishes  are  sunk  in  their  heads, 
and  the  cornea  made  flat,  while  the  defect  of  vision, 
that  must  have  inevitably  ensued  in  consequence,  had 
they  been  formed  like  those  of  other  animals,  is  pro- 
vided against  by  the  spherical  form  of  the  crystalline 
humour.  As  their  progression  is  performed  in  a 
different  way  from  that  of  any  of  the  tribes  we  have 
already  noticed,  they  are  provided  with  instruments 
peculiar  to  themselves,  and  are  enabled  to  poise  their 
bodies,  and  push  swiftly  along  by  means  of  their  fins 
and  tail  Not  being  provided  with  hands  or  feet  to 
lay  hold  of  their  prey,  or  with  talons  or  bills  to  tear 
it  to  pieces,  Nature  has  provided  them  with  mouths 
capable  of  great  extension,  when  they  have  occasion 
to  seize  on  their  victims,  yet  so  formed,  that  when 
shut  up  close,  they  terminate  in  a  point,  in  which  an 
opening  is  scarcely  distinguishable.  What  a  tre- 
mendous chasm,  for  instance,  does  the  mouth  of  a 
Shark  present  when  extended  to  receive  a  human 
carcase,  of  which  this  voracious  monster  has  given 
instances  of  being  extremely  fond,  and  yet,  when 
closed,  it  appears  but  a  continuation  of  that  long  snout 
with  which  this  fish,  (reckoned  among  the  swiftest  of 
swimmers)  like  an  arrow  pierces  the  watery  element. 
In  the  absence  of  necks,  which  would  make  the 
head  too  apt  to  be  turned  aside  when  making  their 
way  against  a  stream,  the  whole  bodies  of  fish  are 


144  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

so  formed  as  to  be  easily  turned  with  a  slight  stroke 
of  the  tail ;  for,  when  a  fish  desires  to  turn,  a  blow 
from  the  tail  sends  it  about  in  an  instant;  and  when  it 
strikes  both  ways,  the  motion  is  progressive,  and  en- 
ables it  to  dart  forward  with  an  astonishing  velocity. 
One  distinguishing  appendage  peculiar  to  the  fin- 
ny tribe,  and  which  is  found  in  the  bodies  of  all  spi- 
nous  or  bony  fish,  is  the  air  bladder,  by  means  of 
which  they  can  make  themselves  more  or  less  buoy- 
ant, and  rise  or  fall  in  (he  water  at  pleasure.  "  This," 
as  Dr.  Paley  observes,  "  affords  a  plain  and  direct 
instance,  not  only  of  contrivance,  but  strictly  of  that 
contrivance  which  we  denominate  mechanical  It 
is  a  philosophical  apparatus  in  the  body  of  an  ani- 
mal. The  principle  of  the  contrivance  is  clear;  the 
application  is  also  clear  "  The  rising  and  sinking 
of  a  fish  in  the  water,  so  far  as  is  independent  of  the 
strokes  of  the  fins  and  tail,  can  only  be  regulated  by 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  body.  When  the  bladder, 
contained  in  the  body  of  the  fish,  is  contracted,  which 
it  probably  possesses  a  muscular  power  of  doing,  the 
bulk  of  the  fish  is  contracted  along  with  it ;  where- 
by, since  the  absolute  weight  remains  the  same,  the 
specific  gravity,  which  is  the  sinking  force,  is  in- 
creased, and  the  fish  descends ;  on  the  contrary, 
when,  in  consequence  of  the  relaxation  of  the  mus- 
cles, the  elasticity  of  the  inclosed,  and  now  com- 
pressed air,  restores  the  dimensions  of  the  bladder, 
the  fish  becomes  proportionally  lighter,  and  rises  in 
the  water. 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN,  145 

If  the  attributes  of  the  Deity  are  so  conspicuously 
displayed  in  the  general  structure  and  conformation 
of  fishes,  they  are  no  less  so  in  the  infinity  of  their 
number  and  sizes;  in  the  provision  made  for  at  once 
keeping  up  the  number  of  this  most  numerous  of  all 
classes,  and  preventing  the  sea  from  being  overstock- 
ed ;  and  in  that  peculiarity  of  form  and  structure,  so 
essentially  necessary  in  the  different  species. 

In  this  mighty  reservoir  it  may  emphatically,  inr 
deed,  be  said,  "  there  are  creatures  innumerable, 
both  small  and  great."  Linnaeus,  however,  reckons 
upwards  of  four  hundred  species ;  but  it  is  extremely 
probable,  that  numbers  are  concealed  in  the  vast  ex- 
tent and  profundity  of  the  ocean,  which  have  never 
yet  been  exposed  to  human  observation.  But  who 
can  count  the  numbers  in  each  species  ?  For  who 
can  attempt  to  calculate  the  numbers  in  those  pro- 
digious shoals  that  tinge  the  sea  with  their  colour, 
without  taking  into  consideration  "  those  scaly  herds, 
and  that  minuter  fry,  which  grace  the  sea  weed,  or 
stray  through  the  coral  grove?"  and  what  a  diversity 
and  variety  of  sizes  do  they  assume,  from  the  massy 
whale  that  sports  at  large  in  the  Greenland  seas,  to 
those  minute  creatures  which  enter  our  creeks,  and 
take  up  their  abode  in  our  harbours! 

Yet,  notwithstanding  the  prodigious  numbers  of 
some  of  these  animals,  and  the  stupendous  size  of 
others,  as  we  observed  before,  they  are  all  conve- 
niently lodged  and  fed ;  which  is  the  more  surprising, 
if  we  take  into  consideration  the  amazing  fecundity 
of  some,  and  the  longevity  of  others  of  these  erea- 

o 


146  BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

tures.  It  is  asserted  of  the  Herring,  that  if  suffered 
to  multiply  unmolested,  and  its  offspring  to  remain 
undiminished  during  the  space  of  twenty  years,  it 
would  shew  a  progeny  many  times  greater  in  bulk 
than  the  whole  earth! — that  a  single  Codfish  will 
produce  at  a  birth,  if  they  escape  depredation,  a  num- 
ber equal  to  that  of  the  inhabitants  of  England! — 
The  Flounder  is  said  to  produce  above  a  million  at 
a  time,  and  a  JVlackarel  not  less  than  five  hundred 
thousand;  and,  in  regard  to  the  longevity  of  fishes, 
several  are  said  to  live  upwards  of  an  hundred  years. 
How,  then,  it  may  be  asked,  are  those  myriads  of 
subjects  of  the  watery  kingdom  kept  within  due  li- 
mits? How  comes  it  to  pass,  that  the  mighty  basin 
is  not  overstocked?  And  how  are  its  numerous  te- 
nants provided  with  food?  This  must  be  principal- 
ly owing  to  the  prevalence  of  the  predatory  system 
among  fishes ;  for,  numerous  as  are  the  draughts  ta- 
ken from  the  bosom  of  the  ocean  for  the  service  of 
man,  they  can  bear  no  proportion  to  the  number  that 
are  left  behind.  But  the  sea,  like  the  land,  abounds 
not  with  a  profusion  of  vegetables,  so  as  to  be  suffi- 
cient for  the  support  of  all,  nor  even  the  greater  part 
of  its  inhabitants,  many  of  which  are  known  to  be 
of  the  most  greedy  and  voracious  natures  It  was 
absolutely  necessary,  therefore,  that  they  should  de- 
vour one  another,  and  the  experience  of  ages  has 
proved,  that  great  as  the  increase  of  these  creatures 
is,  and  has  been,  it  has  never  as  yet  been  more  than 
enough;  that  the  balance  has  hitherto  been  pretty 
equally  kept  up,  and  that  while  the  astonishing  pro- 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      147 

lific  powers  of  the  finny  tribes  have  been  found  suffi- 
cient for  keeping  up  a  constant  supply,  and  making 
up  for  every  waste,  yet  there  will  always  be  found 
a  requisite  number  of  hungry  mouths  to  devour  the 
overplus.  A  single  Pike  has  been  known  to  devour 
one  hundred  Roaches  in  three  days.  Whatever  is 
possessed  of  life,  seems  the  most  desirable  food  of 
fish.  Some  of  the  smallest  feed  upon  worms  and 
spawn;  others,  wh^e  mouths  are  large,  seek  larger 
prey,  it  matters  not  of  what  kind,  or  whether  it  is  or 
is  not  of  their  own  species.  Those  with  the  largest 
mouths  pursue  almost  every  thing  that  has  life  ;  and 
often  meeting  each  other  in  fierce  opposition,  the  fish 
with  the  largest  swallow  comes  off  victorious  by  de- 
vouring its  antagonist. 

In  regard  to  the  particular  construction  of  fishes, 
we  will  briefly  remark,  that  the  Whale  has  often  oc- 
casion to  ascend  to  the  surface  of  the  water  for  the 
fmrpose  of  breathing,  and  it  has  a  tail  peculiarly  con- 
structed to  enable  it  to  do  so.  His  coat  of  blubber 
may  be  absolutely  necessary  to  make  his  body  equi- 
ponderate in  the  water,  and  to  keep  his  blood  warm; 
while  in  the  absence  of  offensive  weapons  he  is  pos- 
sessed of  extraordinary  agility,  and  by  a  stroke  of 
his  tail  can  deal  destruction  to  his  pursuer.  The 
strength  of  this  fish  lies  chiefly  in  the  tail.  A  boat 
has  been  cut  down,  from  the  top  to  the  bottom,  by 
means  of  this  formidable  instrument,  though  the  gun- 
nel on  the  top  was  of  tough  wood.  Another  has  had 
the  stern-post,  three  inches  thick,  cut  off  smooth, 


148  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID    OPEX. 

without  so  much  as  shattering  the  boat,  or  drawing 
the  nails  of  the  boards. 

The  Cod,  the  Haddock,  the  Whiting,  and  others, 
whose  principal  element  is  in  the  middle  region  of 
the  ocean,  have  an  air-bladder  to  raise  and  depress 
them  at  pleasure;  while  the  Scate,  the  Thornback, 
and  others,  that  grovel  mostly  at  the  bottom,  are  des- 
titute of  this  wonderful  instrument.  The  Nar-whale, 
being  a  harmless  and  peaceable  animal,  may  proba- 
bly make  use  of  the  horn,  which  rises  from  its  brow, 
for  the  purpose  of  breaking  the  ice,  or  disengaging 
the  plants,  on  which  it  feeds,  from  the  bottom  of  the 
sea.  The  Sword  fish  will  not  fail  to  attack  even  the 
Whale  himself;  and  with  what  a  fearful  and  danger- 
ous weapon  is  he  armed  for  the  purpose!  Of  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  deep,  the  Shark  is  the  fiercest  and 
most  voracious,  and  in  celerity  of  movement  sur- 
passes most,  if  not  all,  of  the  finny  race ;  but,  to  coun- 
terbalance powers,  and  an  appetite  for  destruction, 
that  might  thin  the  ocean,  there  is  a  strange  singu- 
larity in  the  projecting  of  his  upper  over  his  under 
jaw,  so  that  he  is  obliged  to  turn  in  order  to  take  hold 
of  his  prey,  and  while  he  is  doing  so  his  victim  often 
makes  its  escape.  Crabs,  Lobsters,  Whilks,  Mus- 
cles, and  other  shell  fish,  are  the  food  of  the  Wolf- 
fish;  and  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  the  destruction 
of  such  well-defended  prey,  this  animal  is  provided 
with  teeth  remarkable  for  their  strength.  The  Fly- 
ing-fish has  many  enemies  in  both  elements,  but  it 
is  provided  with  instruments  by  which  it  can  betake 
itself  either  to  the  water  or  the  air,  as  occasion  may 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      149 

require.  In  the  tropical  climates  these  fishes,  when 
hotly  pursued,  are  seen  springing  by  hundreds  out  of 
the  water,  and  sometimes  throw  themselves  on  board 
of  ships  in  order  to  escape  their  various  assailants. 
The  predaceous  fishes  that  swim  in  the  ocean,  and 
all  the  birds  of  prey  that  range  its  surface,  seem  to 
be  combined  against  it.  It  is  no  wonder,  therefore, 
that  the  beneficent  Author  of  nature  has  endowed  a 
fish,  exposed  to  so  many  enemies,  with  a  twofold 
power  to  esca'pe. 

The  structure  of  the  Sucking-fish  enables  it  to  at- 
tach itself  fkmly  to  the  bodies  of  animals;  that  of  the 
Ammodytes,  or  Sand-eel,  particularly  the  head,  is 
most  excellently  formed  for  piercing  into  the  sand. 
The  flatness  of  the  Scate  and  Flounder  enables  them 
to  cover  themselves  up  in  the  sand  or  mud,  when 
they  lie  in  wait  for  their  prey;  and  the  Turbot  is  said 
to  be  provided  with  a  skin  or  membrane,  which  he 
draws  over  his  eyes  when  he  has  occasion  to  stick 
fast  at  the  bottom  in  stormy  weather.  The  Globe- 
fish  is  beset  with  prickles  like  a  hedge-hog,  and  bids 
defiance  to  all  birds  of  prey.  The  Torpedo  benumbs 
on  a  sudden,  and  renders  impotent  whatever  fish  it 
assaults:  it  is  said  also  to  strike  the  fisherman's  arm, 
when  he  attempts  to  lay  hold  of  it,  with  a  temporary 
deadness.  "  The  instant,"  says  Kempfer,  "  I  touched 
it  with  my  hand,  I  felt  a  terrible  numbness  in  my 
arm,  and  as  far  up  as  my  shoulder.  Even  if  one 
treads  upon  it  with  a  shoe  on,  it  affects  not  only 
the  leg,  but  the  whole  thigh  upwards."  The  Tor- 
porific  Eel  imparts  a  sensation  similar  to  that  which 


150  BOOK   OP    NATURE   LAID   OPE*. 

is  experienced  from  electricity.  The  Cuttle-fish  is 
furnished  with  a  liquid  magazine  of  an  inky  colour, 
to  darken  the  waters  when  pursued  by  an  enemy. 
The  Galley-fish  is  protected  by  the  caustic  quality 
of  the  substance  with  which  its  legs  are  smeared. 
The  abhorrent  appearance  of  the  Sea  Orb  is  suffi- 
cient to  disgust  men  from  handling  it,  and  more  so 
fco  deter  them  from  partaking  of  its  poisonous  quality 
by  way  of  food.  And  it  is  not  improbable  but  the 
hideous  form  of  the  Sea-devil,  and  other  monsters  of 
the  deep,  may  have  been  stamped  upon  them  by  na- 
rore  (which  does  nothing  in  vain,)  for  similar  purposes. 

The  Instincts  of  Fishes. 

Fishes,  it  is  said,  appear  inferior  to  beasts  and  birds 
In  acuteness  of  sensation  and  instinctive  sagacity ;  but 
how  is  this  reconcileable  with  that  tenderness,  care, 
and  solicitude,  (which  nothing  can  exceed,)  which 
the  common  Whale  evinces  for  her  young  ?  She- 
suckles  and  nurses  them  with  the  greatest  affection, 
takes  them  with  her  wherever  she  goes ;  when  pur- 
sued she  carries  them  on  her  back,  and  supports  them 
with  her  fins ;  when  wounded  she  will  not  relinquish 
her  charge,  and  when  obliged  to  plunge,  in  midst 
of  her  agonies,  will  clasp  them  more  closely,  and  sink 
with  them  to  the  bottom.  Mr  Waller,  in  his  beau- 
tiful poem  of"  The  Summer  Islands,"  relates  a  sto- 
ry, in  which  the  maternal  tenderness  of  the  Whale 
is  most  affectingly  displayed.  A  whale  and  her  cub 
had  got  into  an  arm  of  the  sea,  where,  by  the  defec- 


BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  151 

fion  of  the  tide,  they  were  entirely  enclosed.  The 
people  on  shore  beheld  their  situation,  and  drove 
down  upon  them  in  boats,  with  such  weapons  as 
could  be  hastily  collected.  The  animals  were  soon 
severely  wounded,  and  the  sea  tinged  with  their 
blood.  After  several  attempts  to  escape,  the  old  one 
forced  over  the  shallow  into  the  depths  of  the  ocean; 
but,  though  in  safety  herself,  she  could  not  bear  the 
danger  that  awaited  her  young  one;  she  therefore 
rushed  in  once  more  where  the  smaller  animal  was 
confined,  and,  as  she  could  not  carry  it  off,  seemed 
resolved  to  share  its  danger.  The  tide,  however, 
coming  in,  both  were  enabled  to  escape  from  their 
enemies,  after  sustaining  a  number  of  wounds. 

The  fidelity  of  whales  to  each  other  is  also  said 
to  exceed  even  what  we  observe  in  birds ;  and  Gold- 
smith relates  an  instance,  in  which  a  female  whale 
being  wounded  while  her  attached  partner  was  re- 
clining by  her  side,  on  beholding  the  object  of  his  ten- 
derness fulling  a  victim  to  the  harpooners,  he  stretch- 
ed himself  on  her  body,  and  participated  in  her  fate. 

It  is  curious  to  remark  what  sagacity  the  finny 
tribes  display  in  seeking  out  the  most  proper  places 
for  depositing  their  spawn.  The  Salmon  on  her 
journey  up  the  river,  will  suffer  no  obstacle  that  she 
can  possibly  surmount  to  oppose  her  progress  to  the 
place  of  her  destination ;  and  in  order  to  attain  it, 
will  spring  over  cataracts  several  feet  high.  In 
going  upwards  she  will  keep  at  the  bottom  where 
the  current  is  weakest,  and  when  she  returns,  will 
avail  herself  of  its  strength  at  the  top,  by  swimming 
near  its  surface ! 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

The  migration  of  different  kinds  of  fishes  is  truly 
astonishing;  and  it  is  pleasing  to  remark,  that  it  is 
when  fat  and  in  season  for  eating,  that  they  are 
taught  so  instinctively  to  throng  our  bays  and  creeks, 
while  they  disperse  to  the  remotest  quarters  of  the 
globe  when  lean  and  emaciated.  "  Who,"  in  the 
words  of  the  celebrated  Hervey,  "  Who  bids  these 
creatures  evacuate  the  shores,  and  disperse  them- 
selves into  all  quarters,  when  they  become  worthless 
and  unfit  for  our  service?  Who  rallies  and  recalls 
the  undisciplined  vagrants,  as  soon  as  they  are  im- 
proved into  desirable  food  ?  Who  appoints  the  very 
scene  of  our  ambush  to  be  the  places  of  their  ren- 
dezvous, so  that  they  come  like  volunteers  into  our 
nets?  Surely  the  furlough  is  signed,  the  summons 
issued,  and  the  point  of  re-union  settled  by  a  Provi- 
dence, ever  indulgent  to  mankind,  ever  studious  to 
treat  us  with  dainties,  and  load  us  with  benefits." 
Not  only  do  the  Herrings,  the  poor  man's  feast,  visit 
our  shores  at  stated  periods,  and  solicit  us  by  their 
numbers  to  partake  of  the  bounties  of  Providence,  but 
the  Pilchard,  the  Mackerel,  the  Lamprey,  the  Tun- 
ny, and  the  Salmon,  are  regular  in  their  migrations. 

At  the  time  the  Land  Crabs  of  the  West  Indies 
arrive  upon  the  coast  to  deposit  their  eggs,  numerous 
fishes  of  different  kinds  punctually  attend,  as  if  time- 
ly advised  of  the  exact  period  when  they  might 
expect  their  annual  supply,  and  greedily  devour 
many  of  the  eggs  before  they  are  hatched. — Fishes, 
in  order  to  be  fed,  have  been  taught  to  assemble  at 
the  side  of  a  pond  by  the  sound  of  a  bell.  Dr.  George 
Serger  asserts,  that  having  taken  a  walk  with  some 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      153 

friends  in  the  fine  gardens  of  the  Archbishop  of 
Saltzburg,  the  gardener  conducted  them  to  a  very 
clear  piece  of  water,  in  which  no  fish  were  at  first  to 
be  seen,  but  that  the  man  had  no  sooner  rung  a  little 
bell,  than  a  multitude  of  trout  came  together  from  all 
parts  of  the  pond,  to  take  what  he  had  brought  them, 
and  disappeared  as  soon  as  they  had  eaten  it  up. 

The  Lamprey  makes  holes  in  the  gravelly  bottom 
of  the  river  previous  to  depositing  her  ova.  The  Sea- 
Dog,  in  a  storm,  is  said  to  conceal  her  young  under 
her  belly.  A  curious  circumstance  has  been  observed 
relative  to  the  young  Sharks,  that  when  pursued, 
they  will,  on  the  appearance  of  danger,  take  refuge 
in  the  belly  of  the  mother.  It  is  asserted  by  Pliny, 
that  the  Fishing- Frog  hides  itself  in  muddy  water, 
and  makes  use  of  a  singular  artifice  to  secure  her 
prey.  The  Ink  Fish  seems  to  be  well  informed  of 
the  use  she  ought  to  make  of  her  natural  bottle,  and 
when  pursued,  discharges  its  contents  in  the  way  of 
her  foe.  The  aborescent  Star  fish,  like  the  Spider, 
spreads  out  her  net  in  order  to  entangle  her  unwary 
victim.  And  the  little  Thresher,  in  order  to  get  the 
better  of  his  formidable  antagonist,  tumbles  neck 
over  heels,  and  falls  down  with  astonishing  force  on 
the  back  of  the  Whale,  while  his  ally,  the  Sword- 
fish,  wounds  him  from  underneath. 

TJic  Uses  of  Fishes. 

Although  it  has  been  said,  that  to  preserve  their 
own  existence,  and  to  continue  it  to  their  posterity, 


154  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

fills  up  the  whole  circle  of  their  pursuits,  and  that  a 
ceaseless  desire  of  food  seems  to  be  their  ruling  im- 
pulse, yet  we  are  not  to  consider  Fishes  as  insulated 
creatures,  unconnected  with  the  general  concerns 
and  affairs  of  the  world ;  as  merely  formed  for  the 
propagation  of  their  kind,  and  to  "  pursue  and  be  pur- 
sued, each  other's  prey."  No;  these  also  act  an  impor- 
tant and  most  essential  part  in  the  great  theatre  of  the 
universe;  and  woe  be  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth, 
did  multitudes  of  fishes  not  abound  in  its  waters. 
We  have  already  had  occasion  to  notice  the  neces- 
sity of  a  speedy  decomposition  of  the  parts  of  putres- 
cent  bodies  on  land?  and  notwithstanding  the  saline 
quality  of  its  waters  and  perpetual  agitation  which 
prevents  them  for  a  time,  the  bad  effects  of  such  ac- 
cumulated loads  of  filth  and  nastiness,  as  are  conti- 
nually pouring  into  the  sea,  must  soon  be  apparent, 
were  it  not  for  those  numerous  herds  of  fishes,  which 
in  every  quarter  glide  with  rapidity  through  the  li- 
quid expanse,  and  catch  and  devour  almost  every 
thing  of  a  digestible  nature  that  comes  in  the  way. 
For  this  purpose,  that  amazing  fecundity  may  have 
been  bestowed  upon  them,  and  for  this  purpose, 
those  voracious  appetites  given,  that,  however  re- 
mote the  situation,  or  disgusting  the  substance,  that 
enters  the  watery  element,  it  might  quickly  meet  an 
eye  eager  to  catch  it,  and  a  living  tomb  to  swallow 
and  strip  it  of  its  noxious  qualities. 

As  an  article  of  food  the  finny  tribes  are  greatly 
to  be  prized,  and  it  is  matter  of  thankfulness,  that 
the  benefits  they  impart  are  most  extensively  diffus- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  155 

eel;  for  while  our  lakes,  and  rivers,  and  streams, 
abound  with  these  living  treasures,  the  ocean  con- 
veys them  in  myriads  to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  and 
presents  the  bounties  of  an  indulgent  parent  to  his 
numerous  children,  however  scattered  among  the 
isles  of  the  sea ;  and  if  the  Turbo t  has  been  styled 
for  its  exquisite  relish  the  Pheasant  of  the  waters, 
the  Sturgeon,  even  in  pickle,  has  been  denominated 
a  luxury,  and  while  the  Salmon  is  held  in  much  es- 
teem by  the  great,  the  poor  have  reason  to  praise  the 
Almighty  for  an  abundant  supply  ot  cheap,  whole- 
some, and  nutritious  food,  in  those  prodigious  shoals 
of  Herrings  and  Pilchards  which  visit  our  coasts. 

When  the  great  colony  of  Herrings  set  out  on 
their  migrating  journey  from  the  Polar  seas,  it  is 
composed  of  such  numbers,  that  it  all  the  horses  in 
the  world  were  loaded  with  them,  they  could  not 
carry  the  thousandth  part ;  and  when  the  main  body 
approaches  the  coast,  it  is  generally  divided  into 
distinct  colums  of  five  or  six  miles  in  length,  and 
three  or  four  in  breadth ! 

Vast  shoals  of  Pilchards  (a  small  species  of  Her- 
ring) appear  about  the  middle  of  July,  off  the  coast 
of  Cornwall ;  and  Mr.  Pennant  was  assured  by  Dr. 
Borlase,  that  on  the  fifth  ot  October,  1767,  there 
was  at  one  time  enclosed  and  caught  in  St.  Anne's 
Bay,  no  less  than  7000  hogsheads  of  Pilchards,  each 
hogshead  containing  3500  fishes  ! 

Nor  have  we  less  reason  to  be  thankful  for  the  in- 
calculable number  of  Cod,  and  other  white  fish, 
which  are  drawn  from  the  ocean  ;  and  for  those  in- 


156  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

exhaustible  stoics  of  cartilaginous  flat  fish,  which 
furnish  the  labourer  with  his  cheap  repast. — In  1806, 
fiVe  hundred  and  severity-seven  ships,  carrying  about 
64,667  tons,  arid  navigated  by  4,336  men,  were  em- 
ployed bv  the  British  Government,  to  export  the 
produce  of  the  fisheries  on  the  banks  of  Newfound- 
land, where  the  principle  cod  fisheries  are.  The 
vessels  used  in  the  fishery,  are  from  100  to  150  tons 
burden,  and  catch  from  thirty  to  forty  thousand  fish 
each;  10,000  persons  being  employed  about  this 
fishery,  in  catching,  salting,  and  drying  the  fish, 
which  are  sent  to  all  parts  of  Europe  and  the  West- 
Indies.  These  fisheries  are  said  to  bring  in  to  the 
proprietors  a  revenue  of  several  millions  yearly;  and 
they  will  probably  remain  in  an  iriexhausted  and  in- 
exhaustible source  of  treasure,  when  the  richest 
mines  are  wrought  out.  Happy  ordination  of  infi- 
nite goodness  and  unerring  wisdom,  that  while  the 
monstrous  and  unwholesome  tribes  are  thinly  scat- 
tered or  hid  from  our  sight  in  the  great  abyss,  the 
wholesome  and  nutritious  kinds  abound  in  such  num- 
bers, and  are  brought,  as  it  were,  to  our  very  doors  ! 

Even  the  great  Greenland  Whale,  which  abounds 
in  such  numbers  in  the  northern  ocean,  is  said  to 
furnish  the  inhabitants  of  those  countries,  which 
border  on  his  haunts,  with  a  delicious  luxury  in  the 
article  of  food.  The  Porpoise  was  a  royal  dish  oven 
so  late  as  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  and  the  negroes 
are  said  to  be  fond  of  the  flesh  of  the  voracious  Shark. 

The  Whale  is  well  known  on  account  of  its  im- 
portance in  furnishing  such  a  supply  of  oil  and 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  15.7 

whalebone.  Every  Whale  yields,  on  an  average, 
from  sixty  to  one  hundred  barrels  of  oil;  which, 
with  the  whalebone,  a  substance  taken  from  the 
upper  jaw  of%e  animal,  must  render  these  creatures 
very  valuable  in  a  commercial  point  of  view.  From 
the  Cacholet  we  derive  that  valuable  commodity 
spermaceti;  and  ambergris,  the  sweetest  of  perfumes, 
is  also  frequently  found  in  this  animal.  The  skin  of 
the  Shark  is  converted  into  shagreen.  From  a  spe- 
cies of  the  Sturgeon,  we  are  supplied  with  isinglass. 
From  the  Beluga-fish  we  derive  that  delicious  com- 
position called  caviare,  and  also  the  Beluga  stone; 
The  hide  of  the  Huso  is  so  tough  and  strong,  that  it 
is  employed  for  ropes  in  carts  and  other  wheel  car- 
nages. 

As  some  of  the  volatile  race  seem  to  be  formed  to 
please  us  with  the  beauty  of  their  plumage,  and  de- 
light us  with  the  melody  of  their  song,  so  a  few  of 
the  finny  tribe  are  so  exquisitely  formed  and  beauti- 
fully embellished,  that  they  appear  more  calculated 
for  our  pleasure  and  pastime,  than  for  any  intrinsic 
value  in  another  point  of  view.  We  do  not  here 
merely  allude  to  the  little  gold  and  silver  natives  of 
China  and  Japan,  which  are  trained  and  domesti- 
cated to  sport  in  our  ponds,  and  amuse  us  with  gam- 
bols in  our  gardens,  but  to  the  Dorado  and  Gilt  head, 
which  glide  in  the  ocean,  and  the  beautiful  Drago- 
net,  which  shines  resplendent  in  the  deep.  These, 
also,  on  some  interesting  occasions,  may  contribute 
their  mites  towards  the  comforts  of  man.  Gazing 
on  these  from  the  side  of  the  vessel  that  conveys  him 


158  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

far  from  his  native  home,  the  solitary  exile  may  be 
made,  for  a  while,  to  forget  his  private  woes ;  and 
the  sporting  of  these  may  serve  to  beguile  the  tedi- 
ous moments  that  mark  the  slow  progress  of  the  lone- 
some passenger,  returning  from  captivity  to  the  circle 
of  his  friends,  or  to  the  agitated  bosom  of  her  he  loves. 
Thus,  if  we  have  had  reason  to  admire  the  wis- 
dom, the  power  and  the  goodness  of  the  great  Crea- 
tor, as  they  are  manifested  in  some  of  the  inanimated 
pages  of  the  BOOK  OP  NATURE,  and  to  contemplate, 
as  we  have  gone  along,  with  sentiments  of  admira- 
tion and  gratitude,  the  benefits  we  derive  from  the 
internal  structure  and  outward  form  of  the  earth — 
from  the  numerous  appendages  and  vegetable  pro- 
ductions by  which  the  dry  land  is  covered — and  from 
the  wonderful  phenomena  and  beneficial  properties 
of  the  ocean ;  we  have  no  less  cause  to  be  filled  with 
admiration  at  the  bright  display  of  the  wisdom  and 
goodness  of  the  Creator,  as  they  shine  conspicuous 
in  the  inhabitants  of  the  great  deep. 


CHAP  XIV. 

THE  ATMOSPHERE. 

-      i     •  "  To  HIM,  ye  vocal  gales 

Blow  soft,  whose  spirit  in  your  freshness  breathes  !'* 

«  We  view  his  kind,  his  life-preserving  care, 

In  all  the  wondcous  properties  of  air." 

FROM  the  earth  let  us  ascend  into  the  regions  of 
the  air,  and  take  a  view  of  that  invisible  fluid  that 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  159 

surrounds  our  globe  as  with  a  garment/ gravitates  to 
its  surface,  enters  into  its  pores,  revolves  with  it  in  its 
diurnal  motion,  and  circles  along  with  it  in  its  annual 
course. 

The  Air  is  one  of  the  most  heterogeneous  mix- 
hires  imaginable.  "  In  it,"  says  Goldsmith,  "  all  the 
bodies  of  the  earth  are  continually  sending  up  a  part 
of  their  substance  by  evaporation  A  thousand  sub- 
stances that  escape  all  our  senses  we  know  to  be 
there;  the  powerful  emanations  of  the  loadstone,  the 
effluvia  of  electricity,  the  rays  of  light,  and  the  in- 
sinuations of  fire."  Such  are  the  various  substances 
through  which  we  move,  and  which  we  are  conti- 
nually taking  in  at  every  pore,  and  returning  again 
with  imperceptible  discharge.  Yet,  notwithstanding 
the  multitude  of  discordant  particles  of  which  the  at- 
mosphere is  composed,  it  is  made  wonderfully  ta 
harmonize  in  point  of  utility ;  and  is  wisely  contrived, 
admirably  framed,  and  excellently  constituted,  for 
the  various  purposes  it  was  intended  to  perform,  in 
the  world  of  nature  and  of  art. 

That  the  air  is  a  fluid  is  obvious,  from  its  possess- 
ing so  many  properties  in  common  with  other  fluids; 
yet,  in  one  respect,  it  is  wisely  made  to  differ  from 
all  others,  being  incapable  of  freezing  by  the  greatest 
degree  of  cold.  Was  it  not  for  this  singular  quality 
of  the  atmosphere,  what  dreadful  effects  must  have 
been  the  consequence.  Life  and  animation  must 
long  ago  have  ceased,  before  the  frigid  blasts  of  the 
north,  and  when  winter  first  shook  his  hoary  locks,- 
the  great  pulse  of  nature  must  have  stood  still, 


160  BOOK    OP      NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

Another  wonderful  property  of  the  air  is  its  invi- 
sibility; for,  although  it  can  be  heard  in  the  howling 
of  the  tempest,  and  felt  in  the  pressure  of  the  gale, 
and  notwithstanding  the  number  of  bodies  that  con- 
tinually mix  with  its  substance,  it  is  still  too  fine  to 
be  seen  by  the  sharpest  eye. 

Every  object  around  us  is  visible,  except  the  air; 
and  happy  it  is  for  us  that  it  is  so ;  for,  had  it  been 
otherwise,  farewell  to  all  the  delightful  prospects  that 
charm  the  eye;  farewell  to  all  the  bright  beauties  of 
creation.  Nature  must  have  put  on  a  sombre  aspect, 
and,  instead  of  those  delightful  regions  of  light  and 
cheerfulness  in  which  we  are  placed,  our  habitations 
would  have  been  surrounded  by  the  doleful  shades 
of  a  dusky  covering,  and  environed  with  a  mantle 
of  darkness  and  despair. 

But,  although  the  atmosphere  is  of  itself  invisible 
to  the  sight,  it  is  the  happy  medium  of  light  and  heat. 
The  air  is  found  to  moderate  the  rays  of  light,  to  dis- 
sipate their  violence,  and  to  spread  an  uniform  lus- 
tre over  every  object.  Were  the  beams  of  the  sun 
to  dart  directly  upon  us,  without  passing  through  this 
protecting  medium,  they  would  either  burn  us  up  at 
once,  or  blind  us  with  their  effulgence;  but,  by  go- 
ing through  the  air,  they  are  reflected,  refracted,  and 
turned  from  their  course  a  thousand  different  ways, 
and  thus  are  more  evenly  diffused  over  the  face  of 
nature.  But  this  is  not  all ;  for,  by  means  of  the  air, 
the  beams  of  the  sun  are  not  only  rendered  tolerable, 
and  the  rays  of  light  more  copiously  diffused  through- 
out creation,  but  the  advantages  of  heat  and  light  are 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  161 

lengthened  and  prolonged.  By  the  reflective  pro- 
perty of  this  iluid,  which  must  always  be  in  propor- 
tion to  its  density,  the  heat  of  the  sun,  although  duly 
attempered,  must  be  more  sensibly  and  uniformly  felt 
nigh  the  surface  of  the  earth,  than  in  the  higher  re- 
gions of  the  atmosphere;  while,  to  its  refractive  qua- 
lity, we  arc  beholden  for  the  twilight,  or  that  surpris- 
ing phenomena  of  nature,  by  which  we  enjoy  the 
real  presence  of  the  sun  when  he  is  actually  below 
the  horizon.  For  the  better  understanding  of  this, 
let  any  person  put  a  shilling  into  a  basin,  and  then 
retire  until  he  can  just  observe  its  outer  edge  visible 
over  the  inner  edge  of  the  vessel;  in  that  position  let 
some  person  fill  up  the  basin  with  water,  the  whole 
shilling,  by  being  seen  through  a  denser  medium, 
will  instantly  become  visible  to  the  person  who  could 
only  before  observe  its  outer  edge. 

•Were  it  not  for  the  reflective  quality  of  the  air,  by 
which,  indeed,  the  light  is  parted^  we  would  behold 
the  sun  in  his  splendour,  and  observe  a  brightness 
in  that  part  of  the  heavens  in  which  he  happened  to 
be,  but,  on  turning  round,  how  cheerless  would  be 
the  prospect!  there  darkness  visible  would  reign  in 
the  heavens,  although  the  stars  and  planets  would 
glimmer  at  noon  day;  and  were  it  not  for  the  refrac- 
tive property  of  this  fluid,  by  which  the  oblique  rays 
of  the  great  luminary  are  broken  off  from  a  straight 
course,  and  turned  towards  the  earth,  the  transition 
from  the  horrors  of  night  to  the  light  of  day  must 
have  been  instantaneous,  and,  instead  of  those  bene- 
ficial harbingers,  by  which  the  outgoings  of  the  mofcfc- 
p  2 


162  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN, 

ing  and  evening  are  made  to  rejoice,  and  the  long 
and  dismal  nights  of  the  polar  regions  stript  of  their 
horrors,  the  optic  nerves  would  have  been  overpow- 
ered by  the  sun  rising  in  all  its  glory,  and  the  mo- 
ment he  sunk  beneath  the  horizon,  the  bewildered 
traveller  left  to  grope  in  the  dark. 

Although  the  air  cannot  be  frozen,  or  perceived 
by  the  eye,  for  the  wise  reasons  already  noticed,  yet 
it  is  capable  of  being  condensed  and  rarified  to  an 
astonishing  degree:  so  much  so,  that  the  air  in  a 
house  may  be  compressed  so  as  to  be  made  to  enter 
a  cavity  not  larger  than  the  eye  of  a  needle,  and  the 
contents  of  a  nut-shell  so  expanded  as  to  fill  a  sphere 
of  unknown  dimensions.  If  an  empty  bladder,  with 
its  neck  tied  close,  is  laid  before  the  fire,  the  heat  will 
so  rarify  the  small  quantity  of  inclosed  air,  as  to  make 
it  extend  the  bladder  to  its  full  dimensions,  and  if  not 
then  timously  removed,  will  at  last  break  it  with 
the  report  of  a  gun.  Sir  Isaac  Newton  thinks  the 
air  capable  of  diffusing  itself  into  above  a  million  of 
times  more  space  than  it  before  possessed.  By  these 
remarkable  properties  of  the  air,  together  with  its 
weight  and  elasticity,  it  is  admirably  fitted  for  some 
of  its  most  essential  uses,  and,  perhaps,  none  more 
so  than  for  the  business  of  animal  respiration;  for,  in 
this  act,  so  necessary  for  the  prolongation  of  life,  the 
air,  by  its  weight  and  condensing  power,  is  forced 
and  compressed  into  the  lungs,  while,  by  its  elastic 
and  expanding  property,  it  is  thrown  out  again  in 
the  act  of  breathing. 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEtf.  168 

Perhaps  some  of  our  readers  may  be  surprised  at 
the  bare  mention  of  the  weight  of  a  substance,  which 
has  been  proverbially  compared  to  a  trifle  for  its 
lightness,  and  they  may  wonder  still  more  when  we 
speak  of  its  elasticity,  when  they  have  been  taught 
to  consider  it  an  unresisting  medium;  but  what  will 
such  think  when  we  boldly  assert,  that  we  are  lite- 
rally plunged  into  a  sea  of  air,  and  of  such  gravity 
and  pressure,  as  to  be  equal,  on  the  body  of  a  man 
of  moderate  size,  to  the  weight  of  20,000  Ibs?  "<  Tre- 
mendous consideration,"  says  the  reflective  Hervcy, 
"  should  the  ceiling  of  a  room,  or  the  roof  of  a  house, 
fall  upon  us  with  half  that  force,  what  destructive 
effects  must  ensue!  Such  a  force  would  infallibly 
drive  the  breath  from  our  lungs,  or  break  every  bone 
in  our  bodies;  yet  so  admirably  has  the  divine  wis- 
dom contrived  this  aerial  fluid,  and  so  nicely  coun- 
terpoised its  dreadful  power,  that  we  receive  not  the 
slightest  hurt;  we  suffer  no  manner  of  inconvenience; 
we  even  enjoy  the  load.  Instead  of  being  as  a  moun- 
tain on  our  loins%  it  is  like  wings  to  our  feet,  or  like 
sinews  to  our  limbs.  Is  not  this  common  ordination 
of  Providence,  thus  considered,  something  like  the 
miracle  of  the  burning  bush,  whose  tender  and  com- 
bustible substance,  though  in  the  midst  of  flames, 
was  neither  consumed  nor  injured  r" 

But  how  are  we  to  account  for  this  miraculous  pre- 
servation?— It  is  owing  to  the  elasticity  or  spring  of 
the  internal  air  within  all  bodies,  which,  although 
small  in  proportion,  is  wisely  made  to  balance,  resist, 


164  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

and  equiponderate  that  which  is  without,  notwith- 
standing the  height  of  its  column. 

The  elasticity  and  resistance  of  the  air,  perhaps, 
cannot  be  demonstrated  by  a  more  simple  experi- 
ment than  by  pressing  with  the  hand  on  a  bladder 
with  which  it  is  confined;  and  the  weight  and  pres- 
sure of  the  atmosphere  may  be  explained  vv  ithout  the 
aid  of  the  air-pump,  or  other  philosophical  instrument, 
merely  by  taking  a  common  saucer,  filled  with  wa- 
ter, and  turning  down  a  teacup  into  it,  with  a  piece 
of  flaming  paper  inside.  As  the  fire  destroys  the  in- 
ternal air  in  the  cup,  a  sort  of  vacuum  will  take  place, 
and  the  pressure  of  the  outward  air  on  the  water  in 
the  saucer  will  make  it  disappear  and  fill  up. 

Although,  in  casting  our  eyes  upwards,  we  do  not 
observe  any  boundary  to  the  vast  expanse,  we  are 
not  to  consider  that  the  atmosphere  is  unlimited.  On 
the  contrary,  we  are  taught,  by  the  most  rational  cal- 
culation, that  if  it  extends  much  beyond  forty -five  or 
fifty  miles,  it  becomes  so  exceedingly -rare,  as  to  be 
unfit  for  the  purposes  for  which  the  lower  regions 
are  so  well  adapted.  The  atmosphere,  at  the  height 
of  fifty  miles,  is  said  to  be  so  rare,  that  it  has  no  sen- 
sible effect  on  the  rays  of  light  At  the  height  of 
forty-five  miles  it  loses  the  power  of  refraction  ;  at 
forty -one  miles  it  is  supposed  to  be  rarified  to  that 
degree  as  to  occupy  three  thousand  times  the  space 
it  does  here;  and  Dr.  Gregory  observes,  that  it  is 
generally  agreed  that  there  are  no  clouds  at  the  height 
of  four  or  five  miles. 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  165 

It  is  seldom,  indeed,  sufficiently  dense  at  the  height 
of  two  miles  to  be  able  to  bear  up  the  clouds ;  so  that, 
to  whatever  perfection  our  modern  aeronauts  may 
bring  the  art  of  balloon-navigation,  there  is  not  the 
smallest  probability  of  their  being  able  to  escape  from 
the  earth  to  another  planet.  The  atmosphere  has  its 
limits  as  well  as  the  ocean;  and  not  only  are  those 
massy  bodies  that  are  made  to  move  in  the  lower- 
parts  of  this  great  outwork  of  our  globe  confined  by 
laws,  firm  as  chains  of  adamant,  but  the  thinnest  va- 
pour, the  minutest  atom,  the  most  subtile  effluvia  that 
ascends  the  higher  regions,  and  gain,  as  it  were,  the 
outskirts  of  creation,  are  checked  in  their  career  by 
the  powerful  mandate  or  the  Creator,  and  forced  to 
return  and  execute  his  orders. 

Happy,  indeed,  for  the  world,  is  this  ordination; 
for,  if  the  philosophic  axiom  be  true  that  things  must 
continue  as  at  the  beginning,  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  matter  contained  in  the  universe,  and  that,  if  it 
were  possible  that  a  single  atom  could  be  lost,  the 
harmony  of  creation  would  be  destroyed,  what  dire- 
ful consequences  must  ensue,  were  the  daring  spirits 
of  adventurous  men  not  confined  by  unalterable  laws, 
and  the  imperceptible  atoms  which  float  in  the  at- 
mosphere not  laid  under  restraint  by  that  command 
which  says  to  the  troubled  waves  of  the  ocean,  "  Hi- 
therto shalt  thou  come,  and  no  farther." 

The  Uses  of  the  Atmosphere. 

We  have  already  mentioned  several  of  the  uses 
of  this  invaluable  and  all-pervading  fluid^  in  point 


166  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

ing  out  some  of  its  most  remarkable  peculiarities  ; 
and  all  we  have  now  to  do  is,  to  notice  a  few,  and 
but  a  very  few  more,  of  the  man}7  unspeakable  bless- 
ings and  advantages  derived  from  this  necessary  ap- 
pendage, which  the  bountiful  Benefactor  of  the  hu- 
man race  has  attached  to  our  globe. 

The  air,  in  a  peculiar  manner,  may  be  said  to  con- 
stitute the  very  essence  of  which  life  is  made.  When 
the  Lord  created  man  of  the  dust  of  the  ground,  he 
breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  life,  when 
man  became  a  living  soul ;  and  the  experience  of  all 
ages  amply  testifies,  that  when  men  cease  to  breathe, 
which  is  performed  by  means  of  the  air,  they  cease 
to  live.  Many  days,  it  has  been  observed,  we  might 
live,  or  even  whole  months,  without  the  light  of  the 
sun,  or  the  glimmering  of  a  star;  whereas,  if  we  are 
deprived  only  for  a  few  minutes  of  this  aerial  sup- 
port, we  sicken,  we  faint,  we  die.  How  thankful, 
then,  ought  we  to  be,  that  of  this  indispensable  ne- 
cessary of  life  no  person  can  deprive  us.  The  trea- 
sures of  the  earth,  the  verdure  of  the  fields,  and  even 
the  refreshments  of  the  stream,  often  contribute  to 
the  luxuries  of  the  great,  while  the  less  fortunate  can 
only  behold  them  as  humble  spectators ;  but,  in  the 
words  of  an  eminent  naturalist,  "  the  air  no  limi- 
tations can  bound,  nor  any  landmarks  restrain.  In 
this  benign  element,  all  mankind  can  boast  an  equal 
possession;  and  for  this  we  have  all  equal  obligations 
to  Heaven." 

It  is  equally  beneficial  to  all  the  branches  of  the 
animal  creation;  for,  although  some  creatures  dwell 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  16? 

in  the  very  bowels  of  the  earth,  or  swim  in  the  im- 
measurable depths  of  the  sea,  yet  it  has  been  demon- 
strated by  experiment,  that  no  sooner  are  they  total- 
ly deprived  of  air  than  they  cease  to  live.  By  the 
same  air,  also,  that  preserves  animal  life,  flame  is 
fed  and  cherished.  We  all  know  the  utility  of  fire, 
and  the  many  inconveniences  to  which  we  would 
be  exposed,  were  we  deprived  of  that  necessary  ele- 
ment ;  but  without  air,  in  vain  would  the  faggots  be 
piled  in  a  heap,  in  vain  would  we  apply  the  lighted 
torch.  Every  attempt  to  set  the  hearth  in  a  blaze, 
in  order  to  render  our  habitations  more  comfortable 
during  the  chilling  damps  of  winter,  and  every  effort 
to  dispel  the  midnight  gloom  by  the  cheering  can- 
dle, would  prove  abortive.  Take  but  away  the  sur- 
rounding air,  life  expires,  and  the  lighted  taper  goes 
o'ut  in  darkness;  for  even  an  ordinary  candle  is  said 
to  consume  about  a  gallon  of  air  in  a  minute. 

Plants  are  also  dependent  on  the  air  for  support 
and  nourishment,  and  they  cannot  possibly  exist 
without  it.  They  are  continually  imbibing  fresh  nu- 
triment from  the  atmosphere  It  is  this  wondrous 
fluid  that  helps  to  transfuse  vegetable  vigour  into  the 
trunk  of  the  mighty  oak,  and  gives  a  blooming  gaiety 
to  the  spreading  rose. 

And  how  wisely  is  its  consistence  calculated  for 
answering  these  important  purposes!  It  is  neither 
too  thick  nor  too  thin  ;  too  gross  nor  too  attenuated. 
It  rushes  with  ease  into  our  lungs,  in  order  to  inflate 
them  in  the  act  of  respiration  ;  it  forces  its  way  into 
the  most  minute  tubes  of  the  vegetable  tribes.  In 


168  BOOK    OP    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

fact,  as  Mr.  Derham  observes,  it  is  a  subtile  and  pe- 
netrating matter,  "  fit  to  pervade  other  bodies,  to 
penetrate  into  the  inmost  recesses  of  nature;  to  ex- 
cite, animate,  and  spiritualize ;  and,  in  short,  to  be 
the  very  soul  of  this  lower  world  " 

But  what  is  very  remarkable,  this  wonderful  fluid, 
so  necessary  for  the  existence  of  bodies,  is  also  made 
use  of  as  a  most  powerful  agent  in  the  hand  of  Pro- 
vidence for  their  destruction.  It  is  a  chaos  contain- 
ing all  kinds  of  menstrua,  and  consequently  possess- 
ing powers  for  dissolving  all  bodies,  by  which  means 
many  things,  which  would  prove  nuisances  to  the 
world,  are  put  out  of  the  way,  and  reduced  to  their 
first  principles 

The  air,  as  well  as  being  the  medium  of  light  and 
vision,  is  also  the  great  vehicle  of  sound,  serving  to 
convey  to  the  ear,  by  its  undulating  motion,  all  that 
diversity  of  noise  and  modulation  of  tone,  necessary 
to  warn  us  of  impending  danger,  or  attract  our  at- 
tention and  regard.  "  As  I  walk  across  the  streets 
of  London,"  observes  Mr.  Hervey,  "with  my  eye  en- 
gaged on  other  objects,  a  dray,  perhaps,  with  all  its 
load,  is  driving  down  directly  upon  me;  or,  as  I 
ride  along  the  road,  musing  and  unapprehensive,  a 
chariot  and  six  is  whirling  on  with  a  rapid  career, 
at  the  heels  of  my  horse.  The  air,  like  a  vigilant 
friend  In  pain  for  my  welfare,  immediately  takes  the 
alarm ;  and  while  the  danger  is  at  a  considerable  dis- 
tance, despatches  a  courier  to  advertise  me  of  the 
approaching  mischief.  The  air  wafts  to  our  senses 
all  the  modulations  of  music,  and  the  more  agreeable 


OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

entertainments  of  refined  conversation.  When  Cle- 
ora  tunes  her  song,  or  the  nightingale  imitates  her 
enchanting  voice ; — when  wisdom  takes  its  seat  on 
Mitio's  tongue,  and  flows  in  perspicuous  periods 
and  instructive  truths  amidst  the  chosen  circle  of  his 
acquaintance  ; — when  benevolence,  associated  with 
persuasion,  dwrell  on  Nicander's  lips,  and  plead  the 
cause  of  injured  innocence  or  oppressed  virtue;-— 
when  goodness,  leagued  with  happiness,  accompany 
Eusebius  into  the  pulpit,  and  reclaim  the  libertine 
from  the  slavery  of  his  vices;  disengage  the  infidel 
from  the  fascination  of  his  prejudices ;  and  so  affec- 
tionately, so  pathetically,  iftvite  the  whole  audience 
to  partake  the  unequalled  joys  of  pure  religion — in 
all  these  cases  the  air  distributes  every  musical  vari- 
ation with  the  utmost  exactness,  and  delivers  the 
speaker's  message  with  the  most  punctual  fidelity  " 
The  air  is  also  made  highly  subservient  to  the  sense 
of  smelling.  "  It  undertakes  (says  the  same  author) 
to  convey  to  our  nostrils  the  extremely  subtile  effluvia 
which  transpire  from  odoriferous  bodies.  Those  de- 
tached particles  are  so  imperceptibly  small  that  they 
would  elude  the  most  careful  hand,  or  escape  the 
nicest  eye;  but  this  trusty  depository  receives  and 
escorts  the  invisible  vagrants  without  losing  so  much 
as  a  single  atom,  entertaining  us,  by  this  means,  with 
the  delightful  sensations  which  arise  from  the  fra- 
grance of  flowers ;  and  admonishing  us,  by  the  trans- 
mission of  offensive  smells,  to  withdraw  from  an  un- 
wholesome situation,  or  beware  of  pernicious  food.7' 


170  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

Thus  does  the  air  administer  to  the  senses  of  see- 
ing and  smelling.  Happy,  however,  ought  we  to 
account  ourselves,  that,  so  often  charged  with  noi- 
some effluvia  and  noxious  vapours,  it  does  not  ren- 
der these  susceptible  to  the  taste;  and  although  it 
certainly  is  a  body  corporeal,  and  may  at  times  be 
felt,  yet,  its  resistance  in  ordinary  cases,  when  it  is 
unagitated  and  unconfined,  is  so  undistinguishable  as 
to  occasion  no  inconvenience. 

The  region  of  the  atmosphere  is  the  great  thorough- 
fare to  the  feathery  creation ;  it  is,  if  we  may  so  speak, 
the  king's  highway  for  the  fowls  of  heaven,  where 
they  perform  their  lengthened  journeys  with  expe- 
dition and  safety,  and  range  and  expatiate  beyond 
the  reach  of  danger.  It  is  by  this  element,  also,  that 
the  inhabitant  of  the  waters  is  enabled  to  work  his 
little  philosophical  engine  with  effect;  for,  without 
the  aid  of  this  subtile  fluid,  the  empty  vesicle  would 
have  remained  a  piece  of  useless  lumber 

We  cannot  as  yet  say,  there  go  the  balloons,  as  if 
the  atmosphere,  like  the  sea,  had  become  the  esta- 
blished medium  of  commerce  and  travelling;  but  the 
art  has  already  attained  to  such  a  degree  of  perfec- 
tion, as  render  it  not  improbable  that  a  voyage  in  the 
air  will  be  regarded  one  day,  by  the  generality  of 
mankind,  with  less  awe  than  was  evinced  by  those 
who  first  witnessed  the  adventurous  navigator  push 
his  bark  out  of  sight  of  land,  beyond  the  pillars  of 
Hercules 

As  all  the  rivers  run  into  the  sea,  and  deposit  their 
contents  in  its  capacious  bosom,  so  do  all  the  exha- 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  171 

Kiiions  that  arise  from  terrestrial  bodies  ascend  into 
the  atmosphere.  To  this  capacious  alembic  take 
their  flight,  not  only  the  aqueous  vapours  that  pro- 
ceed from  the  sea,  the  rivers,  and  moist  places  of  the 
earth,  but  the  steam  or  smoke  of  things  melted  or 
burnt;  the  perspiring  fumes  of  whatever  enjoys  life; 
and  the  effluvia  they  emit  when  deprived  of  it,  and 
in  a  state  of  putrescence.  How  then,  it  may  be 
asked,  is  this  heterogeneous  mass  preserved  from 
corruption,  and  purified  from  its  offensive  qualities  ? 
For,  if  by  respiration,  flame,  and  putrefaction,  air  is 
rendered  unfit  for  the  support  of  animal  life,  there 
can  be  no  doubt,  as  Dr.  Paley  observes,  by  the  con- 
stant operation  of  these  corrupting  principles,  the 
whole  atmosphere,  if  there  were  no  restoring  causes, 
would  come  at  length  to  be  deprived  of  its  necessary 
degree  of  purity. 

Among  these  causes  the  Doctor  mentions  vegeta- 
tion, and  agitation  with  water,  both  of  which  have 
been  proved  by  experiment  to  have  the  effect  of  at- 
mospherical restoratives;  for  a  sprig  of  mint,  corked 
up  with  a  small  portion  of  foul  air,  placed  in  the  light, 
renders  it  again  capable  of  supporting  life  and  flame ; 
and  the  foulest  air,  shaken  in  a  bottle  with  water, 
for  a  sufficient  length  of  time,  recovers  a  great  de- 
gree of  its  purity.  Here  we  see  the  salutary  effects 
of  storms  and  tempests — the  yesty  waves,  which 
confound  the  heaven  and  the  sea,  are  doing  the  very 
thing,  but  upon  a  larger  scale,  which  was  done  in 
the  bottle.  And,  in  as  far  as  the  lower  regions  are 
concerned,  these,  on  account  of  their  wide  extension, 


172  BOOK    OF    NATURE   LAID   OPEN. 

must  be  attended  with  most  beneficial  consequences; 
but  as  the  sea,  for  its  purity,  is  not  dependent  on  any 
one  cause,  so  the  atmosphere,  besides  these  external 
restoratives,  will  be  found  to  contain,  in  its  own  bo- 
som, a  correcting  principle,  which  developes  itself 
by  its  salutary  operations,  as  we  shall  soon  have  oc- 
casion to  notice,  in  speaking  of  some  of  the  most 
remarkable  of  the  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere. 


CHAP.  XV. 

PHENOMENA  OF  THE  ATMOSPHERE; 

"  Of  what  important  use  to  human  kind, 

To  what  great  ends  subservient  is  the  wind? 

Where'er  the  aerial,  active  vapour  flies, 

It  drives  the  clouds,  and  ventilates  the  skies ; 

Sweeps  from  the  earth  infection's  noxious  train, 

And  swells  to  wholesome  rage  the  sluggish  main!" 

The  Wind. 

SOMETIMES  there  is  a  profound  calm ;  every  wind 
is  hushed;  not  a  zephyr  breathes  over  the  face  of 
creation,  and  not  a  breeze  disturbs  the  glassy  ex- 
panse of  the  lake;  but  the  appearance  is  deceitful 
and  short  lived ;  all  on  a  sudden  the  wind  is  heard 
rustling  among  the  branches — it  gathers  strength  as 
it  proceeds,  and  growrs  up  into  the  majesty  of  a  storm. 
Now  the  raging  tempest  spends  its  fury;  houses  are 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  173 

swept  from  their  foundations ;  navies  are  rent  from 
their  anchors ;  trees  are  torn  up  by  the  roots.  This 
we  call  wind ;  and  whether  its  effects  appear  in  the 
fury  of  the  gale,  the  violence  of  the  hurricane,  the 
impetuosity  of  the  whirlwind,  the  dryness  of  the  har- 
mattan,  the  deleteriousness  of  the  sirocco,  or  the  mor- 
tifying influence  of  the  samiel,  it  becomes  us  not  to 
repine  at  the  dispensations  of  the  Almighty,  or  ac- 
count those  the  most  deplorable  evils,  which  are  wise- 
ly sent  us  for  the  best  of  purposes. 

We  have  already  noticed  the  bad  effects  that  would 
accrue,  were  il  not  for  the  agitation  of  the  ocean ;  but 
more  dreadful  would  be  the  consequences, 

Did  neither  air  nor  ocean  feel  the  wind. 

Motion  is  the  soul  of  the  universe;  it  is  as  necessary 
in  the  air  as  in  the  ocean,  and  both  are  no  less  indis- 
pensable than  the  motion  of  the  sap  of  plants,  and 
the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  animals. 

It  is,  however,  happily  so  ordered,  that  where  pu- 
trefaction in  a  state  of  quiescence  would  soon  prevail, 
wholesome  breezes  and  salutary  gales  alternately 
spring  up,  to  sweep  destruction  from  the  aerial  fluid, 
and  where  heat  is  felt  to  an  alarming  degree,  the 
atmosphere  extends  its  airy  wings  to  fan  a  fainting 
world. 

"  This  principle,  as  Dr.  Gregory  observes,  we 
find  realized  on  a  great  scale  in  what  are  called  the 
trade  winds,  which  blow  constantly  from  east  to 
west,  near  the  equator.  The  sun  rises  in  the  east 


174       BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

and  sets  in  the  west,  consequently  the  air  will  be 
heated  gradually  from  east  to  west,  and  the  wind 
will  blow  in  that  direction."  The  same  cause,  this 
author  remarks,  will  explain  "  the  land  and  sea 
breezes  in  the  tropical  climates;"  and  the  monsoons, 
though  the  theory  of  them  be  more  complicated,  origi- 
nate in  the  same  cause 

And  as  it  is  not  only  necessary  that  there  be  a  con- 
tinual agitation  kept  up  in  the  ocean,  by  means  of 
the  tides  and  currents,  but,  in  order  to  prevent  its  wa- 
ters from  being  contaminated  by  those  numerous 
loads  of  filth  which  are,  from  all  quarters,  poured  into 
it,  it  is  also  requisite  that  it  be  furnished  with  some- 
thing of  a  correcting  nature,  which  it  has  in  its  salt- 
ness.  So  in  the  atmosphere,  besides  the  perpetual 
motion  kept  up  in  it  by  means  of  the  winds,  and  the 
beneficial  consequences  proceeding  from  vegetation 
and  the  agitation  of  the  waters,  there  must  be  also 
some  correcting  quality,  especially  prevalent  in  the 
upper  regions,  where  a  number  of  the  most  noxious 
particles,  and  a  considerable  quantity  of  vitiated  ef- 
fluvia, must  ascend?  perhaps  beyond  the  reach  of  the 
other  purifying  agents.  This,  it  is  probable,  is  the 
chief  cause  of  the  electric  fluid,  which,  although  it  is 
found  to  pervade  the  whole  mass  of  creation,  is  sup- 
posed to  be  much  more  copious  in  the  upper  than  in 
the  lower  parts  of  the  atmosphere. 

In  the  lower  regions  of  the  firmament,  indeed,  the 
tremendous  noise  of  the  thunder  is  heard,  and  the 
vivid  lightnings  are  seen  to  flash ;  but  these  only  hap- 
pen on  extraordinary  occasions,  or  where  their  pre- 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.      175 

sence  is  absolutely  necessary  to  restore  the  equilibri- 
um of  the  lower  tracts,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
tempest  is  sometimes  sent  to  agitate,  in  an  uncommon 
degree,  the  surface  of  the  ocean;  but  far  more  fre- 
quent, we  may  suppose,  is  the  busy  working  of  the 
lightning  in  the  higher  regions  of  the  air,  although  it 
may  be  concealed  by  the  density  of  its  lower  extre- 
mities at  times  from  our  view.  The  glancing  of  the 
wild  fire,  as  the  vulgar  style  it,  and  the  playful  skip, 
ping  of  the  aurora  borealis,  give  us  sufficient  inti- 
mation, that,  in  the  silent  hours  of  rest  and  repose, 
the  great  Supreme  faints  not,  neither  is  weary,  but 
is  busily  employed  in  the  unceasing  operations  of 
his  providence,  when  our  senses  are  locked  in  mid- 
night slumbers,  and  refreshing  sleep  stretches  her 
balmy  wings  over  a  fatigued  world. 

Besides  these,  which  may  be  called  the  principal, 
there  are  also  a  number  of  other  fiery  meteors.  Fire- 
balls, in  all  the  glare  of  terrific  magnificence,  are 
sometimes  seen  to  rush  across  the  hemisphere  Fall- 
ing stars  are  observed  to  shoot  with  astonishing  ra- 
pidity. The  Ignis-fatuus,  Will  with-the- wisp,  or 
Jack-with-a  lanthorn,  as  it  is  called,  glides  along  by 
the  sides  of  hedges  or  ditches  in  moist  situations,  and 
sometimes  takes  up  his  abode  among  the  graves  of 
the  dead,  or  is  seen  in  the  neighbourhood  of  dung- 
hills; but  these,  as  well  as  the  fiery  Dragon,  the  skip- 
ping Goat,  the  Dart  and  the  Lamp,  with  every  other 
appearance  that  the  unsubstantial  and  airy  form  may 
assume,  may  all  be  accounted  for  on  the  principles 
of  electricity. 


JT6      BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

Watery  Meteors. 

In  the  regions  of  the  air,  a  variety  of  watery  me- 
teors are  formed.  Here  are  fogs,  the  creation  of 
those  collections  of  vapours  which  chiefly  rise  from 
fenny,  moist  places.  These  become  more  visible  as 
the  light  of  day  decreaseth,  and,  uniting  with  those 
that  rise  from  the  waters,  so  as  to  fill  the  air  with 
their  humid  particles,  are  called  mists.  Sometimes, 
especially  in  the  summer  months,  our  morning  walks 
sparkle  with  pellucid  drops,  and  transparent  globules 
hang  pendant  from  every  leaf,  in  the  form  of  pearly 
dew. 

In  the  atmosphere,  the  balancings  of  the  clouds 
are  preserved,  till  these  swimming  lakes  are  commis- 
sioned to  discharge  their  contents,  not  in  deluging 
torrents,  confined  to  particular  spots,  but  in  refresh- 
ing showers,  widely  spread  abroad  in  the  form  of 
drops  of  rain.  Here,  too,  that  wonderful  phenome- 
non snow  takes  its  rise,  which  is  said  to  be  composed 
of  such  vapours  as  are  frozen  while  the  particles  are 
small ;  and  hail,  which  is  rain  frozen,  as  hoar  frost 
is  said  to  be  of  the  dew.  Water-spouts  may  be  rec- 
koned among  the  number  of  watery  meteors;  but, 
having  already  been  noticed  in  a  preceding  chapter, 
(chap  x.)  we  shall  pass  them  over,  and  proceed  to 
the  consideration  of  a  few  of  the  most  remarkable 

Celestial  Appearances. 

The  wonderful  and  beautiful  colours  which  we  ob- 
serve in  the  clouds,  is  owing  to  their  particular  situ- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  177 

ation  to  the  sun,  and  the  dift'erent  modifications  under 
which  they  reflect  his  light.  The  various  appear- 
ances and  fantastic  figures  they  assume,  probably 
proceed  from  their  loose  and  voluble  texture,  revolv- 
ing into  any  form  by  the  force  or  activity  of  the  winds, 
or  by  the  electricity  contained  in  their  substance. 

But,  of  all  the  celestial  appearances  we  can  behold, 
what  can  be  compared  to  the  beauty  of  the  rainbow? 
What  a  majestic  and  stupendous  arch  does  this  won- 
derful phenomenon  present  to  our  view,  and  how 
beautifully  is  it  tinged  in  regular  order,  by  all  the 
primogenml  colours  in  nature ! 

Yet,  this  gorgeous  arch  is  instantaneously  erected, 
and  at  no  expense :  the  commission  is  sent  forth,  and 
it  springs  into  existence,  merely  by  the  operation  of 
the  sunbeams  on  the  watery  particles  that  float  in  the 
atmosphere  The  rainbow,  it  must  be  observed,  is 
always  seen  in  an  opposite  direction  from  the  sun, 
and  that  it  is  occasioned  by  the  reflection  and  refrac- 
tion of  his  rays,  at  a  certain  angle  or  distance  from 
the  eye  of  the  spectator,  must  be  evident  to  every 
person  who  has  tried  the  experiment  of  the  silly  boy 
in  the  fable,  and  gone  in  pursuit  of  the  treasures  at 
the  end  of  it. 

Sometimes,  too,  we  have  lunar  rainbows;  but 
these  shine  with  inferior  lustre  ;  and  what  more  can 
we  expect  from  the  reflected  light  of  a  body,  such 
as  the  moon  that  shines  itself  by  reflection?  Halos 
are  supposed  to  be  occasioned  by  the  refraction  of  the 
light  of  the  sun  or  moon  on.  the  frozen  particles  that 
surround  them  in  frosty  weather;  and  what  are  called 


178  BOOK     OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

parhelia,  or  mock-suns,  and  paraselenes,  or  mock- 
moons,  are  only  representations  by  the  reflection  of 
the  face  of  the  true  sun  or  moon  from  some  of  the 
clouds,  which  are  placed  at  a  convenient  distance  to 
produce  the  effect. 

The  Uses  of  Atmospheric  Phenomena, 
Meteors,  fyc. 

Without  entering  upon  the  vast  utility  of  the  winds 
in  the  world  of  art,  with  the  many  purposes  to  which 
they  are  made  subservient  arid  applied,  in  navigation, 
agriculture,  manufactures,  trade  and  commerce;  or 
recapitulating  what  we  have  already  said  respecting 
their  vast  import  in  the  preserving  the  equilibrium 
and  salubrity  of  the  atmosphere,  we  wrill  briefly  ob- 
serve, that  the  wind  may  be  said  to  act  the  important 
part  of  Nature's  great  husbandman,  by  scattering 
abroad  the  productive  principles  of  a  multitude  of 
plants ;  and,  instead  of  that  imaginary  water  bearer 
which  the  ancients  traced  out  among  the  stars,  the 
eye  of  modern  philosophy  has  discovered,  in  the  ope- 
rations of  the  wind,  a  real  Aquarius  in  the  heavens, 
bearing  about  his  precious  treasures,  and  dispensing 
them  where  most  wanted. 

Electricity  is,  indeed,  a  most  powerful  agent  in 
nature,  and  we  are  probably  but  acquainted,  as  yet, 
with  a  small  proportion  of  its  wonderful  effects ;  but, 
from  what  we  do  know,  we  have  reason  to  conclude 
that  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  this  all  pervading 
principle  are  numerous  as  the  appearance  it  puts  on ; 


BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN.       179 

are  infinite  as  its  extent.  Since  the  phenomena  pro- 
duced by  this  fluid  have  been  observed  with  atten- 
tion, the  true  cause  of  thunder  and  lightning  seems 
to  be  ascertained.  As  the  motion  of  light  is  almost 
instantaneous,  and  that  of  sound  is  at  the  rate  of  a 
league  in  forty  pulsations,  the  distance  of  thunder 
may  be  easily  ascertained;  for,  if  we  can  count  thir- 
teen pulsations  between  the  flash  and  the  sound,  the 
thunder  will  be  about  a  mile  off.  A  means,  how- 
ever, has  been  invented,  by  which  houses,  ships,  and 
other  buildings,  may  be  secured  from  its  ravages, 
and  places  of  the  greatest  safety,  in  thunder  storms, 
pointed  out;  but  what  are  the  evils  experienced  from 
thunder  storms,  when  put  in  competition  with  the  ad- 
vantages to  be  derived  from  them?  What  would 
the  atmosphere,  it  may  be  observed,  become,  but  for 
the  winds?  But,  notwithstanding  the  blessings  de- 
rived from  those  wholesome  ventilations,  what  would 
become  of  the  atmosphere  itself,  were  it  not  for  the 
loud-roaring  thunder,  the  forked  lightning,  and  all 
the  other  varieties  of  electrical  phenomena,  which 
purge  the  air  of  those  noxious  substances  that  are  con- 
tinually mixing  with  it,  and  purify,  by  fire,  the  upper 
regions,  where  so  many  light,  inflammatory  sub- 
stances, are  arrested  .in  their  course? 

There  appears  to  be  a  continual  circulation  going 
on  in  the  atmosphere,  by  which  the  inflammable  air, 
generated  between  the  tropics,  is  made  to  ascend,  by 
its  lightness,  to  the  upper  regions,  where,  by  the  mo- 
tion of  the  earth,  it  is  urged  to  the  poles ;  hence,  the 
inflammatory  exhalations  continually  arriving  and 


180      BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

taking  fire  as  they  approach,  are  made  to  form  those 
beautiful  appearances  called  northern  and  southern 
lights,  which,  although  they  are  oft  invisible  by  the 
thickness  of  the  weather,  at  other  times  amuse  the 
inhabitants,  even  of  our  climate,  in  clear  frosty  wea- 
ther; and  these  merry  dancers,  as  the  vulgar  call 
them,  are  no  doubt  of  infinite  service  to  the  people 
of  the  polar  regions,  by  imparting  a  lengthened,  if 
not  uninterrupted  supply  of  that  light  and  cheerful- 
ness, of  which  they  would  otherwise  be  deprived 
during  their  protracted  winter. 

Were  it  not  for  the  beneficial  operations  of  the 
electric  spark,  which  is  always  ready  at  the  com- 
mand of  its  Maker,  to  kindle  these  combustible  ma- 
terials before  they  become  sufficiently  accumulated 
to  involve  the  whole  in  one  universal  conflagration, 
the  world,  it  is  probable,  would  long  ere  now  have 
been  destroyed  by  fire.  There  is  no  occasion  (ac- 
cording to  the  opinions  of  some  theorists)  for  calling 
in  the  aid  of  a  comet  to  complete  this  work  of  de- 
struction. The  Almighty  has  only  to  suspend  the 
operations  of  his  fiery  meteors,  and  the  elements  will 
soon  become  sufficiently  inflammatory  to  catch  fire 
by  a  single  spark;  so  that,  in  fact,  those  terrific  mo- 
nitors of  the  gazing  crowd,  instead  of  being  certain 
indications  that  an  incensed  Deity  is  about  to  inflict 
the  effects  of  his  hot  displeasure  on  a  guilty  world, 
according  to  the  language  of  philosophy  and  the 
whispers  of  religion,  are  rather  convincing  tokens 
that  "  His  mercy  is  not  yet  clean  gone,  that  the  Lord 
has  not  forgotten  to  be  gracious." 


BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  181 

The  use  of  fogs  and  mists  on  the  tender  herbs,  in 
the  absence  of  rain,  is  well  known  to  the  grazier  and 
agriculturist;  and  so  sensible  was  the  good  man  of 
the  land  of  Uz,  of  the  importance  of  what  some  may 
reckon  among  the  inferior  kinds  of  watery  meteors, 
(although  it  is  the  surest  and  most  universal  which 
the  wise  Ruler  of  the  world  makes  use  of  to  render 
the  earth  fruitful)  that,  when  he  asks  the  question, 
"  Has  the  rain  a  father?'  he  does  not  forget  to  add, 
"  Who  has  forgotten  the  drops  of  the  dew?" 

From  the  clouds  proceed  not  only  those  fertilizing 
showers  that  drop  down  fatness,  and  the  windy  cur- 
rents that,  to  a  surprising  degree,  agitate  the  air  in 
warm  climates,  but,  by  intervening  between  the  earth 
and  the  scorching  rays  of  the  sun,  they  serve  as 
screens  to  protect  from  injury  the  grass  and  tender 
herbs,  and  also  act  the  part  of  conducting  mediums, 
by  which  the  electric  fluid  is  conveyed  not  only  from 
the  atmosphere  to  the  earth,  and  from  the  earth  to 
the  atmosphere,  but  from  one  end  of  the  heavens  to 
the  other. 

Of  all  the  blessings  poured  out  of  the  treasures  of 
Providence,  there  is  none,  perhaps,  of  which  man  is 
more  sensible  than  that  of  rain.  What  an  alteration 
on  the  face  of  the  earth  does  a  seasonable  shower 
produce !  No  wonder  that  the  Psalmist,  when  con- 
templating such  a  scene,  breaks  out  in  such  language 
as  this:  "  Thou  visitest  the  earth  and  waterest  it: 
thou  makest  it  soft  with  showers :  thou  blessest  the 
sprinkling  thereof:  the  little  hills  rejoice  on  every 
side:  the  pastures  are  clothed  with  flocks:  the  val- 

R 


182  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

lies  also  are  covered  over  with  corn  ;  they  shout  for 
joy,  they  also  sing."  Nay,  the  very  manner  in  which 
this  blessing  is  made  to  descend,  claims  at  once  our 
admiration  and  gratitude;  for,  in  general,  the  rain 
descends  in  gentle  showers,  but,  in  the  case  of  thun- 
der, there  is  an  exception,  when  it  pours  down  with 
impetuosity  and  in  torrents ;  but  let  it  be  remarked, 
that  here  it  acts  the  part  of  a  life-preserver ;  for,  when 
once  wet,  our  clothes  become  excellent  conductors 
to  carry  off  the  electric  fluid  to  the  earth. 

Even  frost  and  snow  have  their  uses.  Hail  is 
known  to  cool  the  air  in  summer;  and  experience 
has  demonstrated,  that  "  nature  could  not  give  a  bet- 
ter covering  than  snow  to  secure  the  corn,  the  plants 
and  trees,  from  the  effects  of  cold  in  winter;  and  if 
a  frost  succeeds  after  a  ploughed  field  has  been  well 
watered  by  the  autumnal  rains,  the  particles  of  the 
earth  dilute  and  separate,  and  the  spring  then  com- 
pletes the  making  the  earth  light,  moveable,  and  fit 
to  receive  the  kindly  influence  of  the  sun  and  fine 
weather." 

Water-spouts  at  sea  seem  to  proceed  from  the 
same  cause  as  whirlwinds  upon  land,  and  if  these 
serve  the  purpose  of  carrying  up  the  superabundance 
of  the  jelectric  fluid  from  the  earth  to  the  atmosphere, 
as  is  with  good  reason  supposed,  their  utility,  in  the 
economy  of  nature,  must  be  apparent. 

With  regard  to  those  illusory  appearances  that 
\ve  behold  in  the  heavens,  do  they  not  teach  us  in  a 
language  plain,  evident,  and  forcible,  how  easily  we 
may  be  deceived  by  our  senses,  and  of  the  conse- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  183 

quent  importance  of  placing  our  actions  under  the 
guidance  of  that  reason  which  distinguishes  man 
from  the  brute  creation,  and  was  kindly  given  him 
as  a  lamp  to  his  feet,  and  a  light  to  his  path  ? 


5Tis  Reason  our  Great  Master  holds  so  dear ; 
'Tis  Reason's  injured  rights  His  wrath  resents  ; 
'Tis  Reasons's  voice  obey'd  His  glorious  crown ; 
To  give  lost  Reason  life,  He  poured  his  own. 


CHAP.  XVI. 

fyJANGES  OF  THE  SEASONS,   AND  VICISSITUDES 
OF  DAY  AND  NIGHT. 

«'  These,  as  they  change,  Almighty  Father  these 
Are  but  the  varied  God.    The  rolling  year 
Isfullof7%ee!" 

THE  Earth,  surrounded  by  the  Atmosphere,  re- 
mains not  at  rest ;  for,  as  we  observed  in  a  preced- 
ing chapter,  the  latter  is  made  to  revolve  with  the 
former  in  its  diurnal  motion,  and  to  circle  with  it  in 
its  annual  course. 

Before  proceeding  farther  in  our  researches,  we 
will  therefore,  turn  our  attention  for  a  few  minutes 
to  this  two-fold  motion  of  the  earth,  which  although 
it  would  not,  but  for  external  objects,  be  perceptible 
t<rour  senses,  is  rendered  extremely  important,  on 
account  of  the  beneficial  effects  it  produces. 


184  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEtf. 

"  Of  all  the  effects  resulting  from  this  admirable 
scene  of  things,"  says  Bonycastle,  "  nothing  can  be 
more  pleasing  and  agreeable  to  a  philosophic  mind, 
than  the  alternate  succession  of  day  and  night,  and 
the  regular  return  of  the  seasons.  When  the  sun  first 
appears  in  the  horizon,  all  nature  is  animated  by  his 
presence;  the  magnificent  theatre  of  the  universe 
opens  gradually  to  our  view,  and  every  object  around 
us  excites  ideas  of  pleasure,  admiration,  and  won- 
der. After  riding  in  all  his  brightness  through  the 
vault  of  heaven,  he  is  again  hidden  from  our  sight ; 
and  we  are  now  presented  with  a  new  spectacle  of 
equal  grandeur  and  sublimity.  The  heavens  are  on 
a  sudden  covered  with  innumerable  stars ;  the  moon, 
rising  in  a  clouded  majesty,  unveils  her  peerless 
light;  whilst  the  silent  solemnity  of  the  scene,  fills 
the  mind  with  sentiments  and  ideas  beyond  the 
power  of  language  to  express. 

"  Variety  is  the  source  of  every  pleasure  ;  and  the 
bountiful  Author  of  Nature,  in  the  magnificent  dis- 
play of  wisdom  and  power,  has  afforded  us  every 
possible  means  of  entertainment  and  instruction. — 
What  a  pleasing  succession  of  scenes  results  from 
the  gradual  vicissitudes  of  the  seasons !  Summer, 
Winter,  Spring,  and  Autumn,  lead  us  insensibly 
through  the  varied  circle  of  the  year;  and  are  no 
less  pleasing  to  the  mind,  than  necessary  towards 
bringing  to  maturity  the  various  productions  of  the 
earth.  Whether  the  sun  flames  on  the  tropic,  or  pows 
his  mild  effulgence  from  the  equator,  we  equally  re- 
joice in  his  presence,  and  adore  that  Omniscient 


BOOK.  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

Being,  who  gave  him  his  appointed  course,  and 
prescribed  the  bounds  which  he  can  never  pass." 

But  how  is  tliis  pleasing  and  useful  variety  produc- 
ed?— How  is  this  perpetual  succession  of  Day  and 
Night,  of  Spring  and  Summer,  of  Autumn  and  Win- 
ter, kept  up?  It  is  by  means  simple,  but  evidently 
striking,  to  the  man  of  science  and  discernment.  By 
the  revolution  of  the  earth  on  its  axis,  once  in  twenty- 
four  hours,  we  have  the  alternate  succession  of  day 
and  night; — by  its  annual  circuit  round  the  sun,  to- 
gether with  the  inclination  of  its  poles  (lying  always 
in  the  same  direction)  to  the  plane  of  its  orbit,  we 
experience  all  that  variety  of  season,  which  is  so  in- 
dispensibly  necessary  for  the  springing  up,  ripening, 
and  in  gathering  of  the  fruits  of  the  earth. 

By  this  constitution  of  things,  that  part  of  the 
earth's  surface  which  is  turned  towards  the  sun, 
must  have  the  largest  share  of  his  visible  presence  at 
the  time ;  hence,  when  the  earth  is  south  of  that  lu- 
minary, the  inhabitants  of  the  regions  north  of  the 
equator,  must  have  their  summer ;  and,  on  the  con- 
trary, those  wno  dwell  in  the  southern  latitudes, 
must  have  their  winter:  but  reverse  the  case,  and 
suppose  the  earth  in  that  part  of  her  orbit  which  is 
north  of  the  sun,  and  the  inhabitants  between  the 
equator  and  south  pole  must  have  their  longest  days, 
while  those  who  dwell  on  the  opposite  side,  of  course 
must  have  their  shortest.  At  the  equinoctial  points^, 
the  axis  of  the  earth  being  parallel  ta  the  san^  and 
neither  turned  in  to,,  nor  out  from  him, .it  aecessariljr 
Mows,  that  at  those  precise  times,  and  HO 


186  BOOK   OF    NATURE   LAID    OPEN". 

the  days  and  nights  must  be  equal  throughout  the 
globe;  for  the  instant  that  the  north  pole  gets  be- 
yond the  vernal  equinox  in  spring,  it  emerges  into 
the  sun's  light,  and  the  people  who  inhabit  the  arctic 
regions,  have  six  months  of  perpetual  day;  while 
those  at  the  south  pole,  or  contrary  extremity  of  the 
earth,  have  an  equal  duration  of  protracted  night. 
At  the  opposite  season  of  the  autumnal  equinox,  the 
reverse  takes  place.  In  the  intermediate  spaces  be- 
tween the  poles  and  the  equator,  the  inhabitants 
experience  all  that  vicissitude  of  light  and  shade,  to 
which  their  situations  expose  them;  and  which,  in 
the  absence  of  a  globe,  may  be  tolerably  well  illus- 
trated by  suspending  a  large  wooden  bowl  from  the 
hand,  and  making  it  revolve  round  a  lighted  candle, 
with  its  axis  inclined  a  little  to  one  side,  and  point- 
ing always  in  the  same  direction.  If,  at  the  same 
time,  this  bowl  could  be  made  to  turn  incessantly 
round  on  its  axis  in  the  progress  of  its  revolution,  it 
would  afford  a  pretty  accurate  idea  how  the  vicissi- 
tudes of  day  and  night  are  produced. 

Let  us  attend  a  little  to  some  of  th*e  beneficial  con- 
sequences of  this  "  ever  varying,  ever  changing 
scene."  Spring  is  characterized  as  the  season  of 
the  renovation  of  nature;  in  which  animals  and  ve- 
getables, excited  by  the  kindly  influence  of  returning 
warmth,  shake  off  the  torpid  inaction  of  winter,  and 
prepare  for  the  continuance  and  increase  of  their  se- 
veral species.  "  A  soft  and  pleasing  languor, 
interrupted  only  by  the  gradual  progression  of  the 
vegetable  and  animal  tribes  towards  their  state  of 


BOOK   OP   NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

maturity,  forms  the  leading  character  of  Summer, 
In  Autumn  the  promise  of  the  spring  is  fulfilled. 
The  silent  and  gradual  progress  of  maturation  is 
completed,  and  human  industry  beholds  with  tri- 
umph the  rich  production  of  its  toil.  The  unvarying 
symptoms  of  approaching  Winter  now  warn  several 
of  the  winged  tribes  to  prepare  for  their  aerial  voy- 
age to  those  happy  climates  where  no  deficiency  of 
food  or  shelter  can  ever  distress  them ;  and,  about 
the  same  time,  other  fowls  of  hardier  constitutions, 
which  are  contented  with  escaping  the  iron  winters 
of  the  arctic  regions,  arrive  to  supply  their  place. 
From  the  fall  of  the  leaf,  and  withering  of  the  herb, 
an  unvarying,  death-like  torpor  oppresses  almost  the 
whole  vegetable  creation,  and  a  considerable  part 
of  the  animal,  during  this  entire  portion  of  the  year: 
but  this  state  is  not  always  to  continue;  it  is  a  time 
of  renovation  and  refreshment: — a  time  shall  come, 
when  many  that  sleep  in  the  dust  shall  awake,  and 
shine  forth  gloriously  at  the  return  of  spring. 

Day  is  the  season  of  labour  and  activity  ;  Night  is 
the  time  for  rest  and  repose.  Man  goeth  forth  to 
his  labour  in  the  morning,  and  returns  to  recruit  his 
exhausted  powers  in  the  evening ;  and  what  an  ad- 
mirable provision  for  this  purpose  is  sleep,  which 
introduces  a  most  welcome  vacation,  both  for  the 
soul  and  body,  during  which  the  exercises  of  the 
brain,  and  the  labours  of  the  hands,  are  at  once  dis- 
continued. 

These  are  some  of  the  inestimable  blessings  de- 
rived from  the  changes  of  the  seasons,  and  the  alter- 


188  BOOK  OP     NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

nate  succession  of  day  and  night;  but  to  man  they 
speak  also  a  moral  lesson. 

"  Behold,  fond  man ! 

See  here  thy  pictur'd  life ;  pass  some  few  years 

Thy  flow'ring  Spring,  thy  Summer's  ardent  strength^ 

Thy  sober  Autumn  fading  into  age, 

And  pale  concluding  Winter  comes  at  last, 

And  shuts  the  scene.     Ah  !  whither  now  are  fled 

Those  dreams  of  greatness  1 

Virtue  sole  survives, 

Immortal,  never-failing  friend  of  man." 

4*  Each  night  we  die,  each  day  are  born  anew." 


CHAP.  XVII. 

THE  MOON. 

(t  As  when  the  moon,  refulgent  lamp  of  night,, 
O'er  heaven's  clear  azure  sheds  her  sacred  light, 
Then  shine  the  vales  ;  the  rocks  in  prospect  rise  ; 
A  flood  of  glory  bursts  from  all  the  skies.'* 

FROM  the  earth  and  the  atmosphere  we  will  now 
ascend  in  onr  speculations,  and,  in  our  way  to  re- 
gions more  remote,  turn  aside  a  little  and  consider 
the  Moon. 

The  first  thing  that  strikes  our  attention  in  view- 
ing this  resplendent  luminary,  is  the  opacity  of  hey 
substance,  and  diversity  of  her  shades.  The  Moon 
is  not,  of  herself,  a  luminary,  but  shines  by  the  bor- 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  189 

rowed  or  reflected  light  of  the  sun,  and  her  face,  in- 
stead of  being  too  dazzling  to  behold,  presents,  like 
the  earth,  a  dark  unequal  surface,  pleasantly  diver- 
sified with  hills  and  vallies,  mountains  and  cavities. 
Seas  and  lakes  have  also  been  exhibited  as  adorning 
this  body,  by  the  constructors  of  some  maps  of  the 
moon ;  but  the  powerful  glasses  of  Dr.  Herschel  are 
said  to  have  dissipated  such  delusions;  and,  as  it 
appears  from  the  clearness  of  her  disk,  and  the  cir- 
cumstance that,  when  any  star  approaches  her,  it 
retains  its  lustre  till  it  touches  the  very  edge,  and  then 
vanishes  in  an  instant;  that  the  moon  has  no  at- 
mosphere, there  is  the  less  probability  that  there  are 
lakes  and  seas,  from  which  clouds  and  other  atmo- 
spheric phenomena  are  formed. 

The  Phases  of  the  Moon, 

And  the  circumstance  of  her  having  always  the  same 
face  turned  to  us,  are  very  rationally  accounted  for 
as  follows. — The  moon  is  known  to  have  a  twofold 
motion ;  the  one  she  performs  round  the  earth  in  the 
time  of  a  lunar  month,  and  the  other  she  performs 
round  her  own  axis  in  exactly  the  same  period.  By 
the  latter  motion,  she  naturally  behoves  to  turn  al- 
ways the  same  face  to  the  earth ;  and,  by  the  former, 
her  various  phases  are  produced.  When  that  part 
of  the  moon  which  is  illuminated  by  the  sun,  is  turn- 
ed wholly  towards  the  earth,  we  then  see  one  of  her 
sides,  round  and  fully  enlightened,  and  in  that  situ- 
ation we  say  w&have  a  full  moon;  when  the  side 


190  BOOK   OF     NATURE   LAID    OPEN. 

illuminated  is  turned  from  us,  by  being  between  us 
and  the  sun,  she  becomes  totally  invisible,  and  then 
we  have  the  change ;  when,  shortly  after,  the  en- 
lightened part  re-appears,  we  call  it  the  new  moon ; 
and  when  it  exhibits  a  half-enlightened  aspect,  the 
moon  is  said  to  be  in  her  first  or  last  quarter,  accord- 
ing to  the  time  of  her  age.  These  appearances,  with 
all  the  intermediate  stages,  will  be  pretty  correctly 
represented  by  moving  the  bowl,  formerly  alluded 
to,  round  the  flame  of  a  candle,  when  suspended  by 
a  string,  and  observing  in  what  manner  the  light  is 
reflected  from  its  surface,  according  to  the  various  po- 
sitions in  which  it  is  placed  in  the  course  of  its  circuit, 

Eclipses. 

There  are  no  phenomena  better  understood  by 
modern  astronomers  than  the  nature  of  eclipses;  and 
so  far  is  there  from  being  any  thing  supernatural  or 
mysterious  in  them,  that  were  the  orbit  of  the  moon 
perfectly  parallel,  or  in  the  exact  plane  of  the  earth, 
there  would  be  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  at  every  full, 
and  of  the  sun  at  every  change ;  for  there  is  not  a 
doubt  that  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  is  occasioned  by 
the  dark  body  of  the  earth  happening  to  be  in  a  line 
between  the  sun  and  the  moon,  when  the  moon  is 
in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  sun ;  while  an  eclipse 
of  the  sun  is  caused  by  the  dark  body  of  the  moon 
passing  between  the  earth  and  the  sun,  when  she  is 
in  that  part  of  the  heavens.  That  eclipses  do  not 
more  frequently  happen,  arises  from  the  orbit  of  the 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  191 

moon  being  wisely  made  to  incline  to  that  of  the  earth 
at  a  small  angle ;  by  which,  although  they  some- 
times take  place,  it  is  so  unfrequent,  as  not  to  exceed, 
at  the  average,  four  in  the  year ;  and  of  these,  two 
only  may  be  expected  visible  at  any  particular  place. 

Tlie  Harvest-Moon. 

In  the  path  which  she  describes  in  the  heavens,  the 
moon  is  made  to  rise  every  day  later  than  she  did 
on  the  preceding;  but  the  exact  period  between  the 
time  of  her  rising  differs  so  considerably  in  different 
seasons  of  the  year,  that  although  in  the  spring  she 
is  an  hour  and  twenty  minutes  later  in  rising  one  day 
than  she  was  on  the  preceding,  the  difference  in  au- 
tumn is  so  inconsiderable,  as  scarcely  to  be  perceived 
for  several  days  together.  No  sooner  does  the  sun 
set  towards  the  middle  of  September,  than  the  moon 
immediately  rises  in  her  glory  for  several  days,  by 
which  the  day  is  considerably  lengthened  out  in  that 
most  important  of  all  seasons;  and  Nature,  as  it 
were,  points  to  the  husbandman  to  make  the  best  of 
his  time  in  cutting  down  and  securing  his  crops  be- 
fore the  equinoctial  gales  and  storms  of  winter  set  in. 
This  wonderful  phenomenon,  although  too  little  at- 
tended to  by  us,  has  been  distinguished,  in  different 
ages  of  the  world,  by  different  appellations,  accord- 
ing to  the  favourite  occupations  and  pursuits  in  which 
mankind  happened  to  be  engaged  at  the  time;  be- 
ing first  called  the  Hunter's,  then  the  Shepherd's, 
and  now  the  Harvest-Moon. 


192  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID   OP&S. 

About  the  equator,  where  there  is  no  variety  of 
seasons,  the  moon  rises,  with  the  greatest  regularity, 
about  forty-nine  minutes  later  every  day  than  on  the 
preceding;  but  as  we  advance  north  or  south  from 
that  line,  and  get  in  a  more  variable  climate,  the  lit- 
tle difference  in  the  rising  of  the  Harvest  Moon  be- 
comes more  perceptible.  At  the  polar  circles,  where 
the  mild  season  is  very  precarious,  and  of  short  du- 
ration at  that  advanced  season  of  the  year,  the  au- 
tumnal full-moon  rises  at  sunset,  from  the  first  till 
the  third  quarter;  and,  at  the  poles,  where  the  sun 
is  half  a  year  below  the  horizon,  the  winter  full-moon 
shines  constantly  from  the  first  to  the  third  quarter. 

In  these  respects  the  moon,  that  faithful  compa- 
nion and  attendant  on  the  earth,  may  be  said  to  pro- 
portion her  services  to  the  emergency  of  the  occa- 
sion ;  but  even  in  the  ordinary  aid  she  affords,  in  the 
absence  of  sunshine,  her  influences  are  of  infinite  ad- 
vantage. The  Hebrews,  the  Greeks,  the  Romans, 
and.  indeed,  the  ancients  in  general  were  wont  to 
assemble,  at  the  time  of  the  new  moon,  to  discharge 
the  duties  of  gratitude  and  devotion.  The  oldest 
measure  of  time,  taken  from  the  revolutions  of  the 
heavenly  bodies,  is  supposed  to  be  a  month;  and 
when  the  king  of  the  Felew  Islands  entrusted  his 
son  to  the  care  of  Captain  Wilson,  he  inquired  how 
many  moons  would  elapse  before  he  might  expect 
his  return. 

By  the  dark,  opaque,  and  unequal  surface  of  the 
moon,  the  light  of  the  sun  is  reflected  to  the  earth, 
after  thai  superb  and  glorious  luminary  has  left  our 


BOOK    OF     NATURE   LAID    OPEN.  193 

hemisphere  to  visit  other  climes ;  and  what  a  tran- 
scendanlly  magnificent  spectacle  does  a  moonlight 
scene  present,  independent  of  the  incalculable  bles- 
sings it  is  made  to  produce.  How  welcome  are  the 
harbingers  of  this  bright  luminary  to  the  toiling  tra- 
veller, when  almost  fainting  under  his  unremitting, 
but  fruitless  exertions,  to  gain  the  goal  of  his  journey 
before  the  close  of  the  day.  How  comfortable  to 
the  bewildered  mariner  as  he  ploughs  the  deep  on 
an  unknown  coast;  and  how  cheerful  to  the  lonely 
shepherd,  as  he  tends  his  fleecy  charge  in  the  other- 
wise deep  gloom  of  some  sequestered  valley,  or 
tunes  his  midnight  pipe  among  the  solitary  tops  of 
his  native  mountains  Even  on  the  mighty  ocean 
the  moon  extends  her  influence;  the  waves  of  the 
sea  are  swollen  and  lifted  up  by  the  energy  of  her 
power;  and  it  is  far  from  being  improbable,  that 
what  has  su<5h  an  effect  upon  this  great  fluid  mass, 
may  not  also  make  some  very  important  and  sensi- 
ble impressions  on  that  atmosphere,  in  whose  agita- 
tions and  changes  we  are  so  much  interested. 


CHAP.  XVIII. 

THE  SUN. 

«  Great  source  of  day  !  best  image  here  below 
Of  thy  Creator,  ever  pouring  wide, 
From  world  to  world,  the  vital  ocean  round  ; 
On  nature  write  with  every  beam  His  praise." 

FROM  the  earth  and  its  companion,  the  moon,  we 
will  now  direct  our  attention  to  yonder  radiant  orb, 


194      BOOK  OF  NATURE  LAID  OPEN. 

which  fills  the  heavens  with  his  rays,  and  cheers  the 
earth  with  his  presence  The  Sun  is,  indeed,  a  most 
glorious  luminary;  and  is,  without  doubt,  the  most 
perfect  image  of  his  great  Creator  that  we  can  be- 
hold among  inanimate  beings;  and,  indeed,  so  nigh, 
in  one  respect,  does  he  resemble  his  Maker,  that  of 
the  Sun  it  may  be  said  that  he,  also,  is 

*'  Too  glorious  to  be  gaz'd  on  in  his  sphere." 

It  is  no  wonder,  then,  that  the  fallen  reason  of 
'idolatrous  nations  "  should  mistake  so  fair  a  copy  for 
the  adorable  original,"  and  that  philosophers  should 
be  divided  so  much  in  their  opinions  respecting  his 
substance.  In  one  thing,  however,  even  from  the 
imperfect  glance  we  have  been  able  to  procure  of 
this  glorious  body,  it  is  found  to  differ  from,  and  to 
fall  infinitely  short  of,  its  Creator;  for  the  Sun  has 
his  spots,  while  He,  who  made  the  Sun,  is 

««  Light  itself, 

Pure,  spotless,  uncreated  light,  ineffable." 

According  to  Dr.  Gregory,  "  the  sun  is  very  ge- 
nerally considered  as  composed  of  the  matter  of  light 
and  heat,  whether  these  are  to  be  regarded  essen- 
tially the  same  or  not:"  but  he  is  careful  how  he  ex- 
presses himself,  even  in  this  cautious  manner  of  de- 
claring his  sentiments  ;  for  he  adds,  "  perhaps  it  will 
be  speaking  more  correctly  to  say,  that  he  is  the 
source  of  both,  and  that  he  both  warms  and  enlight- 
ens the  bodies  which  surround  him."  The  sun  is, 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  195 

indeed,  the  great  fountain  of  light  and  heat,  and  it  is 
amazing  to  think  with  what  rapidity  of  motion  he 
sends  forth  his  rays  to  illumine  and  cherish  the  world; 
for  so  great  is  the  distance  of  this  bright  body  from 
us,  that,  were  the  motion  of  light  no  swifter  than  a 
cannon  ball,  it  would  take,  according  to  the  compu- 
tation of  philosophers,  thirty-two  years  in  arriving 
at  the  earth;  and,  were  it  no  swifter  than  sound,  it 
would  take  upwards  of  seventeen  years;  but  light 
flies  with  such  incredible  velocity  that  it  arrives  at 
the  earth  in  about  seven  or  eight  minutes,  being  at  the 
rate  of  no  less  than  200,000  English  miles  in  a  second 
of  time.  By  this  means  the  inconvenience  that  wrould 
result  from  a  slower  progress  of  light  is  obviated, 
and  the  kindly  effects  of  this  inestimable  and  indis- 
pensable blessing  are  conveyed  to  us  in  an  instant. 

The  rays  of  the  sun  are. not  sparingly  dispensed, 
nor  come  to  us  as  from  a  niggardly  hand.  The  rays 
of  light  are  copiously  diffused,  and  in  sufficient  abun- 
dance to  chase  away  the  most  minute  vestige  of  the 
shades  of  night.  The  extension  of  light  is  a  most 
valuable  property  of  that  great  and  invaluable  bless- 
ing; for  it  is  by  it  that  \ve  are  enabled  to  see  bodies 
at  a  distance  during  the  day,  and,  by  the  same  ope- 
rating cause,  the  mariner,  during  the  hours  of  dark- 
ness, observes  the  fiery  beacon  glimmering  from  afar. 

The  heat  of  the  sun  is  also  most  potent  in  its  ope- 
rations. With  ease  it  penetrates  into  the  bowels  of 
the  earth,  and  finds  its  way  into  the  most  secret  re- 
cesses of  nature;  so  that,  in  the  expressive  language 
of  Scripture,  "  there  is  nothing  hid  from  the  heat 


196  BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

thereof."  But,  indeed,  what  could  possibly  exist 
without  it?  The  sun  may  be  truly  styled  the  grand 
enlivening  principle  of  the  universe;  without  his  in- 
fiue/ice,  the  crimson  tide  behoved  to  stagnate  in  the 
veins  of  animated  beings;  a  the  trees  could  never 
break  forth  into  leaves,  nor  plants  spring  up  into 
flowers;"  we  would  no  more  behold  the  meadows 
mantled  over  with  green,  nor  the  vallies  standing 
thick  with  corn;  or,  to  speak  in  the  beautiful  lan- 
guage of  a  prophet,  u  No  longer  would  the  fig-tree 
blossom,  nor  fruit  be  in  the  vine:  the  labour  of  the 
olive  would  fail,  and  the  fields  would  yield  no  meat: 
the  flocks  must  be  cut  off  from  the  fold,  and  there 
would  be  no  herd  in  the  stall."  It  penetrates  the 
beds  of  metal,  and  finds  its  way  to  the  place  of  sap- 
phires. In  short,  the  beneficial  agency  of  this  mag- 
nificent luminary  is  inexpressible. 

The  sun  is  also  the  fountain  of  cheerfulness.  While 
all  nature  is  enlivened  by  his  presence,  it  is  also 
cheered  by  his  gifts.  "  Truly,"  says  Solomon,  "  the 
light  is  sweet,  and  a  pleasant  thing  it  is  for  the  eyes 
to  behold  the  sun."  And  the  author  of"  The  Spec- 
tator" has  well  observed,  that  the  sun  has  a  particu- 
lar influence  on  the  mind  of  man,  and  making  the 
heart  glad ;  for  a  proof  of  which,  he  refers  us  to  a 
consideration  of  the  natural  world,  when  this  lumi- 
nous globe  withdraws  his  rays,  for  a  few  moments, 
by  an  eclipse 

The  human  mind  delights  in  variety;  and  one 
great  cause  that  produces  cheerfulness  in  the  heart 
of  man,  as  he  walks  abroad  and  contemplates  the 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  3J '•  / 

face  of  nature,  is  no  doubt  that  diversity  of  light  and 
shade,  of  colour  and  hue,  that  in  every  direction  su- 
lutes  his  eye.  In  this  respect,  also,  the  sun  may  be 
said  to  be  the  fountain  of  cheerfulness,  as  it  is  cer- 
tainly the  cause  of  colour.  The  sun  is  the  great  lim- 
ner of  nature,  .whose  beautifying  rays  paint  creation. 
"  The  blushing  beauties  of  the  rose,  the  modest  blue 
of  the  violet,"  as  Goldsmith  observes, <4  are  not  in  the 
flowers  themselves,  but  in  the  light  that  adorns  them. 
Odour,  softness,  and  beauty  of  figure,  are  their  own ; 
but  it  is  light  alone  that  dresses  them  up  in  those 
robes  wrhich  shame  the  monarch's  glory." 

The  sun  may,  therefore,  also  be  well  styled  the 
fountain  of  colour ;  and,  but  for  this,  what  disadvan- 
tages would  we  labour  under,  notwithstanding  the 
beneficial  distribution  of  light  and  heat!  In  that 
case,  we  would  not  only  be  unable  to  distinguish  ob- 
jects at  a  distance,  and  to  perceive  the  colour  of  the* 
raiment  of  our  nearest  friends,  but  be  incapable  of 
observing  any  difference  of  complexion  between  the 
ink  that  flows  from  our  pen,  and  the  paper  on  which 
we  write.  Without  this  discriminating  property  of 
light,  no  pleasing  variety  would  overspread  the  great 
carpet  of  nature ;  the  same  unvaried  hue,  in  every 
direction,  would  meet  our  eye;  the  same  dull  uni- 
formity would  every  where  prevail. 

Such  are  some  of  the  beneficial  consequences  that 
result  from  the  sun,  with  respect  to  the  earth.  We 
shall  now  consider  him  in  another  and  a  more  ex- 
alted light,  as  the  centre  of  the  Solar  System. 


198  BOOK    OF    "NATURE    LAID    OPE>*;, 

CHAP.   XIX. 

T11E  SOLAR   SYSTEM. 

"  Observe  how  regular  the  planets  run, 

In  stated  times  their  courses  round  the  sun  : 

Different  their  bulk,  their  distance,  their  career. 

And  diff'rent  much  the  compass  of  their  year; 

Yet  all  the  same  eternal  laws  obey, 

While  GOD'S  unerring  finger  points  the  way." 

FROM  the  consideration  that,  by  the  laws  of  na- 
ture, all  the  lesser  heavenly  bodies  art-  made  to  re 
volve  round  the  greater,  in  the  same  manner  that  the 
moon  is  made  to  move  round  the  earth,  it  was  to  be 
expected  that  the  sun,  the  centre  of  a  system  in  which 
so  many  planetary  and  cometary  bodies  were  made 
to  move  within  the  sphere,  or  verge,  of  his  attraction, 
would  be  a  body  of  very  considerable  magnitude; 
and  that  he  is  said  to  be  of  such  an  extent,  that  his 
solid  bulk  is  computed  to  be  sixty-four  millions  of 
times  bigger  than  the  moon,  a  million  of  times  big- 
ger than  the  earth,  or  five  hundred  times  greater  than 
all  the  other  planets  put  together! 

From  what  we  ourselves  experience  of  the  bene- 
fits of  this  luminary,  we  have  reason  to  conclude,  that 
the  sun  is  placed  in  the  most  convenient  situation  in 
the  heavens,  and  at  the  most  suitable  distance  from 
each  of  the  respective  bodies  which  move  around  him; 
and  that,  however  nigh  or  remote  their  courses  may 
be  to  the  common  centre,  or  however  slow  or  rapid 
in  their  movements,  the  inhabitants  of  all  those  bo- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  19$ 

dies  which  are  inhabited,  will  have  forms  and  pow- 
ers no  less  suited  to  their  situations  than  ours, 

"  And  constitutions  fitted  for  that  spot, 

Where  Providence,  all-wise,  has  fix'd  their  lot." 

The  sun,  although  generally  considered  as  fixed, 
is  known,  by  his  spots,  to  make  a  revolution  on  his 
axis  in  somewhat  less  than  our  month,  and  is  like- 
wise said  to  be  agitated  by  a  small  motion  round 
what  is  called  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  Solar 
System  His  motion,  however,  is  so  comparatively 
small,  that  he  may,  indeed,  be  said  to  be  fixed,  with 
respect  to 

The  Planets. 

Of  the  planets  which  have  yet  been  discovered, 
the  first,  or  nighest  the  sun,  is  Mercury  His  dia- 
meter is  computed  to  be  less  than  the  half  of  that  of 
the  earth,  and  his  year  is  not  quite  so  long  as  three 
of  our  months:  the  light  and  heat  of  this  planet  are 
supposed  to  be  about  seven  times  greater  than  the 
earth  receives ;  yet  he  is  said  to  move  at  the  rate  of 
more  than  109,000  miles  in  an  hour!  Being  so  nigh 
the  sun,  Mercury  is  seldom  seen;  but  when  he  is,  it 
is  a  little  after  sunset,  and  before  sunrise,  and  he 
appears  to  em:c  a  bright  white  light 

The  diameter  of  Yenus  is  somewhat  less  than  that 
of  the  earth,  and  her  year  is  not  quite  eight  of  our 
months  In  the  heavens  she  moves  next  in  order 
ta  Mercury,  and,  notwithstanding  she  is  supposed  to 


200  BOOK    OF    NATURE     LAID    OPEN. 

be  surrounded  by  an  atmosphere  like  the  earth,  her 
light  and  heat  are  said  to  be  twice  as  much  as  ours. 
Like  the  sun,  this  brilliant  planet  has  her  spots ;  like 
the  moon,  she  has  her  phases,  and  she  moves  at  the 
rate  of  upwards  of  80,000  miles  an  hour !  Venus 
appears  in  the  heavens  the  brightest  of  all  the  pla- 
nets, and,  according  as  she  is  situated,  is  sometimes 
called  the  Morning,  and  sometimes  the  Evening 
Star.  What  is  called  the  transit  of  Venus,  is  the 
passing  of  this  planet  over  the  sun's  face,  which  hap- 
pens only  twice  in  about  one  hundred  and  twenty 
years. 

Next  to  Venus  comes  our  Earth,  attended  by  her 
constant  companion,  or  satellite,  the  Moon.  The 
diameter  of  the  Earth  may  be  computed  to  be  about 
7.964  miles,  her  distance  from  the  sun  ninety  five 
millions  of  miles,  and,  moving  at  the  rate  of  68,000 
miles  an  hour,  she  completes  her  annual  revolution 
in  365  days  and  somewhat  less  than  six  hours,  all 
the  while  whirling  round  on  her  axis,  once  in  twenty- 
four  hours,  with  such  velocity  that  the  inhabitants  of 
the  equator  are  carried  round  at  the  rate  of  1,045 
miles,  and  those  in  the  latitude  of  London  about  644 
miles  in  an  hour. 

We  have  already  explained  several  of  the  pheno- 
mena resulting  from  the  motion  of  the  Earth;  but 
there  is  one  astronomical  fact  we  will  here  mention, 
which  may  sound  strange  in  the  ears  of  some  of  ouy 
readers,  viz,  that  we  are  actually  nigher  the  sun  in 
winter  than  in  summer!  Were  it  not  for  this,  it  is 
presumed  that  the  severity  of  our  winters  (being  chief- 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  201 

ly  occasioned  by  the  obliquity  of  the  sun's  rays,  as 
they,  at  those  seasons,  fall  on  our  atmosphere)  would 
be  rendered  still  more  intolerable  and  severe. 

The  magnitude  of  the  Moon  is  said  to  be  about 
one-fiftieth  of  that  of  the  Earth,  about  which  she 
moves  at  the  distance  of  236.847  miles,  and  com- 
pletes her  revolution  in  somewhat  less  than  twenty- 
eight  days,  travelling  at  the  rate  of  2,270  miles  an 
hour. 

Mars,  whose  diameter  is  little  more  than  one  half 
of  our  Earth,  moves  next  her  in  the  order  of  the  pla- 
nets: he  completes  his  revolution  in  something  less 
than  687  of  our  days ;  so  that  his  year  is  nigh  twice 
the  length  of  ours,  while  his  light  and  heat  are  con- 
sidered to  be  not  quite  the  half  of  what  we  enjoy; 
Mars  revolves  at  the  rate  of  55,223  miles  an  hour, 
and  appears  in  the  heavens  of  a  dusky  red  colour. 

What  are  called  the  !New  Planets  are  to  be  found 
between  the  orbits  of  Mars  and  of  Jupiter;  but  as 
so  little  is  yet  known  respecting  them,  we  shall  just 
mention  their  names,  with  the  dates  of  their  disco- 
veries:— Ceres  was  discovered  by  M.  Piazzi  in  Si- 
cily, on  the  1st  Jan  1801;  Pallas  was  discovered 
by  Dr  Olbers,  of  Bremen,  on  the  28th  of  March, 
1802;  Juno  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Harding,  of 
Lilienthal,  Bremen,  1st  Sept.  1804;  and  Vesta  was 
discovered  by  Dr.  Olbers,  29th  March,  1807.  These 
being  so  very  small,  in  comparison  with  the  others, 
Dr.  Herschel  does  not  deign  to  denominate  them 
planets,  but  Asteroids. 


202  BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

But  very  different  is  the  case  with  Jupiter,  which 
is  the  largest  of  all  the  planets,  and  adorned  by  his 
belts,  attended  with  his  glorious  retinue  of  four  moons, 
comes  next  in  order  in  the  heavens.  The  magni- 
tude of  this  stupendous  planet  is,  indeed,  said  to  be 
no  less  than  1400  times  larger  than  the  earth:  his 
year  is  .something  less  than  twelve  of  ours,  and  he 
moves  at  the  rate  of  29,894  miles  in  an  hour.  In 
consequence  of  his  distance  from  the  sun,  his  light 
and  heat  are  computed  to  be  only  about  one  twenty- 
seventh  of  what  the  earth  receives,  but  the  former 
of  these  may  be  compensated  by  the  number  of  his 
inoons;  by  one  or  more  of  which,  there  is  scarcely 
any  part  of  this  planet  but  what  is  enlightened  du- 
ring the  whole  night,  except  his  poles,  and  there  is 
no  saying,  but  what  has  the  appearance  of  Jupiter's 
belt,  may  be  something  of  an  atmospheric  nature,  so 
constituted  as  to  imbibe,  and  considerably  increase, 
the  heat  of  the  sun's  rays.  Jupiter,  in  the  heavens, 
appears  to  the  eye  next  in  magnitude  to  Venus. 

Beyond  the  orbit  of  Jupiter  moves  Saturn,  attend- 
ed by  a  retinue  of  no  less  than  seven  satellites  or 
moons,  and  having  his  body  surrounded  by  an  in- 
terior and  exterior  ring.  Although  the  diameter  of 
this  planet  is  not  so  large  as  Jupiter,  his  magnitude 
is  said  to  be  no  less  than  966  times  that  of  the  earth, 
and,  moving  at  the  rate  of  22,072  miles  in  an  hour, 
he  completes  the  revolution  of  his  wide  circle  in  a 
period  not  much  less  than  thirty  of  our  years. 

The  light  and  heat  which  he  receives  from  the  sun, 
are  computed  to  be  about  one  hundredth  part  of  what 


BOOK   OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  203 

the  earth  receives;  but,  to  compensate  for  this,  be- 
sides the  rings  and  moons  already  mentioned,  the 
disk  of  this  planet  has  been  observed  to  be  crossed 
by  zones  or  belts,  which  may  b£  analogous  to,  and 
answer  the  purposes  of,  those  of  Jupiter.  Saturn  is 
visible  to  the  naked  eye,  and  shines  in  the  heavens 
with  a  pale,  feeble  light. 

The  Georgian,  or  Georgium  Sidus,  is  the  remotest 
of  all  the  planets  yet  discovered,  and  was  brought 
to  notice  so  recently  as  the  13th  of  March,  1781,  by 
that  indefatigable  astronomer,  Dr  Herschel.  Six 
satellites  have  already  been  discovered  attending  on 
this  distant  planet  Its  magnitude  is  supposed  to  be 
upwards  of  eighty  times  that  of  the  earth,  and  its  pe- 
riodical revolution  performed  in  something  more  than 
eighty  three  of  our  years.  Through  a  telescope  of  a 
small  magnifying  power,  the  Georgian  appears  like 
a  star  of  the  sixth  or  seventh  magnitude,  and  is  only 
visible  to  the  naked  eye,  in  the  absence  of  the  moon, 
in  a  clear  night. 

These  planets,  with  their  attendant  satellites  and 
other  appendages,  are  carried  round  the  sun  in  ellip- 
tical orbits,  differing  but  little  from  circles;  by  which 
means  the  temperature  of  their  seasons  must  be  wise- 
ly proportioned,  and  pretty  equally  kept  up  To 
prevent  too  frequent  eclipses,  they  move  not  in  the 
same  planes;  and  that  they  may  not  interfere  with 
each  other,  they  revolve  all  in  the  same  direction, 
from  the  east  away  westerly.  The  greater  part  of 
them  are  known,  and  the  whole  are  supposed  to  turn 
round  on  their  axis  in  jthe  same  manner  that  our  earth 


204  BOOK    OF  NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

does,  by  which  means  they  must  also  be  favoured 
with  the  alternate  succession  of  day  and  night;  and 
as  the  revolution  of  the  satellites  of  Jupiter  is  known 
to  a  nicety,  there  cftn  be  no  doubt  but  those  planets, 
which  have  such  attendants,  are  equally  benefitted 
by  them.  Of  the  spots  of  Venus  and  of  Mars,  the 
belts  of  Jupiter  and  rings  of  Saturn,  we  can  say  lit- 
tle ;  but  let  it  .be  remembered  that  we  are  surround- 
ed by  an  atmosphere,  the  appearance  of  which  may 
not  easily  be  accounted  for  by  the  inhabitants  of  those 
distant  bodies.  That  the  planets  are  inhabited,  we 
have  every  reason  to  believe.,  from  the  provision  that 
is  made  for  their  comfort,  and  other  analogy  they 
bear  to  our  own  inhabited  globe.  It  is  true,  that  our 
views  and  discoveries  respecting  those  distant  orbs, 
must  be  imperfect  and  limited  in  this  present  state; 
but  what  we  know  not  now,  we  may,  perhaps,  know 
hereafter ;  although  it  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  our 
finite  capacities,  even  in  a  more  exalted  state  and 
enlarged  sphere  of  vision,  shall  ever  be  able  fully  to 
comprehend  the  mighty  works  of  the  Creator  of  the 
Universe,  or  utter  forth  all  His  praise. 


CHAP.  XX. 

COMETS. 
«  Hast  thou  ne'er  seen  the  comet's  flaming  flight  ?" 

BESIDES  the  planets  and  their  satellites,  there  are 
other  bodies  called  Comets,  which  revolve  round  the 
sun  in  very  eccentric  ellipsis,  and  in  all  manner  of 


BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  205 

directions.  These  comets,  in  one  part  of  their  orbit, 
called  the  perihelion,  approach  very  near  the  sun, 
and  appear  all  in  a  blaze:  this  appearance,  however, 
they  gradually  lose,  as  they  fly  off,  with  inconceivable 
rapidity,  to  the  opposite  part  of  their  orbit,  called,  by 
astronomers,  their  aphelion  ;  there  they  are  totally  di- 
vested of  their  luminous  tail,  and,  being  at  such  an 
immense  distance  from  the  sun,  it  is  concluded  they 
must  experience  a  degree  of  cold,  of  which  we  can 
have  no  adequate  conception.  There  are  a  variety 
of  opinions  as  to  the  number  of  comets  belonging  to 
our  system:  Riccioli  enumerated  154;  others  assert 
that  450  had  been  seen  previous  to  1771 :  the  tables 
of  Berlin  estimate  them  at  700,  and  some  have  even 
supposed  that  there  are  millions.  And,  as  these  bo- 
dies appear  but  seldom,  and  their  stay  is  so  short,  it 
is  not  surprising  that  so  much  ignorance  should  pre- 
vail respecting  them.  It  is,  however,  now  sufficient- 
ly ascertained,  that  these,  like  the  planets,  shine  not 
by  their  own,  but  by  a  reflected  light;  and,  were  it 
not  for  the  sun,  these  bodies,  instead  of  alarming  our 
fears  by  their  glaring  magnificence,  would  move  un- 
seen and  unheeded  by  us;  for,  however  naturalists 
may  have  differed  respecting  the  composition  of  their 
tails,  it  seems  now  to  be  pretty  well  understood  that 
they  possess  nothing  fiery  or  combustible  in  them, 
and  may,  with  more  propriety,  be  likened  to  the  mild 
radiance  that  proceeds  across  the  street  from  the  il- 
luminated glass  in  an  apothecary's  window  in  a  dark 
night,  than  to  any  thing  of  a  baneful  or  pestilential 
nature. 

T 


206  BOOK    OF   NATURE    LAID   OPEN. 

There  is  one  thing  to  be  remarked  with  regard  to 
the  tails  of  comets,  that  they  appear  always  in  a  di- 
rection averted  from,  or  contrary  to,  the  sun ;  and 
this  certainly,  with  the  circumstance  of  the  stars  be- 
ing visible  through  them,  gives  colouring  to  the  sup- 
position that  they  are  nothing  more  than  merely  a 
condensation  of  the  solar  rays,  by  the  refracting 
power  of  the  comet  and  its  atmosphere. 

With  regard  to  the  purposes  for  which  comets 
were  created,  <*  all  is  doubt,  uncertainty,  and  con- 
jecture." Some  have  supposed  they  are  the  means, 
appointed  by  the  Almighty,  for  putting  a  period  to 
the  planetary  world;  others  have  imagined  that  co- 
mets, in  their  several  revolutions,  gradually  approach 
the  sun,  till  at  last  they  fall  into  it,  and  become  a  sup- 
ply of  fuel  to  that  luminary;  and  some  of  the  learned 
world,  Dr.  Mavor  remarks,  are  of  opinion,  that  they 
are  places  of  future  punishment  for  tormenting  the 
damned  with  eternal  vicissitudes  of  heat  and  cold; 
"  but  when,  on  the  other  hand,"  as  the  Doctor  goes 
on,  "  we  reflect  on  the  infinite  power  and  goodness 
of  the  Deity,  the  latter  inclining,  the  former  enabling 
him  to  make  creatures  suited  to  all  states  and  circum- 
stances; that  matter  exists  only  for  the  sake  of  intel- 
ligent beings;  and  that,  wherever  we  find  it,  we  al- 
ways perceive  it  pregnant  with  life,  or  subservient 
to  that  purpose ;  when  we  consider  the  numberless 
•species,  the  astonishing  diversity  of  animals,  in  earth, 
air,  water,  and  even  on  other  animals ;  every  blade  of 
grass,  every  tender  leaf,  every  natural  fluid,  swarm- 
ing with  life,  and  every  one  of  these  enjoying  such 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  207 

gratifications  as  the  nature  and  state  of  each  require ; 
when  we  further  reflect  that,  some  centuries  ago,  a 
great  part  of  the  earth  was  judged  uninhabitable,  till 
experience  undeceived  us;  the  torrid  zone,  on  ac- 
count of  excessive  heat;  and  both  the  frigid  zones, 
on  account  of  excessive  cold;  it  seems  highly  pro- 
bable, that  such  numerous  and  large  masses  of  du- 
rable matter  as  the  comets  are,  not  however,  dissi- 
milar to  our  earth,  destitute  of  beings  capable  of 
contemplating  with  wonder,  and  acknowledging  with 
gratitude,  the  wisdom,  symmetry,  and  beauty  of  the 
creation,  which  is  more  plainly  to  be  observed  in 
their  extensive  tour  through  the  heavens  than  in  our 
confined  circuit:  yet,  however  difficult  it  may  be  for 
us,  circumstanced  as  we  are,  to  discover  their  par- 
ticular designation,  this  is  an  undoubted  truth,  that, 
wherever  the  Deity  exerts  his  power,  there,  also,  he 
manifests  his  wisdom  and  goodness.5' 

If,  in  addition  to  these  judicious  remarks  of  the 
learned  Doctor,  we  take  it  into  consideration  that  the 
vast  rapidity  of  their  movements,  when  in  their  peri- 
helion, or  part  of  their  orbit  Highest  the  sun,  and  the 
comparatively  slow  progress  they  make  as  they  re- 
cede from  him,  till  their  motion  is  so  languid  as  to 
be  scarcely  perceptible  at  their  aphelion,  or  farthest 
distance  from  him,  may  not  suffer  these  bodies  to 
undergo  such  an  alternate  extreme  of  heat  and  cold 
as  would  otherwise  have  been  the  case,  the  proba- 
bility is  still  the  greater  that  comets  are  inhabited, 
especially  if  we  make  a  proper  allowance  for  the 
powerful  eft'ect  of  such  an  atmosphere  as  they  may 


208  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

be  surrounded  with,  for  attempering  the  sun's  rays 
as  they  fall  more  directly  or  obliquely  upon  it.  And 
we  have  an  example  of  this  in  what  we  ourselves 
experience  in  winter,  when  our  situation  is  nearer 
to  the  sun  than  it  is  in  summer. 

But  whatever  uses  these  eccentric  bodies  are  of 
otherwise,  the  astonishing  courses  that  the  comets  per- 
form in  empty  space,  suggest  to  our  minds  an  idea 
of  the  vast  distance  between  the  sun  and  the  nearest 
fixed  stars,  of  whose  attractions  all  the  comets  must 
keep  clear,  in  order  to  return  periodically  and  move 
round  the  sun,  and,  consequently,  of  the  infinite  great- 
ness of  that  Being,  who  has  stretched  out  the  hea- 
vens like  a  curtain,  and  afforded  such  ample  scope 
for  all  those  numerous  orbs.  <e  I  cannot  forbear  re- 
fleeting/'  says  the  author  of  the  Guardian,  "  on  the 
insignificance  of  human  art,  when  set  in  comparison 
with  the  designs  of  Providence.  In  the  pursuit  of 
this  thought,  I  considered  a  comet,  or,  in  the  lan- 
guage of  the  vulgar,  a  blazing  star,  as  a  sky  rocket 
discharged  by  a  hand  that  is  Almighty.  What  an 
amazing  thought  is  it  to  consider  this  stupendous  bo- 
dy traversing  the  immensity  of  the  creation  with  such 
a  rapidity,  and,  at  the  same  time,  wheeling  about  in 
that  line  which  the  Almighty  had  prescribed  for  it! 
How  spacious  must  the  universe  be,  that  gives  such 
bodies  as  these  their. full  play,  without  suffering  the 
least  disorder  or  confusion  by  it!  What  a  glorious 
show  are  those  beings  entertained  with,  that  can  look 
into  this  great  theatre  of  nature,  and  see  myriads  of 
such  tremendous  objects  wandering  through  those 


BOOK    OP     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  209 

immeasurable  depths  of  ether,  and  running  their  ap- 
pointed courses!  Our  eyes  may  hereafter  be  strong 
enough  to  command  this  magnificent  prospect,  and 
our  understandings  able  to  find  out  the  several  uses 
of  these  great  parts  of  the  universe;  in  the  meantime, 
they  are  very  proper  objects  for  our  imagination  to 
contemplate,  that  we  may  form  more  extensive  no- 
tions of  infinite  wisdom  and  power,  and  learn  to 
think  humbly  of  ourselves,  and  of  all  the  little  works 
of  human  invention." 


CHAP.  XXI. 

THE  FIXED  STARS. 

-l  This  prospect  vast,  what  is  it? — Weigh'd  aright, 

'Tis  Nature's  system  of  Divinity ; 

And  ev'ry  student  of  the  night  inspires. 

'Tis  eider  scripture  writ  by  God's  own  hand." 

WHAT  a  glorious  prospect  does  night  unfold  when 
she  draws  aside  her  sable  curtains,  and  displays  to 
the  contemplative  mind  the  azure  canopy  of  the  hea- 
vens bedecked  with  stars !  We  need  not  wonder  at 
the  expression  of  the  poet  : 

"  Devotion !  daughter  of  Astronomy ! 
An  undevout  astronomer  is  mad  I" 

Tor  who  can  take  even  the  most  transitory  glance 

of  these  glowing  beauties,  on  a  fine  frosty  evening; 

T  2 


210  BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    Opi 

without  feeling  something  of  that  indescribable  im- 
pulse which  every  good  man  must  feel  when  casting 
his  eyes  to  the  nocturnal  heavens?  "Something, 
like  magic,"  says  the  pious  Hervey,  "  has  struck  my 
mind,  on  a  transient  and  unthinking  survey  of  the 
etherial  vault,  tinged  throughout  with  the  purest 
azure,  and  decorated  with  innumerable  starry  lamps. 
I  have  felt,  I  know  not  what  powerful  and  aggran- 
dizing impulse,  which  seemed  to  snatch  me  from  the 
low  entanglements  of  vanity,  and  prompted  an  ar- 
dent desire  for  sublimer  objects."  What,  then,  must 
be  his  sensations,  who,  by  means  of  the  "  sight  invi- 
gorating tube,"  and  the  lights  of  philosophy,  is  led 
to  explore  the  upper  regions  of  this  celestial  canopy, 
which  the  Creator  has  so  distinctly  marked  with  the 
wonders  of  his  power! 

The  first  thing  that  strikes  a  superficial  observer, 
js  the  apparent  multitude  of  those  heavenly  hosts ; 
but  this  will  be  found  to  be  an  illusion,  and  probably 
is  occasioned  by  their  twinkling,  and  th?  confused 
manner  in  which,  by  their  distance,  they  are  made 
to  appear ;  for,  strange  as  it  may  sound  in  the  ears 
of  the  unlearned,  the  stars  that  are  visible  in  our  he- 
misphere to  the  naked  eye,  even  in  the  most  favoura- 
ble weather,  do  not  amount,  in  any  one  time,  to  one 
thousand.  But  let  it  not  be  imagined  that,  in  men- 
tioning this,  we  mean  to  derogate  from  the  glory  of 
th.  Almighty,  as  it  is  revealed  in  the  heavens,  or  by 
any  means  wish  to  insinuate  that  the  number  of  the 
stars  is  within  the  sphere  of  our  finite  powers  and 
capacities  to  calculate. — No;  as  the  more  we  descend 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  211 

downwards  in  our  researches  among  the  animalcule 
creation,  the  more  evident  traces  of  divinity  we  dis- 
cover; so  the  more  we  extend  our  discoveries  up- 
wards into  the  regions  of  the  universe,  the  more  do 
we  observe  of  the  glory  of  God. 

The  heavens,  indeed,  declare  the  glory  of  God 
in  a  most  emphatic  manner;  and  the  important  in- 
vention of  the  telescope,  aided  by  modern  improve- 
ments, has  brought  systems  and  worlds  to  light,  that 
w^ere  not  dreamt  of  by  the  ancients.  The  heavens 
of  Tliales  and  Hipparchus  were  poor  and  thinly 
-sown,  indeed,  when  compared  to  £hose  of  Tycho, 
Bralie  and  Flamstead ;  but  what  were  even  these  to 
what  the  wonderful  instruments  of  Dr  Herschel  has 
brought  to  notice  ?  Every  new  discovery  of  this  in- 
defatigable astronomer  has  tended  to  the  glory  of  his 
Maker,  and  every  increase  of  magnifying  power  has 
served  to  confirm  the  sublime  truth,  that  "  the  stars 
of  heaven  cannot  be  numbered  " 

The  Milky  Way,  or  that  white,  luminous  tract, 
which  we  observe  in  the  heavens,  is  found  to  derive 
its  appearance  from  the  number  of  stars  of  which  it 
is  composed.  No  less  than  forty  little  stars  are  said 
to  be  in  the  Pleiades  alone;  and  in  the  constellation 
of  Orion,  a  number  has  been  discovered,  by  far  ex- 
ceeding what  can  be  observed  by  the  naked  eye  in 
the  whole  heavens. 

From  an  attentive  examination  of  the  stars  with  a 
good  telescope,  many  which  appear  perfectly  formed 
or  single,  to  the  naked  eye,  have  been  found  to  con- 
sist of  two,  three,  or  more  stars;  and  Dr.  Herschel, 


212  BOOK   OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

by  the  help  of  his  glasses,  is  said  to  have  discovered 
near  700  such  stars.  Besides  these,  the  Doctor  has 
observed  other  appearances  in  the  heavens,  which 
he  calls  Nebulce  or  cloudy  stars;  being  apparently 
surrounded  by  a  faint,  luminous  substance,  of  con- 
siderable extent;  of  these  he  has  given  us  a  catalogue 
of  2000,  which  he  has  described,  and  is  of  opinion 
that  the  starry  heavens  are  replete  with  nebuloe. — 
There  are  also  several  little  whitish  spots  which 
appear  magnified,  and  more  luminous,  when  seen 
through  telescopes,  yet  without  any  stars  bein-  dis- 
tinguishable in  tiiem. 

When,  to  these  grand,  magnificent,  and  numerous 
appearances  in  the  heavens,  we  add  those  wander- 
ing stars,  or  planetary  bodies  we  have  just  been  con- 
sidering, which,  according  to  the  appearances  they 
put  on,  are  denominated  as  stars  of  different  magni- 
tudes, together  with  that  host  of  cometary  orbs  which 
occasionally  appear  and  disappear  from  our  hemi- 
sphere, who  can  forbear  exclaiming: 

««  This  gorgeous  apparatus  !  this  display  ! 
This  ostentation  of  creative  power! 
This  theatre  ; — what  eye  can  take  it  in  ? 
By  what  divine  enchantment  was  it  rais'd  ? 
How  boundless  in  magnificence  and  might!" 

The  fixed  stars  are  so  called  to  distinguish  them 
from  the  planets,  and  other  wandering  bodies,  that 
move  among  them ;  for,  in  respect  to  these,  they  seem 
to  be  fixed,  and,  with  regard  to  each  other,  they  do 
not  appear  to  ciiuiige  place.  Thus,  while  the  pla- 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID   OPEN.  213 

netary  bodies  are  not  to  be  found  in  precisely  the 
same  place  for  any  two  successive  days  together,  the 
stars,  for  instance,  in  the  constellation  of  Ursa  Ma- 
jor, or  the  Great  Bear,  have  not  been  observed  to 
alter  their  situation,  with  respect  to  each  other,  since 
the  creation  of  the  world.  But  there  are  few  rules 
without  exception;  and  here  it  must  be  observed., 
that  new  stars  have  been  discovered,  which  were  un- 
known to  the  ancients,  and  many  of  those  which  ap- 
peared in  old  catalogues  arc  not  now  visible,  while 
numbers  seem  gradually  to  vanish,  and  others  ap- 
pear to  have  a  periodical  increase  and  decrease  of 
magnitude. 

All  the  fixed  stars,  however,  have  an  apparent 
motion  round  the  heavens  once  in  twenty -four  hours ; 
for,  although  that  of  the  star  nighest  the  pole,  and 
consequently  called  the  polar  star,  be  so  impercepti- 
ble as  to  be  scarcely  distinguished,  yet,  even  that  star 
appears  to  move  in  a  very  small  circle;  and  this  ima- 
ginary motion  is  occasioned  by  the  same  cause  as 
produces  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun;  viz.  the 
revolution  of  the  earth  on  its  axis. 

Though  the  number  of  the  fixed  stars,  visible  to 
the  naked  eye,  fall  infinitely  short  of  what  a  super- 
ficial observer  might  be  apt  to  imagine,  yet,  from 
the  great  resemblance  they  bear  to  each  other,  and 
the  confused  manner  in  which  they  appear  at  such 
vast  distances,  it  was  found  necessary,  by  the  ancient 
astronomers,  to  class  and  arrange  them  under  vari- 
ous figures  and  resemblances,  to  which  they  gave  the 
names  of  several  persons  and  things ;  and  these  i 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

ginary  likenesses,  many  of  which,  individually,  ob- 
tained the  names  of  persons  celebrated  in  antiquity, 
were  in  general  called  constellations. 

The  distances  of  the  fixed  stars  from  the  earth  is 
supposed  to  be  very  great;  so  much  so,  that  were  a 
cannon  ball  discharged  from  the  nearest  of  them,  it 
is  computed  that  it  would  take  7,000,000  years  be- 
fore it  could  reach  the  earth.  So  far,  indeed,  are 
these  luminous  orbs  removed  from  us,  that  their  mag- 
nitude cannot  be  increased  by  the  best  magnifiers ; 
and,  notwithstanding  the  great  extent  of  the  earth's 
orbit  or  path  round  the  sun,  a  fixed  star  does  not  ap- 
pear to  be  nearer  to  us  when  the  earth  is  in  that  part 
of  its  orbit  nearest  to  it,  than  it  seemed  to  be  wrhen 
the  earth  was  at  the  greatest  distance,  or  190,000,000 
of  miles  farther  removed  from  the  star. 

Dr.  Bradley  calculates  the  nearest  fixed  star  from 
the  earth  to  be  40,000  times  the  diameter  of  the 
earth's  orbit,  and  the  distance  of  Draconis  from 
the  earth  to  be  400,000  times  that  of  the  sun,  or 
38,000,000,000,000  miles ! 

As  to  the  size  of  the  fixed  stars,  some  idea  may 
be  formed  from  the  vast  distance  at  which  they  are 
visible.  Were  the  sun  removed  to  as  great  a  dis- 
tance from  us  as  we  are  from  the  nearest  of  these 
stars,  it  is  not  probable  that  he  would  appear  greater 
to  us,  and  the  different  apparent  magnitudes  of  the 
stars  is  supposed  only  to  arise  from  their  diiierent 
distances.  Indeed,  from  a  comparison  of  the  light 
afforded  by  a  fixed  star  to  that  of  the  sun.  it  has  been 
concluded  that  the  fixed  stars  do  not  differ  materi 


BOOK    OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

ally,  in  magnitude,  from  that  luminary;  and,  as  it  is 
impossible  that  these  bodies  can  shine  from  such  a 
distance  with  a  reflected  light,  it  has  also  been  con- 
cluded, that  the  fixed  stars  must  be  of  the  same  na- 
ture of  the  sun,  and,  like  him,  shine  with  their  own 
native  lustre. 

The.  Uses  of  the  fixed  Stars. 

ff  Ask  for  what  end  these  heavenly  bodies  shine; 
Earth  for  whose  use?— Pride  answers,  'tis  for  mine!'' 

"  But  do  these  worlds  display  their  beams,  or  guide 
Their  orbs,  to  serve  thy  use,  to  please  thy  pride? 
Thyself  but  dust,  thy  stature  but  a  span, 
A  moment  thy  duration— foolish  man  !" 

tc  As  well  may  the  minutest  emmet  say, 

That  Caucasus  was  rais'd  to  pave  his  way; 

The  snail,  that  Lebanon's  extended  wood, 

Was  destin'd  only  for  his  walk  and  food  : 

The  vilest  cockle,  gaping  on  the  coast 

That  bounds  the  ample  seas,  as  well  may  boast 

The  craggy  rock  projects  above  the  sky, 

That  he  in  safety  at  its  feet  may  lie; 

And  the  whole  ocean's  confluent  waters  swell, 

Only  to  quench  his  thirst,  or  move  and  blanch  his  shell." 

As  every  part  of  the  vast  machine  of  the  universe 
seems  wisely  made?  in  some  degree  or  other,  sub- 
servient to  the  whole,  notwithstanding  the  vast  dis- 
tances of  the  stars  from  the  earth,  it  would  be  ex- 
tremely improper  to  deny  that  they  may  be,  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  useful  to  man.  How  often  do  they  serve 


216  BOOK    OP   NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

to  cheer  the  gloom  of  the  midnight  sky,  when  nei- 
ther sun  nor  moon  appears.  In  the  early  ages,  those 
who  went  down  to  the  sea  in  ships  had  scarce  any 
other  sure  guide  for  their  wandering  vessel.  They 
still  serve  to  direct  the  benighted  traveller  in  his  so- 
litary journey;  and,  by  means  of  the  revolutions  of 
the  stars,  the  ploughman,  even  had  he  no  other  di- 
rectory, would  know"  exactly  when  to  plough  his 
fields  and  sow  his  seeds.  But  if,  as  we  have  seen, 
the  stars  bear  such  a  striking  analogy  to  the  sun  in 
their  magnitude,  their  nature,  and  some  of  their  pro- 
perties, have  we  not  reason  to  conclude  that  they 
have  far  more  important  offices  to  fulfil  than  merely 
to  be  useful,  in  a  few  'respects,  to  man  ?  that  they, 
also,  like  the  sun,  are  each  the  centre  of  its  respec- 
tive system  ?  But  where  does  this  reasoning  lead  us? 
for,  if  the  stars  are  suns,  and  centres  of  other  sys- 
tems than  that  to  which  our  earth  belongs,  does  it 
not  naturally  follow  that  there  must  be  other  worlds 
revolving  around  them?  and  if  other  worlds,  must 
they  not  also  be  inhabited?  This  is  a  humiliating 
lesson  to  the  sons  of  pride,  who  have  indulged  the 
thought  that  every  thing  in  the  universe  was  intend- 
ed chiefly  for  their  use ;  but  it  is  not  to  be  supposed 
that  the  Omnipotent  Creator,  who  has  not  a  leaf  or 
drop  of  water  unpeopled,  should  have  left  such  im- 
mense bodies  destitute  of  inhabitants.  "  It  is  surely 
much  more  rational  to  suppose  them  the  abodes  of 
intelligent  beings ;  of  beings  endowed  with  capaci-' 
ties  of  knowing,  loving,  and  adoring  their  Creator; 
provided  and  blessed  with  every  object  conducive 


BOOK    OF     NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  217 

to  their  happiness;  many  of  them,  perhaps,  in  a  far 
greater  state  of  purity  than  the  inhabitants  of  our 
earth;  in  possession  of  superior  degrees  of  bliss;  and 
all  under  the  direction,  indulgence  and  protection,  of 
infinite  wisdom  and  goodness;"  so  that  the  poet  is 
correct  in  his  reasoning: 

«  What  read  we  here?— Th'  existence  of  a  God? 
Yes;  and  of  other  beings,  man  above; 
Natives  of  aether  !  sons  of  higher  climes  !" 

In  this  view  of  the  subject,  what  a  grand  and  mag- 
nificent  spectacle  does  the  starry  heavens  present! 
What  lofty  anotenlarged  ideas  must  it  give  of  the 
Deity,  to  suppose  every  star  which  we  behold  a  sun, 
and  each  sun  the  centre  of  its  respective  system,  of 
planets  and  comets  moving  within  the  sphere  of  its 
attractive  energy,  and  irradiated  by  its  beams!  Must 
not  such  a  consideration  inspire  us  with  the  grandest 
and  most  sublime  ideas  of  that  Being,  who  has  not 
only  formed,  but  launched  forth,  those  numerous  orbs 
into  the  immensity  of  space,  and  who  preserves  them 
in  the  greatest  order  and  regularity,  so  that  there  is 
not  the  least  danger,  nor  the  smallest  possibility,  of 
their  running  into  confusion?  But,  to  stretch  our  ima- 
gination still  farther  beyond  the  boundaries  of  the 
visible  creation,  and  to  suppose  other  stars,  and  con- 
sequently other  suns  and  systems  of  inhabited  worlds, 
moving  in  the  same  beautiful  order  and  regularity 
beyond  these,  how  awful  the  thought !  how  over- 
whelming the  consideration!  What  an  august,  what 
an  amazing  conception  does  this  give  of  the  works 


218  BOOK    OF      NATURE    LAID    OPEN. 

of  the  Creator!  Thousands  of  thousands  of  suns 
multiplied  without  end,  and  ranged  all  around  us  at 
immense  distances  from  each  other,  attended  by  ten 
thousand  times  ten  thousand  worlds,  all  in  rapid  mo- 
tion, yet  calm,  regular,  and  harmonious,  invariably 
keeping  the  paths  prescribed  them  ;  and  these  worlds, 
doubtless,  peopled  with  myriads  of  beings,  formed 
for  endless  progression  in  perfection  and  felicity  ! 


((  Not  only  this  which  we  by  custom  call 
Our  world,  the  stars  embellishing  the  skies 

Are  worlds  alike,  th'  Almighty  rules  them  all, 
And  all  at  first  from  matter's  ma(fe  did  rise. 


Thus  we  see,  that  the  great  Creator  of  the  Uni- 
verse, like  gold  well  tried  in  the  furnace  of  the  re- 
finer, rises  more  august,  more  grand,  more  sublime, 
more  inexpressible,  beyond  what  our  finite  capaci- 
ties can  conceive,  or  our  tongues  express,  the  more 
we  extend  our  researches  into  nature  ;  —  that  "  the 
works  of  the  Lord  are  indeed  great,  in  proportion 
as  they  are  sought  out  of  all  them  that  have  pleasure 
therein;"  while  man,  an  atom  of  an  atom  world, 
dwindles  into  insignificance  as  he  becomes  sensible 
of  his  own  imperfections  and  weakness;  and  even 
the  most  devout  and  diligent  student  of  nature,  while 
he  is  forced  to  exclaim  as  he  contemplates  the  won- 
ders of  the  skies,  "  The  heuvens  declare  the  glory 
of  God,  and  the  firmament  sheweth  his  handy  work," 
is  also  obliged,  from  a  sense  of  his  own  littleness, 
when  put  in  competition  with  those  mighty  orbs,  to 


BOOK   OF    NATURE    LAID    OPEN.  219 

adopt  the  following  beautiful  sentiment:  "  When  I 
consider  the  heavens  the  work  of  thy  fingers;  the 
moon  and  the  stars  which  thou  hast  ordained ;  what 
is  man  that  thou  art  mindful  of  him,  and  the  son  of 
man  that  thou  visitest  him  ?' 


NATURAL  APPEARANCES 

IN  JANUARY. 

"  Stern  Winter's  icy  breath,  intensely  keen, 
Now  chills  the  blood,  and  withers  every  green. 
Bright  shines  the  azure  sky  serenely  fair, 
Or  driving  snows  obscure  the  turbid  air." 

CIVILIZED  nations  in  general  have  agreed  to  date 
the  commencement  of  the  year  on  the  first  of  Janu- 
ary, within  a  few  days  after  the  winter  solstice,  or 
shortest  day,  which  takes  place  on  the  21st  or  22d 
of  December.  In- the  month  of  January,  the  wea- 
ther, in  the  British  islands,  is  commonly  either  a 
clear,  dry  frost,  or  fog  and  snow,  occasionally  inter- 
mingled with  rain.  Nothing  can  be  more  wonder- 
ful than  the -effects  of  frost,  which,  in  the  spac,-.  of  a 
single  night,  stops  the  running  stream  in  its  course,, 
and  converts  the  lake,  that  was  curled  by  every 
breeze,  into  a  firm  plain.  This  property  of  frost 
produces  a  beneficial  effect  to  the  farmer;  for  the 
hard  clods  of  the  ploughed  fields  are  loosened  and 
broken  to  pieces  by  the  swelling  of  the  water  within 
them  when  it  freezes,  and  thus  the  earth  is  prepared 
for  receiving  the  seed  in  spring  ;  while, 

.  "  The  frost-concocted  gTebe, 

Draws  in  abundant  vegetable  sonl, 
And  gathers  vigour  for  the  coming  year.'* 
Y   2 


222  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

Numerous  natural  phenomena  are  produced  by 
frost.  Water  from  the  clouds,  freezing  slov\  ly,  crys- 
tallizes in  little  icy  darts  or  stars,  forming,  by  their 
Assemblage,  the  beautiful  flakes  of  snow.  Its  white- 
Bess  is  owing  to  the  smallness  of  the  particles  into 
which  it  is  divided;  for  ice,  when  pounded,  becomes 
equally  white.  Snow  is  very  useful  by  protecting 
the  plants  it  covers  from  the  severity  of  the  frost. — 
Hailstones  are  drops  of  rain,  suddenly  congealed  in- 
to a  hard  mass,  so  as  to  preserve  their  figure.  They 
often  fall  in  warmer  seasons  of  the  year,  as  even 
then  the  upper  regions  of  the  atmosphere  are  very 
cold.  When  dew  or  mist  freezes,  as  it  frequently 
does  on  every  object  on  which  it  falls,  it  becomes 
hoar  frost,  producing  figures  of  incomparable  beauty 
and  elegance.  p 

As  the  cold  of  this  inclement  season  advances,  the 
birds  collect  in  flocks,  and,  rendered  bold  by  want, 
approach  the  habitations  of  man.  The  wild  quadru- 
peds, also,  are  driven  from  their  accustomed  haunts ; 
hares  enter  the  gardens  to  browse  on  cultivated  ve- 
getables, and,  leaving  their  tracks  in  the  snow,  are 
frequently  hunted  down,  or  caught  in  snares. 

The  domestic  cattle  now  require  all  the  care  and 
protection  of  the  farmer.  Sheep  are  often  lost  in  the 
sudden  storms  by  which  the  snow  is  drifted  into  hol- 
lows, so  as  to  bury  them  a  considerable  depth  be- 
neath it;  yet  they  have  been  known  to  survive  many 
days  in  this  situation.  Cows  receive  their  subsistence 
from  the  provision  of  the  farm-yard;  and  early  lambs 


IN    JANUARY.  223 

and  calves  are  kept  within  .lours,  and  tended  with 
nearly  as  much  care  as  the  farmer's  own  children. 

"  Now  shepherds,  to  your  helpless  charge  be  kind; 
BafTle  the  raging  year,  and  fill  their  pens 
With  food  at  will;  lodge  them  below  the  storm, 
And  watch  them  strict;  for,  from  the  bellowing  east, 
In  this  dire  season,  oft  the  whirlwind's  wing 
Sweeps  up  the  burden  of  whole  wirit'ry  plains 
At  one  wide  waft,  and  o'er  the  helpless  iiooks, 
Hid  in  the  hollow  of  two  neighbouring  hills, 
The  billowy  tempest  'whelms." 

The  plants,  at  this  season,  are  defended  by  nature 
from  the  effects  of  cold.  Those  called  herbaceous, 
which  die  down  to  the  root  every  autumn,  are  safely 
concealed  underground;  and  the  shrubs  and  trees 
that  are  exposed  to  the  open  air,  have  all  their  soft 
and  tender  parts  closely  wrapped  up  in  buds,  which, 
by  their  texture,  resist  the  effects  of  frost?  and  are 
hence  aptly  termed  the  winter  quarters  of  the  young 
shoots  How  admirable  is  the  economy  of  Nature  ! 

The  earth,  at  this  season,  may  now  be  compared 
io  a  mother  who  has  been  robbed  of  those  children 
from  whom  she  had  the  best  hopes.  She  is  deso- 
late, and  deprived  of  the  charms  which  varied  and 
embellished  her  surface;  howeveiyshe  is  not  robbed 
of  all  her  children ;  here  and  there  some  vegetables 
are  still  to  be  seen,  which  seem  to  defy  the  severity 
of  the  winter;  here  the  wild  hawthorn  shows  its  pur- 
ple berries,  and  the  laurestina  displays  its  blossoms 
in  clusters,  crowned  with  leaves  which  never  fade. 
The  yew-tree  rises  like  a  pyramid,  and  its  leaves 


NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

preserve  their  verdure.  The  ivy,  evergreen,  still 
creeps  along  the  walls,  and  clings  immoveable,  while 
the  tempest  roars  around  it.  The  laurel  extends  its 
green  branches,  and  has  lost  none  of  its  summer  or- 
naments; and  the  humble  box  shows  here  and  there, 
in  the  midst  of  the  snow,  its  evergreen  branches. 


FEBRUARY. 

"  Now  shifting  gales  with  milder  influence  blow, 

Cloud  o'er  the  shies,  and  melt  the  falling  snow ; 

The  soften 'd  soil  with  fertile  moisture  teems, 

And,  freed  from  icy  honds,  down  rush  the  swelling  streams." 

THE  earlier  part  of  this  month  may  still  be  rec- 
koned winter;  though  the  cold  generally  begins  to 
abate.  The  days  are  sensibly  lengthened,  and  the 
sun  has  power  enough  gradually  to  melt  away  the 
snow  and  ice.  Sometimes  a  sudden  thaw  comes  on, 
with  a  south  wind  and  rain,  which  at  once  dissolves 
the  snow.  Torrents  of  water  then  descend  from  the 
hills;  every  little  brook  and  rill  is  swelled  to  a  large 
stream ;  and  the  ice  is  swept  away  W7ith  great  vio- 
lence from  the  rivers.  The  frost,  however,  returns 
for  a  time ;  fresh  snow  falls,  often  in  great  quantities ; 
and  thus  the  weather  alternately  changes  during  most 
part  of  this  month. 

Various  signs  of  returning  spring  occur  at  different 
times  in  February.  The  woodlark,  one  of  the  ear- 
liest and  sweetest  of  our  songsters,  often  begins  his 


IN    FEBRUARY.  225 

note  at  the  very  entrance  of  the  month.  Not  long 
after,  rooks  begin  to  pair,  and  geese  to  lay.  The 
thrush  and  chaffinch  then  add  to  the  early  music  of 
the  groves.  Moles  go  to  work  in  throwing  up  their 
hillocks  as  soon  as  the  earth  is  softened.  Under 
some  of  the  largest,  a  little  below  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  they  make  their  nests  of  moss,  in  which  four 
«r  five  young  are  found  at  a  time.  These  animals 
live  on  worms,  insects,  an^l  the  roots  of  plants.  They 
do  much  mischief  in  gardens,  by  loosening  and  de- 
vouring flower-roots;  but  in  the  fields  they  do  no 
other  damage  than  rendering  the  surface  of  the 
ground  unequal  by  their  hillocks,  which  obstruct  the 
scythe  in  mowing.  They  are  said,  also,  to  pierce 
the  sides  of  dams  and  canals,  and  let  out  the  water; 
but  this  can  only  be  an  accidental  occurrence,  attend- 
ed with  their  own  destruction. 

Many  plants  emerge  from  under  ground  in  Fe- 
bruary, but  few  flowers  yet  adorn  the  fields  or  gar- 
dens. Snow-drops,  in  general,  are  fully  opened  from 
the  beginning  of  the  month,  often  peeping  from  the 
midst  of  the  snow. 

"  Already  now  the  snow-drop  dares  appear, 
The  first  pale  blossom  of  the  unripen'd  year ; 
As  Flora's  breath,  by  some  transforming  power, 
Had  chang'd  an  isicle  to  a  flower  ; 
Its  name  and  hue  the  scentless  plant  retains, 
And  winter  lingers  in  its  icy  veins." 

The  aider-tree  discloses  its  flower  buds;  the  cat- 
kins of  the  hazel  become  very  conspicuous  in  the 


226  NATURAL     APPEARANCES 

hedges ;  and  young  leaves  appear  on  the  gooseberry 
and  currant  bushes.  The  farmer,  as  soon  as  the 
ground  is  sufficiently  thawed,  ploughs  his  fallows, 
sows  beans  and  pease,  and  rye  and  spring  wheat. 

*'  Joyous  th'  impatient  husbandman  perceives 
Relenting  nature,  and  his  lusty  steers 
Diives  from  their  stalls,  to  where  the  well-us'd  plough 
Lies  in  the  furrow,  loosen'd  from  the  frost ; 
There,  unrefusing,  to  the  hajness'd  yoke 
They  lend  their  shoulder,  and  begin  their  toil, 
Cheer 'd  by  the  simple  song  and  soaring  lark. 
Meanwhile,  incumbent  o'er  the  shining  share, 
The  master  leans,  removes  the  obstructing  clay, 
Winds  the  whole  work,  and  sidelong  lays  the  glebe. 
While  through  the  neighbouring  field  the  sower  stalks. 
With  measur'd  step,  and  lib'ral  throws  the  grain 
Into  the  fruitful  bosom  of  the  ground." 

The  husbandman,  also,  at  this  season,  sets  his  early 
potatoes,  drains  his  wet  land,  dresses  and  repairs  his 
hedges,  lops  his  trees,  and  plants  those  kinds  which 
love  a  wet  soil,  as  poplars  and  willows  ;  and,  with 

„  "  Fancy  fir'd,  anticipates  their  growth." 


Winter  in  the  Polar  Regions. 

Nor  are  the  symptoms  of  returning  spring  con- 
fined to  the  inhabitants  of  our  temperate  climate  ;  they 
also  begin,  towards  the  middle  of  this  month,  to  be 
sensibly  felt  by  those  of  the  icy  regions  of  the  north. 


IN    FEBRUARY.  227 

Their  winter,  however,  is  very  different  from  ours. 
The  single  night  of  the  country  about  Spitz bergen 
begins  about  the  30th  of  October.  The  sun  then 
sets,  and  never  appears  till  about  the  10th  of  Febru- 
ary. A  glimmering,  indeed,  continues  some  weeks 
after  the  setting  of  the  sun :  then  succeed  clouds  and 
thick  darkness,  broken  by  the  light  of  the  moon, 
which  is  as  luminous  as  in  England,  and,  during  this 
long  night,  shines  with  unfailing  lustre.  The  cold 
strengthens  with  the  new  year*  and  the  sun  is  ush- 
ered in  with  an  unusual  seventy*  of  frost.  By  the 
middle  of  March  the  cheerful  light  grows  strong ; 
the  arctic  foxes  leave  their  holes,  and  the  sea-fowls 
resort,  in  great  multitudes,  to  their  breeding  place?. 
The  sun  acts  no  more  after  the  14th  of  May.  The 
distinction  of  day  and  night  is  then  lost. 

But,  to  make  up  for  the  want  of  sunshine  in  such 
a  long  and  tedious  winter,  the  wisdom  and  goodness 
of  God  has  amply  provided,  by  furnishing,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  light  of  the  moon,  the  northern  inhabi- 
tants of  our  globe  with  such  a  copious  display  of  the 
aurora  borealis,  or  what  the  common  people  here  call 
streamers 

In  Shetland,  these  northern  lights,  which  the  na- 
tives call  merry  dancers,  are  the  constant  attendants 
of  the  clear  evenings,  and  prove  great  reliefs  amid 
the  gloom  of  the  long  winter  nights.  They  com- 
monly appear  at  twilight,  near  the  horizon,  of  a  dun 
colour,  approaching  to  yellow,  sometimes  continuing 
in  that  state  for  several  hours,  without  any  apparent 
motion ;  after  which  they  break  out  into  streams  of 


228  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

stronger  light,  spreading  into  columns,  and  altering 
slowly  into  ten  thousand  different  shapes,  varying 
their  colours,  from  all  the  tints  of  yellow,  to  the  most 
obscure  russet.  They  often  cover  the  whole  hemi- 
sphere, and  then  make  the  most  brilliant  appearance. 
Their  motions,  at  these  times,  are  most  amazingly 
quick,  and  they  astonish  the  spectator  with  the  rapid 
changes  of  their  form.  They  break  out  in  places 
where  none  were  seen  before,  skimming  briskly 
along  the  heavens.  *  On  a  sudden  they  are  extin- 
guished, and  lea^e  behind  a  uniformly  dusky  tract. 
This  again  is  illuminated  in  the  same  manner,  and 
as  suddenly  left  a  dull  blank.  In  certain  nights  they 
assume  the  appearance  of  vast  columns,  on  one  side 
of  the  deepest  yellow,  on  the  other  declining  away 
till  it  becomes  undistinguished  from  the  sky.  They 
have  generally  .a  strong,  tremulous  motion,  from  end 
to  end,  which  continues  till  the  whole  vanishes.  In 
a  word,  we,  who  only  see  the  extremities  of  these 
northern  phenomena,  have  but  a  faint  idea  of  their 
splendour  and  their  motions. 

In  Siberia  there  is  one  species  of  the  aurora  bore- 
alis,  which  regularly  appears  between  the  north-east 
and  east,  like  a  luminous  rainbow,  with  numbers  of 
columns  of  light  radiating  from  it.  Beneath  the  arch 
is  a  darkness,  through  which  the  stars  appear  with 
some  brilliancy.  There  is  another  kind,  which  be- 
gins with  certain  insulated  rays  from  the  north,  and 
others  from  the  north-east,  They  augment  little  by 
little  till  th(\\  fill  the  whole  sky,  and  form  a  splen- 
dour of  colours  rich  as  gold,  rubies,  and  emeralds  ; 


IN    FEBRUARY.  229 

but  the  attendant  phenomena  strike  the  beholders 
with  horror ;  for  they  crackle,  sparkle,  hiss,  make  a 
whistling  sound,  and  a  noise  even  equal  to  artificial 
fireworks. 

In  Hudson's  bay,  moreover,  the  firmament,  in 
winter,  is  not  without  its  beauties.  The  night  is  en- 
livened by  the  aurora  borealis,  which  spreads  a  thou- 
sand different  lights  and  colours  over  the  whole 
concave  of  the  sky,  not  to  be  defaced  even  by  the 
splendour  of  the  full  moon;  and  the  stars  are  of  a 
fiery  redness. 

Wonders  of  the  North. 

As  we  advance  into  these  dreary  regions,  we  meet 
with  those  picturesque  objects  which  attract  and  cap- 
tivate the  most  incurious  eye.  In  the  icy  seas,  and 
particularly  at  Spitzbergen,  (which  is  the  largest  of 
that  group  of  frozen  islands  which  go  under  that 
name,  or  that  of  New  Greenland)  the  forms  assumed 
by  the  ice  are  extremely  pleasing.  The  surface  of 
that  which  is  congealed  from  the  sea  water  is  flat, 
even  and  hard,  resembling  white  sugar,  and  is  ca- 
pable of  being  slid  upon.  The  greater  pieces,  or 
fields,  are  many  leagues  in  length :  the  smaller  are 
the  meadows  of  the  seals,  on  which  those  animals, 
at  times,  frolic  by  hundreds.  The  motion  of  the 
smaller  pieces  is  as  rapid  as  the  currents ;  the  greater, 
which  are  sometimes  two  hundred  leagues  long,  and 
sixty  or  eighty  broad,  move  slowly  and  majestically. 
They  often  fix  for  a  time,  immoveable  by  the  power 


230  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

of  the  ocean,  and  then  produce,  near  the  horizon, 
that  bright,  white  appearance,  called,  by  the  mari- 
ners, the  blink  of  the  ice.  These  float  in  the  sea  like 
so  many  rugged  mountains,  and  are  sometimes  live 
or  six  hundred  yards  thick ;  but  the  far  greater  part 
is  concealed  beneath  the  water.  These  are  continu- 
ally increased,  in  height,  by  the  freezing  of  the  spray 
of  the  sea,  or  of  the  melted  snow  which  falls  on  them. 
Those  which  remain  in  this  frozen  climate  receive 
continual  growth;  others  are  gradually  wafted,  by 
the  northern  winds,  into  southern  latitudes,  and  melt, 
by  degrees,  by  the  heat  of  the  sun,  till  they  waste 
away,  and  disappear  in  the  boundless  element. 

The  collision  of  the  great  fields  of  ice,  in  high  la- 
titudes, is  often  attended  with  a  noise  that,  for  the 
time,  takes  away  the  power  of  hearing  any  thing 
else;  and  the  meeting  of  the  lesser  fields  is  attended 
with  a  grinding  of  unspeakable  horror.  The  water 
which  dashes  against  the  mountainous  ice  freezes 
into  an  infinite  variety  of  forms,  and  gives  the  voy- 
ager ideal  towns,  streets,  churches,  steeples,  and 
every  shape  which  imagination  can  frame. 

The  icebergs  or  glaciers  of  the  north-west  of  Spitz- 
bergen,  are  among  the  capital  wonders  of  the  country. 
Frost  sports  with  these  icebergs,  and  gives  them 
majestic,  as  well  as  other  most  singular  forms. — 
Masses  have  been  seen  assuming  the  shape  of  a  go- 
thic  church,  with  arched  windows  and  doors,  and 
all  the  rich  tracery  of  that  style,  composed  of  what 
an  Arabian  tale  would  scarcely  dare  to  relate,  of 
crystal  of  the  richest  sapphiring  blue.  Tables  with 


IN    FEBRUARY.  231 

one  or  more  feet,  and  often  immense  flat-roofed  tem- 
ples, supported  by  round,  transparent  columns,  of 
cerulean  hue,  float  by  the  astonished  spectator.  These 
icebergs  are  the  creation  of  ages,  and  receive  annu- 
ally additional  heights,  by  the  falling  of  snow  and 
rain,  which  often  instantly  freezes,  and  more  than 
^repairs  the  loss  by  the  influence  of  the  melting  sun. 

Such  are  part  of  the  wonderful  phenomena  of  the 
polar  regions ;  and  the  best  improvement  we  can 
make  of  such  awful  and  terrific  scenes,  is  to  compare 
them  with  what  we  daily  behold  at  home,  and  learn 
contentment  with  that  spot,  where  Providence,  all, 
wise,  has  fixed  our  residence. 

"  One  of  the  great  arts  to  escape  superfluous  tin- 
easiness,"  says  a  celebrated  writer,  "  is  to  free  our 
minds  from  the  habit  of  comparing  our  condition 
with  that  of  others,  on  whom  the  blessings  of  life  are 
more  bountifully  bestowed,  or  with  imaginary  states 
of  delight  and  security,  perhaps  unattainable  by  mor- 
tals. Few  are  placed  in  a  situation  so  gloomy  and 
distressful  as  not  to  see,  every  day,  beings  more  for- 
lorn and  miserable,  from  whom  they  may  learn  to 
rejoice  at  their  own  lot 

"  A  native  of  England,  pinched  with  the  frosts 
of  December,  may  lessen  his  affection  for  his  own 
country  by  suffering  his  imagination  to  wander  in  the 
vales  of  Asia,  and  sport  among  woods  that  are  al- 
ways green,  and  streams  that  murmur ;  but  if  he 
turns  his  thoughts  toward  the  polar  regions,  and  con- 
siders the  nations  to  whom  a  great  portion  of  the  year 
is  darkness,  and  who  are  condemned  to  pass  week 


232  NATURAL   APPEARANCES 

and  months  amid  mountains  of  snow,  he  will  soon 
recover  his  tranquillity;  and,  while  he  stirs  his  fire, 
or  throws  his  cloak  about  him,  reflect  how  much  he 
owes  to  Providence  that  he  is  not  placed  in  Green- 
land or  Siberia." 


MARCH. 

"  As  yet  the  trembling  year  is  unconfirm'd, 
And  winter  oft  at  eve  resumes  the  breeze, 
Chills  the  pale  morn,  and  bids  his  driving  sleete 
Deform  the  day." 

THE  great  operations  of  nature,  during  this  month, 
seem  to  be  to  dry  up  the  superabundant  moistf  "e  of 
February,  thereby  preventing  the  roots  and  seeds 
from  rotting  in  the  earth,  and  gradually  to  bring  for- 
ward the  process  of  evolution  in  the  swelling  buds; 
while,  at  the  same  time,  by  the  wholesome  severity 
of  chilling  blasts,  they  are  kept  from  a  premature  dis- 
closure, which  would  expose  their  tender  contents  to 
injury  from  the  yet  unsettled  season. 

The  winds  of  March,  boisterous  and  vehement  to 
a  proverb,  are  to  be*  regarded,  however,  as  particu- 
larly useful  to  vegetation ;  for  those  years  generally 
prove  most  fruitful?  in  which  the  pleasing  appearances 
of  spring  are  the  most  retarded.  The  importance  of 
a  dry  season  for  getting  the  seed  early  and  favoura- 
bly into  the  ground,  is  expressed  in  the  old  proverb: 

"  A  bushel  of  March  dust  is  worth  a  king's  ransom." 


MARCH. 


233 


The  mellow  note  of  the  thrush,  singing  perched 
on  the  naked  bough  of  some  lofty  tree,  and  the  coo- 
ing of  the  ring  dove  in  the  woods,  are  heard  from 
the  beginning  of  March.  The  rooks  also  are  now 
in  motion,  building  and  repairing  their  nests;  and  it 
is  highly  amusing  to  observe  the  tricks  and  artifices 
of  this  thievish  tribe;  some  to  defend,  and  others  to 
plunder,  the  materials  of  their  new  habitations.  These 
birds  are- accused  of  doing  much  injury  to  the  farmer, 
by  plucking  tip  the  young  corn,  and  other  springing 
vegetables;  but  some  are  of  opinion  that  this  mis- 
chief is  fully  repaired  by  their  diligence  in  devouring 
the  grubs  of  various  insects,  which,  if  suffered  to 
come  to  maturity,  would  occasion  much  greater  da- 
mage. For  this  purpose,  they  are  frequently  seen 
following  the  plough,  or  settling  in  flocks  on  newly 
turned  up  lands. 

In  the  month  of  March,  those  birds  which  took 
refuge  in  our  temperate  climate  from  the  rigour  of 
the  northern  winters,  begin  to  leave  us,  and  return 
to  the  countries  where  they  were  bred.  The  red- 
wing, fieldfare,  and  woodcock,  are  of  this  kind,  and 
retire  to  spend  their  summer  in,  Norway,  Sweden, 
and  other  parts  of  the  north  of  Europe.  Frogs, 
which,  during  winter,  lie  in  a  topid  state  at  the  bot- 
tom of  ponds  or  ditches,  now,  enlivened  by  the 
warmth  of  spring,  rise  in  vast  numbers  to  the  surface 
of  the  water,  and  make  themselves  heard  to  a  stir- 
prising  distance. by  their  croakings.  Those  small, 
but  beautiful  fish,  called  smelts,  or  sparlings,  proceed 
op  the  rivers  in  this  month  in  order  to  spawn;  bat 


234 


NATURAL    APPEARANCES 


they  are  of  so  tender  a  nature,  that  the  least  mixture  of 
snow-water  in  the  river  drives  them  back  to  the  sea. 

One  of  the  most  agreeable  tokens  of  our  approach 
of  spring  is,  thaj:  about  the  middle  of  the  month  of 
March  bees  venture  out  of  their  hives.  These  ad- 
mirable and  useful  insects  appear  to  be  possessed  of 
uncommon  foresight  of  the  weather;  so  that  their 
appearance  in  the  morning  may  be  reckoned  a  sure 
token  of  a  fair  day.  As  their  food  is  the  sweet  juice 
to  be  found  in  the  nectaries  of  flowers,  their  coming 
abroad  is  a  certain  sign  that  flowers  are  now  to  be 
met  with.  The  gardens  are  adorned  with  the  yel- 
low and  purple  crocus;  and,  towards  the  end  of  the 
month,  primroses  peep  out  from  beneath  the  hedges, 
while  the  most  fragrant  of  all  flowers,  the  violet,  dis- 
covers itself  by  the  perfume  it  imparts  to  the  sur- 
rounding air.  The  peach,  the  nectarine,  the  almond, 
apricot  and  cherry  trees,  come  into  full  bud  during 
this  month;  the  sallow  enlivens  the  hedges  with  its 
catkins  full  of  dust ;  and  the  leaves  of  the  honey- 
suckle are  nearly  expanded. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  month  of  March  the  equi- 
nox happens,  when  day  and  night  are  of  an  equal 
length  all  over  the  globe ;  or  rather,  when  the  sun  is 
an  equal  time  above  and  below  the  horizon ;  for  the 
morning  and  evening  twilight  makes  apparent  day 
considerablv  longer  than  night.  This  takes  place 
again  in  Septe-  ber  The  former  is  called  the  ver- 
nal, the  latter  the  autumnal  equinox. 


XN   APRIL.  235 

APRIL. 

(<  NovV  stormy  skies  with  milder  influence  shine, 
And  winter,  banish'd,  seeks  the  northern  clime : 
The  earth,  revived,  a  cheerful  aspect  wears — 
The  gentle  bird  returns— the  fragrant  flower  appears." 

APRIL  generally  begins  with  raw,  unpleasant 
weather,  the  influence  of  the  equinoctial  storms  still, 
in  some  degree,  prevailing ;  but  its  vicissitudes  of 
warm  gleams  of  sun  shine  and  gentle  showers  have 
the  most  powerful  effects  in  hastening  that  universal 
springing  of  the  vegetable  tribes,  whence  the  season 
of  spring  derives  its  appellation. 

Early  in  the  month  that  welcome  guest  and  har- 
binger of  summer,  the  swallow,  returns.  The  chim- 
ney or  house  swallow,  known  by  its  long,  forked  tail,, 
and  red  breast,  is  first  seen;  and  as  this  bird  lives 
on  insects,  its  appearance  is  a  certain  proof  that  some 
of  that  minute  tribe  of  animals  are  come  abroad  from 
their  winter  retreats. 

In  this  month  the  groves  resound  with  the  various 
melody  of  the  birds. 

"  The  blackbird,  woodlark,  and  the  thrush, 

Unite  with  those  of  feebler  voice  ; 
Whose  chants  resound  from  bush  to  bush, 

To  rouse  all  nature  to  rejoice. 

Whilst  nature  seems  to  hear  the  sound, 

Flowers,  herbs,  shrubs,  trees,  put  forth  their  headsj 

To  ask,  what  have  you,  warblers,  found 
Tc  make  you  sing—is  winter  fled  ? 


NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

Sweet  l  yes  ;'  the  nightingale  replies ; 

«  For  I'm  the  harbinger  of  spring  ; 
And  to  confirm  the  same,'  she  cries, 

«  Hark !  don't  you  hear  yon  cuckoo  sing  ';•  " 

The  nightingale  is  heard  soon  after  the  arrival  of 
the  swallow.  He  sings  by  day  as  well  as  by  night, 
but  in  the  day-time  his  voice  is  drowned  among  the 
multitude  of  performers ;  in  the  evening  it  is  heard 
alone:  whence  arises  the  common  opinion  that  it 
sings  only  by  night. 

Birds  are  now  busied  in  pairing,  and  building  their 
nests,  in  which  they  exhibit  the  most  admirable  in- 
stinctive peculiarities, 

"  Some  to  the  holly  hedge 
Nestling  repair;  and  to  the  thicket  some; 
Some  to  the  rude  protection  of  the  thorn 
Commit  their  feeble  offspring  :  the  cleft  tree 
Offers  its  kind  concealment  to  a  few  ; 
Their  food  its  insects,  and  its  moss  their  nests  ; 
Others  apart,  far  in  the  grassy  dale 
Or  roughening  waste,  their  humble  texture  weave  ; 
But  most  in  woodland  solitudes  delight, 
In  unfrequented  glooms,  or  shaggy  hanks, 
Steep,  and  divided  by  a  babbling  brook, 
Whose  murmurs  sooth  them  all  the  live-long  day, 
When  by  kind  duty  fix'd." 

Another  of  the  most  striking  events  of  this  month 
is  the  renewal  of  the  note  of  the  cuckoo,  which  is 
generally  heard  about  the  middle  of  April.  This 
circumstance  has  commanded  attention  in  all  coun- 
tries ;  and  several  rustic  sayings,  and  the  names  of 


IN    APRIL.  257 

several  plants  which  flower  at  that  time,  are  derived 
from  it. 

The  arrival  of  the  cuckoo  is  regularly  preceded 
some  days  by  that  of  the  wryneck,  a  small  bird,  sin- 
gular in  its  attitudes  and  plumage,  and  which  has  a 
peculiar  note  or  cry,  easily  distinguished  by  those  who 
have  once  heard  it  Other  birds,  which  are  seen 
among  us  only  in  the  warmer  months,  as  the  red- 
start, whitethroat,  and  yellow  wagtail,  appear  in 
April. 

A  considerable  number  of  plants  flower  this 
month,  and,  with  the  blossoms  of  fruit-bearing  trees 
and  shrubs,  form  a  very  agreeable  spectacle,  as  well 
on  account  of  their  beauty,  as  of  the  promise  they 
give  of  future  benefits. 

"  Arabia  cannot  boast 
A  fuller  gale  of  joy  than,  lib'ral,  thence 
Breathes  thro'  the  sense,  and  takes  the  ravish'd  sou!. 
Full  of  fresh  verdure  and  unnumber'd  flowers, 
The  negligence  of  Nature,  wide  and  wild, 
Where,  undisguis'd  by  mimic  art,  she  spreads 
Unbounded  beauty  to  the  roving  eye." 

Reflections  on  Spring. 

"  Fo1.  th  in  the  pleasing  Spring 

His  beauty  walks,  His  tenderness  and  love. 
Wide  flush  the  fields  ;  the  softening  air  is  halm  , 
Echo  the  mountains  round ;  the  forest  smiles  ; 
And  every  sense,  and  every  heart  is  joy." 

What  a  wonderful  revolution,  indeed,  in  the  uni- 
versal aspect  of  Nature,  does  the  return  of  this  lovely 


238  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

season  exhibit !  After  having  been  long  bound  up 
with  frost,  or  overspread  with  snow,  the  earth  once 
more  displays  all  her  variety  of  plants  and  flowers, 
is  arrayed  with  the  most  beautiful  and  enlivening 
verdure,  variegated  with  a  numberless  variety  of 
hues,  and  exhales  odours  so  exquisitely  pure  and  fra- 
grant, that  every  sense  of  every  creature  is  awake  to 
inexpressible  delight. 

None  of  the  other  seasons  can  vie  with  spring  in 
loveliness  and  amenity  It  has  the  same  order  among 
them  that  the  morning  has  among  the  divisions  of 
the  day,  and  youth  among  the  stages  of  life.  It  may 
be  called  the  favourite  season  of  harmony ;  for  the 
warbling  of  the  feathered  tribes  has  been  observed 
to  have  now  a  peculiar  wildness  and  sweetness  of 
melody.  Nor  is  its  sweet  influence  confined  to  the 
songsters  of  the  groves:  it  pervades  the  whole  ani- 
mal creation. 

Its  Influence  on  Man. 

In  the  opening  of  spring,  and  subsequent  reno- 
vation of  Nature,  how  very  sensibly  is  the  human 
soul  exhilarated  by  that  sense  of  pleasure  which  in- 
spires the  birds  with  melody,  and  the  whole  creation 
with  joy.  In  this  season,  when  we  contemplate  the 
smiling  scenes  around,  those  secret  overflowings  of 
gladness  are  diffused  over  the  soul,  which  compose 
what  Milton  expressively  calls  "  vernal  delight,"  and 
which  is  often  denominated,  with  no  less  beauty 
and  propriety,  "  the  smile  of  nature."  What  an  ex- 


IN    APRIL.  239 

quisite  sense  of  this  does  the  virtuous  philosopher  ex- 
perience! The  creation,  particularly  in  this  lovely 
season,  is  a  perpetual  feast  to  the  mind  of  a  good 
man.  From  all  that  he  beholds,  he  receives  instruc- 
tion and  delight  Providence  has  adorned  the  whole 
creation  with  such  a  variety  of  beautiful  and  useful 
objects,  that  it  is  impossible  for  a  mind,  not  imbruted 
by  mere  sensual  enjoyments,  to  contemplate  the 
scenes  around,  without  some  of  the  sweetest  internal 
sensations  of  which  man  can  be  susceptible.  But 
when,  to  the  delightful  satisfaction  which  rural  ob- 
jects afford,  we  add  an  occasional  attention  to  the 
studies  of  natural  philosophy,  our  relish  for  the  beau- 
ties of  the  creation  is  quickened,  and  rendered  not 
only  pleasing  to  the  imagination,  but  to  the  under- 
standing; and  it  is  an  unquestionable  truth,  that  the 
man  who  extends  his  inquiries  into  the  works  of  na- 
ture, multiplies,  in  some  degree,  the  inlets  to  happi- 
ness. The  philosopher  is  not  content  with  the  loll- 
ing murmur  of  brooks,  or  the  enlivening  melody  of 
birds,  with  the  shade  of  embowing  woods,  the  ver- 
dure of  fields,  or  the  embroidery  of  meadows.  He 
will  reflect,  on  the  contrary,  on  tHe  infinite  variety 
of  benevolent  purposes  to  which  they  are  all  sub- 
servient, and  the  wonders  of  that  Divine  Wisdom, 
of  which  they  all  exhibit  such  impressions.  While 
the  pleasures  of  the  eye,  in  course,  are  heightened, 
his  soul  is  exalted  to  that  rational  admiration  which 
insensibly  leads  to  love  and  adoration;  and,  while 
he  "  walks  superior  amid  the  glad  creation,  musing 


240  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

praise,  and  looking  gratitude,"  with  a  kind  of  sacred 
ecstacy  he  exclaims : 

"  These  are  thy  gloiious  works,  Parent  of  Good, 
Almighty  !  Thine  this  universal  frame, 
Thus  wondrous  fair :  Thyself  how  wondrous  then, 
Unspeakable !" 

While  unusual  sweetness  thus  inspires  the  whole 
creation  with  a  purer  joy,  the  moral  philosopher  is 
led  to  enquire  into  the  natural  effects  of  this  delight- 
ful influence,  not  only  on  the  frame,  but  on  the  heart 
of  man.  The  affections,  he  is  fond  to  imagine,  are  all 
attuned  to  benevolence,  and  each  discordant  passion 
soothed  to  serenity  and  peace. 

With  what  a  generous  satisfaction,  too,  will  huma- 
nity reflect  on  the  restorative  effects  of  spring !  The 
convalescents,  so  lately  wretched,  so  long  oppressed 
by  the  heavy  load  of  pain,  and  langour,  and  disease, 
now  feel,  as  it  were,  a  new  creation;  and  sweet  are 
the  cheering  sensations,  sweet  the  unwonted  joys, 
that  now  recall  them  to  the  exertions  of  strength,  and 
the  happiness  of  health. 


MAY. 

«  Born  in  yon  blaze  of  orient  sky, 
Sweet  May,  thy  radiant  form  unfold; 

Unclose  thy  blue,  voluptuous  eye, 
And  wave  thy  shadowy  locks  of  gold. 


fcf    MAY. 

Warm  with  new  life  thy  glitt'ring  throngs, 
On  quiv'ring  fin  and  rustling  wing, 

Delighted  join  their  votive  songs, 

And  hail  thee  goddess  of  the  Spring." 

MAY  has  ever  been  the  favourite  month  of  poetic 
description,  as  uniting  all  the  soft  beauties  of  spring 
with  the  radiance  of  summer;  but  this  must  be  in 
more  southern  climes  than  ours;  for  with  us  great 
part  of  the  month  is  yet  too  cold  for  a  perfect  enjoy- 
ment of  the  charms  of  nature,  and  abounds  with 
chilling  blights  and  nipping  winds: — 

"  The  blast  that  riots  on  the  spring's  increase." 

The  month  of  May,  however,  is  profuse  of  beauty ; 
the  earth  is  now  covered  with  the  freshest  green  of 
the  grass  and  young  corn,  and  adorned  with  nume- 
rous flowers  opening  on  every  side  The  trees  put 
on  their  leafy  verdure  ;  the  hedges  are  rich  in  fra- 
grance from  the  snowy  bloom  of  the  hawthorn  ;  and 
the  orchards  display  their  highest  beauty  in  the  deli- 
cate blush  of  the  apple  blossoms. 

The  leafing  of  trees  is  commonly  completed  in 
this  month.  It  begins  with  the  aquatic  kinds,  such 
as  the  willow,  poplar,  and  alder,  and  ends  with  the 
oak,  beech,  and  ash.  These  are  sometimes  very 
thin  of  foilage  even  at  the  close  of  May. 

Birds  hatch  and  rear  their  young  principally  du- 
ring this  month.  The  patience  and  assiduity  of  the 
female  during  the  task  of  sitting  upon  her  eggs,  can- 
not be  too  much  admired ;  nor  should  the  conjugal 

Y 


242  NATURAL     APPEARANCES 

affection  of  the  male  be  forgotten,  who  sings  to  his 
mate,  and  often  relieves  her  fatigues  by  supplying 
her  place :  and  nothing  can  exceed  the  paternal  ten- 
derness of  both,  when  the  young  are  brought  to 
light. 

Towards  the  end  of  May  the  bee  hives  send  forth 
their  earlier  swarms.  Nature  directs  them  to  march 
in  a  body  in  quest  of  a  new  settlement,  which,  if  left 
to  their  choice,  would  generally  be  some  hollow 
trunk  of  a  tree  ;  but  man,  who  converts  the  labours 
and  instincts  of  so  many  animals  to  his  own  use,  pro- 
vides them  with  a  more  secure  dwelling,  and  repays 
himself  with  their  honey 

The  glow-worm  shines  at  this  period  ;  the  females 
of  which  are  without  wings,  and  luminous;  the 
males  vice  versa  They  extinguish  their  lamps,  or 
cease  to  glow,  between  eleven  and  twelve  at  night. 

The  cattle  are  now  turned  out  to  the  pastures  ; 
milk  becomes  more  copious ;  and  the  process  of 
cheese  making  goes  on  in  Cheshire,  Wiltshire,  Glou- 
cester &c. 

This  is  not  a  busy  month  to  the  farmer.  He  now 
weeds  his  crop,  and  looks  forward  to  the  reward  of 
his  industry  and  toil,  in  the  approaching  season. 

"  3e  gracious,  heaven  !  for  now  laborious  man 
Has  done  his  part." 

Chick  m  the  Egg. 

The  hen  has  scarce  sat  on  the  egg  twelve  hours, 
when  we  begin  already  to  discover  in  it  some  linea- 


IN    MAY.  243 

ments  of  the  head  and  body  of  the  chicken  that  is  to 
be  born  The  heart  appears  to  beat  at  the  end  of 
the  day  ;  at  the  end  of  forty  eight  hours  two  vesicles 
of  blood  can  be  distinguished,  the  pulsation  of  which 
is  very  visible  At  the  fiftieth  hour  an  auricle  of  the 
heart  appears,  and  resembles  a  lace,  or  noose  folded 
down  upon  itself  At  the  end  of  seventy  hours  we 
distinguish  wings,  and  on  the  head  two  bubbles  for 
the  brain  ;  one  for  the  bill,  and  two  others  for  the 
fore  part  and  hind  part  of  the  head  : — the  liver  ap- 
pears towards  the  fifth  day  At  the  end  of  131 
hours  the  first  voluntary  motion  is  observed.  At 
the  end  of  138  hours  the  lungs  and  stomach  become 
visible  : — and  at  the  end  of  142,  the  intestines,  the 
loins,  and  the  upper  jaw  The  seventh  day,  the 
brain  which  was  slimy,  begins  to  have  some  con- 
sistence. At  the  190th  hour  of  incubation,  the  bill 
opens,  and  the  flesh  appears  in  the  breast ; — at  the 
194th,  the  sternum  is  seen,  that  is  to  say,  the  breast- 
bone. At  the  210th,  the  ribs  come  out  of  the  back, 
the  bill  is  very  visible,  as  well  as  the  gall  bladder. 
The  bill  becomes  green  at  the  end  of  236  hours ; 
and  if  the  chick  is  taken  out  of  its  coverings,  it  evi- 
dently moves  itself  The  feathers  begin  to  shoot 
out  towards  the  240th  hour,  and  the  skull  becomes 
grisly.  At  the  264th,  the  eyes  appear.  At  the 
288th  the  ribs  are  perfect  At  the  331st,  the  spleen 
draws  near  to  the  stomach,  and  the  lungs  to  the 
chest.  At  the  end  of  355  hours,  the  bill  frequently 
opens  and  shuts  ;  and  at  the  end  of  451  hours,  or 
the  18th  day,  the  first  cry  of  the  chick  is  already 


244  NATURAL   APPEARANCES 

heard :  it  afterwards  gets  more  strength,  and  grows 
continually,  till  at  last  it  sets  itself  at  liberty,  by 
opening  the  prison  in  which  it  was  shut  up.  Ador- 
able wisdom  of  God  !  it  is  by  so  many  diiferent  de- 
grees that  these  creatures  are  brought  into  life.  All 
these  progressions  are  made  by  rule  ;  and  there  is 
not  one  of  them  without  sufficient  reason.  No  part 
of  its  body  could  appear  sooner  or  later,  without  the 
whole  embryo  suffering,  and  each  of  its  limbs  ap- 
pear at  the  most  proper  moment.  This  ordination, 
so  wise,  and  so  invariable  in  the  production  of  this 
animal,  is  manifestly  the  work  of  a  Supreme  Being,  r 


JUNE. 

<•  Now  genial  suns  and  gentle  breezes  reign, 
And  summer's  fairest  splendours  deck  the  plum  ; 
Exulting  Flora  views  her  new-born  rose, 
And  all  the  ground  with  short-lived  beauty  glows.'* 

JUNE,  in  this  climate,  is  what  the  Grecian  poets 
represented  May.  It  is  the  most  lively  month  in 
the  year,  Summer  has  commenced,  and  warm 
weather  is  established  ;  yet  the  heats  rarely  rise  to 
excess,  or  interrupt  the  enjoyment  of  those  plea- 
sures which  the  scenes  of  Nature  at  this  period  af- 
ford. The  trees  are  in  their  fullest  dress ;  and 
a  profusion  of  flowers  is  every  where  scattered 
around. 


IN    JUNE.  245 

One  of  the  earliest  rural  employments  of  this 
month  is  the  shearing  of  sheep ;  a  business  of  much 
importance  in  various  parts  of  the  kingdom,  where 
wool  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  products,  and 
yields  much  rustic  mirth  ;  as, 

"  Rang'd  in  Iuc-ty  rows, 

The  shepherds  sit,  and  whet  the  sounding  shears. 
The  housewife  waits  to  roll  her  fleecy  stores, 
With  all  her  gay  drest  maids  attending  round. 
One  chief  in  gracious  dignity  enthron'd, 
Shines  o'er  the  rest,  the  pastoral  queen,  and  rays 
Her  smiles,  sweet  beaming,  on  her  shepherd  king  ; 
While  the  glad  circle  round  them  yield  their  souls 
To  festive  mirth,  and  wit  that  knows  no  gall." 

England  has  for  many  ages  been  celebrated  for 
its  breeds  of  sheep ;  which  yield  wool  of  various 
qualities,  suited  to  different  branches  of  the  woollen 
manufacture. 

In  the  hedges  the  place  of  the  hawthorn  is  suppli- 
ed by  the  flowers  of  the  hip,  or  dog  rose,  the  differ- 
ent hues  of  which,  from  a  deep  crimson  to  a  light 
blush,  and  even  pure  white,  form  a  very  elegant 
variety  of  colour ;  and  of  some  the  smell  is  peculiar- 
ly fragrant  Some  time  after  the  woodbine  and 
honeysuckle  begin  to  blow ;  and  these,  united  with 
the  rose,  give  our  hedges  their  highest  beauty  and 
fragrance. 

The  several  kinds  of  corn  come  into  ear  and  flow- 
er this  month  ;  as  do  likewise  the  numerous  species 
of  grass.  In  Europe  the  principal  kinds  of  corn  are 
Y  2 


246  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

wheat,  rye,  barley,  and  oats ;  in  Asia,  rice ;  in  Af- 
rica, maize,  or  Indian  corn. 

The  latter  part  of  June  is  the  beginning  of  hay- 
harvest  for  the  southern  and  middle  parts  of  the  king- 
dom. This  is  one  of  the  most  busy  and  agreeable 
of  rural  occupations. 

"  Now  swarms  the  village  o'er  the  jovial  mead." 

Both  sexes  and  all  ages  are  engaged  in  it. 

The  fragrance  of  the  new-mown  hay,  the  gayety 
of  all  surrounding  objects,  and  the  genial  warmth  of 
the  weather,  conspire  to  render  this  a  season  of  plea- 
sure and  delight 

"  Ee'n  stooping  age  is  here ;  and  infant  hands 
Trail  the  long  rake,  or,  with  the  fragrant  load 
O'ercharg'd,  amid  the  kind  oppression  roll ; 

. While,  heard  from  dale  to  dale, 

Waking  the  breeze,  resounds  the  blended  voice 
of  happy  labour,  love,  and  social  glee." 

In  this  month  appear  the  grasshopper,  green  bee* 
tie,  angler's  May-fly,  the  formidable  gad  fly,  &c  — 
The  angler's  May  fly  is  most  short  lived  ;  emerging 
from  the  water  in  its  aurelia  state  at  six  in  the  even- 
ing, and  dying  at  eleven :  they  appear  about  the 
fourth  of  this  month  and  continue  a  fortnight.  , 

Now  gooseberries,  currants,  and  strawberries, 
begin  to  ripen  Birds  cease  their  notes,  except  the 
stone  curlew,  yellow  hammer,  goldfinch,  and  gol- 
den crested  wren,  now  and  then  chirping.  The 


IN    JUNE.  24.7 

cuckoo,  also  ceases.  It  is  amusing- now,  an  hour  be- 
fore sun  set,  to  see  the  barn  owl  in  search  of  field 
mice,  and  bringing  one  to  its  nest  about  every  five 
minutes  ;  and  the  fern  owl,  feeding  on  the  fern  chaf- 
fer, another  interesting  nocturnal  bird. 

On  the  21st  of  this  month  is  the  summer  solstice, 
er  longest  day  ;  when  the  splendid  sun 

"  Shoots  full  perfection  thro'  the  swelling  year." 

The  D&w. 

The  wise  Ruler  of  the  world,  who  watches  con- 
tinually over  his  children,  and  provides  for  all  their 
wants,  makes  use  of  more  than  one  means  to  render 
the  earth  fruitful.  But  the  most  common  means,  the 
suresi,  and  most  universal,  and  that  which  men  the 
least  attend  to,  and  are  least  sensible  of  its  value,  is 
dew.  This  inestimable  gift  of  Heaven,  which  even 
in  years  of  the  greatest  drought  supports  and  pre- 
serves the  plants  from  perishing,  is  those  sparkling 
drops  seen  in  such  profusion  morning  and  evening 
on  the  leaves  of  trees  and  plants.  The  dew  does 
not  fall  from  above,  as  was  formerly  imagined  ;  it 
does  not  descend  from  the  highest  parts  of  our  at- 
mosphere ;  and  still  less  is  it  the  sweat  of  the  stars, 
as  superstition  had  supposed.  This  pretended  ce- 
lestial origin  has  probably  given  rise  to  the  folly  of 
some  alchymUts  who  hoped  to  convert  dew  into 
gold  It »«.  now  generally  allowed,  that  the  dew  is 
nothing  but  the  sweat  of  the  plants,  and  the  moisture 


248  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

they  draw  from  the  earth.  In  order  to  be  convin- 
ced of  this,  one  need  only  cover  a  plant  with  a  glass 
bell,  and  it  will  appear  that  the  leaves  collect  in  the 
night  a  greater  quantity  of  dew  drops  than  the  leaves 
of  the  other  plants  which  are  exposed  to  the  air. 
This  certainly  would  not  be  the  case  if  the  dew  fell 
from  above,  and  if  it  did  not  rise  from  the  ground. 
Nothing  is  more  easy  than  to  comprehend  how  it  is 
formed  ;  for  nobody  is  ignorant,  that  the  rays  of  the 
sun,  and  the  heat  which  is  cast  on  the  earth,  continu- 
ally loosens  a  multitude  of  thin  particles  from  off 
every  thing  ;  some  of  which  rise  into  the  atmosphere, 
and  the  rest  collect  in  the  form  of  drops  of  water. 
This  account  of  the  dew  explains  to  us,  how  it  hap- 
pens that  it  is  sometimes  hurtful,  and  sometimes  not 
so.  Its  nature  evidently  depends  on  the  quality  of 
the  vapours  of  which  it  is  composed.  The  wind 
carries  away  the  light  exhalations  as  soon  as  they 
are  formed,  and  prevents  them  from  falling  in  drops. 
This  is  the  reason  that  there  is  most  dew  when  the 
air  is  very  calm.  By  this  wise  plan  of  the  Creator, 
the  plants  can  vegetate  and  grow  in  countries  even 
where  there  is  no  rain  ;  for  the  soil  of  those  parts 
being  sandy,  porous,  and  very  moist  underneath,  the 
heat  draws  out  a  great  quantity  of  dew,  which  sup- 
plies the  place  of  rain. 


IN  JULY.  249 

JULY. 

«'  Deep  to  the   root 

Of  vegetation  parch'd,  the  cleaving  fields 
And  slippery  lawn  an  arid  hue  disclose ; 
Echo  no  more  returns  the  cheerful  sound 
Of  sharp'ning  scythe ;  the  mower,  sinking,  heaps 
O'er  him  the  humid  hay,  with  flowers  perfum'd." 

JULY  is  the  hottest  month  in  the  year.  The  di- 
rect influence  of  the  sun,  indeed,  is  diminishing  ;  but 
the  earth  and  air  have  been  so  thoroughly  heated, 
that  ihe  warmth  which  they  retain,  more  than  com- 
pensates for  the  gradual  diminution  of  the  solar  rays. 

The  effects  of  this  weather  upon  the  face  of  nature 
soon  become  manifest.  All  the  flowers  of  the  for- 
mer month  lose  their  beauty,  and  the  whole  plant 
hastens  to  decay  Many  plants,  however,  do  not 
begin  to  flower  till  July. 

While  the  animal  creation  seem  oppressed  with 
languor,  during  this  hot  season,  and  either  seek  the 
recesses  of  woods,  or  resort  to  pools  and  streams,  to 
cool  their  bodies  and  quench  their  thirst,  the  insect 
tribe  are  peculiarly  active  and  vigorous.  These 
minute  creatures  are  for  the  most  part  annual ;  being 
hatched  in  the  spring,  and  dying  at  the  approach  of 
winter.  ^  * 

The  excessive  heats  of  this  period  of  the  year, 
cause  such  an  evaporation  from  the  surface  of  the 
earth  and  waters,  that,  after  some  continuance  of  dry 
weather,  large  heavy  clouds  are  formed,  which  at 
length  let  fall  their  collected  liquor,  in  extremely  co- 


250  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

pious  showers,  which  frequently  beat  down  the  futt- 
grown  corn,  and  sometimes  deluge  the  country  with 
sudden  floods.  Thunder  and  lightning  generally 
accompany  these  summer  storms. 

The  effects  of  the  great  heat  on  the  human  body 
are  agreeably  allayed,  by  the  various  wholesome 
fruits  which  Providence  offers  at  this  season  for  the 
use  of  man.  Those  which  are  now  ripe  are,  of 
all,  the  most  cooling  and  refreshing;  as  currants, 
gooseberries,  raspberries,  strawberries,  and  cherries. 
These  are  no  less  salutary  and  useful  than  the  richest 
products  of  the  warmer  climates. 

The  luxury  of  cooling  shades  is  now  peculiarly 
grateful,  and  multitudes  flock  from  all  quarters  to 
enjoy  the  invigorating  effects  of  sea  bathing ;  while 
others  of  the  debilitated  and  valetudinarian  tribe  as- 
semble at  the  medicinal  well,  in  order  to  allay  the 
feverish  heat  in  their  blood,  or  improve  their  consti- 
tutions, by  drinking  the  cooling  and  reanimating 
draught  at  the  spring 

Potatoes  and  hops  flower  in  this  month.  The  jes- 
samines and  white  lily  now  ornament  the  garden. 
Mushrooms  appear.  Frogs  migrate  from  ponds. 
Hoary  beetles  appear.  Bees  kill  and  expel  the 
drones  Ants,  for  frugality,  foresight,  and  industry 
proverbial,  quit  their  nests  to  found  ryjw  colonies. 
Ants  are  divided  into  male,  female,  and  neuter. — 
The  neuters  are  labourers,  without  wings ;  males 
and  females  have  w  gs.  An  ant  hill  is  a  large 
vaulted  cha  .  ber  a>  d  has  three  or  four  passages  to 
it.  In  the  centre  of  it  is  the  old  one,  and  the  young 


IN  JULY.  251 

worms  and  «ggs  ranged  around.  When  opened  in 
the  winter,  the  labourers  are  in  torpor  The}  lay  up 
no  provision.  They  prey  upon  beetles,  caterpillars, 
dead  mice,  rats,  frogs,  and  juices  from  leaves,  and 
when  they  meet  with  more  than  they  can  carry,  they 
return  to  fetch  their  comrades  to  help  them. 

In  this  month  the  poultry  moult.  Young  par- 
tridges are  found  among  the  corn,  and  first  broods 
of  swallows  and  martins  congregate. 

The  farmer  now  gets  home  the  products  of  the 
earth,  particularly  hay. 

Hemp  and  flax  are  pulled  this  month.  These 
plants  are  cultivated  in  various  parts  of  Europe  more 
than  in  England.  The  stalks  of  both  are  full  of 
rough  fibres  or  strings,  which  separated  and  pre- 
pared in  a  particular  manner,  become  fit  for  spin- 
ning into  thread.  Of  flax  linen  is  made,  from  the 
finest  cambrick  to  the  coarsest  canvas  Hemp  is 
chiefly  used  for  coarse  cloth  ;  it  is  also  twisted  into 
ropes  and  cables. 

In  the  southern  parts  of  our  island  the  corn  har- 
vest begins ;  and, 

"  Soon  as  the  morning  trembles  o'er  the  sky, 
And,  unperceiv'd,  unfolds  the  spreading  day, 
Before  the  ripen'd  field  the  reapers  stand 
I  a,  fair  array." 


NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

Thunder  Storms. 


At  a  season  wherein  nature  presents  to  our  eyes 
none  but  pleasing,  cheerful  scenes,  there  are  some 
people,  notwithstanding,  who  still  complain  and 
murmur.  Summer  they  say,  would  indeed  be  de- 
lightful, if  storms  did  not  come  to  disturb  and  banish 
all  joy  from  their  souls  The  fear  of  thunder  and 
storms  is  chiefly  owing  to  the  opinion  of  their  being 
effects  of  the  wrath  of  heaven,  and  ministers  of  its 
vengeance.  For  if,  on  the  contrary,  we  considered 
how  much  these  storms  contribute  to  purify  the  air 
from  numberless  noxious  vapours,  and  to  fertilize 
the  earth  ;  if  wre  would  take  proper  precautions 
against  the  terrible  effects  of  lightning,  the  storms 
would  cease  to  be  so  dreadful  to  us,  and  would  ra- 
ther inspire  gratitude  than  terror.  Alas  !  we  should 
soon  change  our  language,  if  God,  provoked  at  our 
ingratitude  and  complaints,  was  to  deprive  us  of  the 
blessings  we  derive  from  thunder  storms.  It  is 
true,  that  we  are  not  capable  of  pointing  out  all  the 
advantages  which  accrue  from  them  ;  but  the  little 
we  know  is  sufficient  to  fill  our  hearts  with  gratitude 
towards  our  great  Benefactor.  Let  us  represent  to 
ourselves  an  atmosphere  loaded  with  noxious  and 
pestilential  vapours  which  thicken  more  and  more 
by  the  continual  exhalations  of  earthly  bodies,  so 
many  of  which  are  corrupt  and  poisonous  We 
must  breathe  this  air  ;  the  preserv  ation  or  destruc- 
tion of  our  existence  depends  upon  it.  The  salubrity 
or  unwholesomeness  of  the  air  gives  us  life  or  death. 


IN  JULY- 

We  feel  how  we  are  oppressed  in  the  stifling  heat  of 
summer;  with  what  difficulty  we  breathe;  what 
uneasiness  we  experience  !  Is  it  not  a  great  bles- 
sing, that  we  ought  to  be  grateful  for  to  God,  when 
a  salutary  storm  comes  to  purify  the  air  from  all 
noxious  vapours  ;  and  by  lighting  up  the  saline  and 
sulphureous  .particles,  prevents  their  dangerous  ef- 
fects, cools  the  air,  which  recovers  its  elasticity,  and 
restores  to  us  our  usual  facility  of  breathing?  Were 
it  not  for  storms,"  the  dangerous  exhalations  would 
more  and  more  increase,  and  be  more  and  more  cor- 
rupt. Men  and  animals  would  perish  by  millions. 
Which  is  then  the  most  reasonable,  to  fear  or  to  wish 
for  storms  ?  To  murmur  at  the  slight  mischief  they 
may  sometimes  occasion,  or  to  bless  God  for  the 
precious  advantages  they  procure  us  ?  Let  us  add, 
that  not  only  men  and  animals  are  benefited  by 
purifying  the  air,  but  that  it  is  also  very  useful  to 
the  vegetables.  Experience  teaches  us,  that  the 
rain  which  falls  when  it  thunders  is  the  most  fruitful 
to  the  earth. 

Observe  also,  that,  during  the  greatest  claps  of 
thunder,  most  people  prolong  their  fear  without  rea- 
son. Whoever  has  time  to  fear  the  natural  conse- 
quences of  lightning  is  already,  out  of  danger  It  is 
only  the  lightning  which  is  fatal.  When  we  have 
seen,  and  not  been  touched  by  it,  and  when  the  thun- 
der does  not  come  with  it  immediately,  it  is  doubly 
foolish  to  .turn  pale  or  tremble  at  hearing  a  clap,, 
or  to  stop  the  ears  for  fear  of  sound,  which  is  no  lon- 
ger dangerous.  The  thunder  tells  us  we  have  6s 


254<  NATURAL 


eaped  the  danger,  and,  at  the  same  time,  informs  ns 
at  what  distance  it  is;  for  the  greater  space  of  time 
there  is  between  the  clap  of  thunder  and  the  flash  of 
lightning,  the  more  distant  is  the  storm. 

Such  reflections  as  these  may  moderate  the  ex- 
cessive fear  we  have  of  thunder.  Instead  of  -filling 
our  minds  with  frightful  and  terrible  ide.as,  let  us  ac- 
custom ourselves  to  consider,  a  storm  as  a  sublime 
and  great  object.  Instead  of  speaking  of  the  mis- 
fortunes occasioned  by  thunder,  letT  us  reflect  rather 
on  the  necessity  and  great  use  of  storms. 


AUGUST. 

*{  Fair  plenty  now  begins  her  gotden  reign, 

The  yellow  fields  thick  wave  with  ripen'd  grain, 

Joyous  the  swains  begin  their  sultry  toils, 

And  bear  in  triumph  home  the  harvest's  wealthy  spoils/' 

WHAT  remained  to  be  perfected  by  the  powerful 
influence  of  the  sun,  is  daily  advancing  to  maturity. 
The  farmer  now  sees  the  principal  object  of  his  cul- 
ture, and  the  chief  source  of  his  riches,  waiting  only 
for  the  hand  of  the  gatherer. 

Rye  and  oats  are  usually  first  ripe;  but  this  varies, 
and  depends  on  the  time  of  sowing.  Sometimes  all 
kinds  of  grain  are  fit  for  cutting  at  the  same  time. 

Every  fair  day  is  now  of  great  importance ;  for, 
when  the  corn  is  once  ripe,  it  is  liable  to  continual 
Damage  while  standing,  either  from  the  shedding  of 


IN    AUGUST'.  255 

the  seeds,  from  the  depredations  of  birds,  or  from 
storms. 

This  pleasing  harvest  scene  is  beheld  in  its  per- 
fection only  in  the  open  field  countries,,  where  the 
sight  can  take  in  at  once  an  uninterrupted  extent  of 
land  waving  with  corn,  and  a  multitude  of  people 
engaged  in  the  various  parts  of  the  labour.  It  is  a 
prospect  equally  delightful  to  the  eye  and  the  heart, 
and  which  ought  to  inspire  every  sentiment  of  be- 
nevolence to  our  fellow  creatures,  and  gratitude  to 
our  Creator. 

The  rural  festival  of  harvest  home  is  an  extremely 
natural  one,  and  has  been  observed  in  almost  all  ages 
and  all  countries.  The  jovial  harvest  supper  cheers 
the  heart  of  the  labourer,  and  prepares  him  to  begin, 
without  murmuring,  the  labours  of  another  year; 
and  now, 

"  Inwardly  smiling,  the  proud  farmer  views 
The  rising  pyramids  that  grace  his  yard, 
And  counts  his  large  increase." 

This  month  is  the  season  of  another  kind  of  har- 
vest in  some  parts  of  England,  which  is  the  hop- 
picking.  The  hop  is  a  climbing  plant,  sometimes 
growing  wild  in  hedges,  and  is  cultivated  on  account 
of  its  use  in  making  malt  liquors.  It  is  planted  in 
regular  rows,  and  poles  are  set  for  it  to  run  upon. 
When  the  poles  are  covered  to  the  top,  nothing  can 
make  a  more  elegant  appearance  than  one  of  these 
hop  gardens.  At  the  time  of  gathering,  the  poles 
are  taken  up  with  the  plants  clinging  to  them  and. 


256  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

the  scaly  flowering  heads,  which  are  the  part  usc<J> 
are  carefully  picked  off.  Kent,  Sussex,  and  Worces- 
tershire, are  the  counties  most  famous  for  the  growth 
ftf  hops. 

Wall  fruits  now  come  in  season;  and, 

"  The  sunny  wall 

Presents  the  downy  peach,  the  shining  plum, 
The  ruddy,  fragrant  nectarine,  and  dark 
Beneath  his  ample  leaf  the  luscious  fig." 

Vipers  bring  forth  their  young,  of  the  size  of  earth- 
worms. Many  insects  appear;  the  flies  visit  the 
windows,  and  the  bulls  begin  their  shrill  bellowing. 

Swallows  appear  in  the  southern  regions ;  rooks 
roost  in  their  nests  by  night;  lapwings  and  linnets 
begin  to  congregate;  and  the  red  breast,  one  of  the 
finest,  though  commonest  of  songsters,  concludes  the 
month  by  the  renewal  of  his  music. 

The  Construction  and  Vegetation  of  Corn. 

The  wisdom  which  appears  in  the  construction 
and  vegetation  of  corn  is  very  striking.  The  leaves, 
for  example,  which  surround  it  before  it  has  attained 
its  full  growth,  even  those  leaves  have  their  use;  and 
it  seems  as  if  the  wisdom  of  the  Creator  had  placed 
them  round  the  blade  for  the  same  reason  that  an 
architect  raises  a  scaffolding  about  a  building,  which, 
when  the  building  is  finished,  he  takes  away.  For 
as  soon  as  the  blade  has  attained  its  full  length  and 
consistency,  the  leaves  which  protected  it  dry  up  and 


IN    SEPTEMBER.  257 

fall  off.  Whole  months  pass  away  before  the  ear  of 
corn  ventures  to  appear  and  expose  itself  to  the  air; 
but  as  soon  as  every  thing  is  prepared  for  the  for- 
mation of  the  blossoms  and  fruit,  they  all  appear  in 
a  few  days.  With  what  skill,  also,  are  the  stalks 
and  the  ears  of  corn  constructed !  If  the  former  were 
higher,  the  nutritive  juice  could  not  so  well  penetrate 
into  them;  if,  on  the  contrary,  the  corn  had  been 
placed  lower,  the  moisture  would  have  made  it  spring 
up  before  it  was  reaped ;  birds  and  other  animals 
would  get  at  and  destroy  it  If  the  stem  was  weaker 
and  smaller,  the  wind  would  break  it;  and  if  it  was 
stronger  and  thicker,  little  animals  might  lodge  in 
H,  birds  would  perch  upon  it,  and  pick  out  the  grain* 


SEPTEMBER. 

»«•  Now  soften'd  suns  a  mellow  lustre  shed, 

The  laden  orchards  glow  with  tempting  red ; 

On  hazel  houghs  the  clusters  hang  embrown'd, 

And  with  the  sportman's  war  the  new-shorn  fields  resound.'"' 

THIS  is,  in  general,  a  very  agreeable  month,  the 
distinguishing  softness  and  serenity  of  autumn,  with 
its  deep  blue  skies,  prevailing  through  great  part  of  it. 
The  days  are  now  very  sensibly  shortened ;  and  the 
mornings  and  evenings  are  chill  and  damp,  though 
the  warmth  is  still  considerable  in  the  middle  of  the 
day.  This  variation  of  temperature  is  one  cause 
why  autumn  is  an  unhealthy  time,  especially  in  the 
warmer  climates,  and  in  moist  situations. 
z  2 


258  NATURAL  APPEARANCES 

The  labours  of  the  husbandman  have  but  a  very 
short  intermission;  for,  no  sooner  is  the  harvest  ga- 
thered in,  than  the  fields  are  again  ploughed  up  and 
prepared  for  the  winter  corn,  rye,  and  wheat,  which 
are  sown  during  this  month  and  the  next 

Not  only  the  swallow-tribe,  but  many  other  small 
birds  which  feed  on  insects,  disappear  on  the  ap- 
proach of  cold  weather,  when  the  insects  themselves 
are  no  longer  to  be  met  with. 

On  the  other  hand,  some  birds  arrive  at  this  sea- 
son from  still  more  northerly  countries,  to  spend  the 
winter  with  us.  The  fieldfare  and  red  wing,  whose 
departure  was  mentioned  in  March,  return  about 
the  end  of  September.  They  feed  chiefly  on  the 
berries  with  which  our  woods  and  hedges  are  plen- 
tifully stored  all  the  winter. 

The  mosl  useful  fruit  this  country  affords,  the  ap- 
ple, successively  ripens,  according  to  its  different 
kinds,  from  July  to  September  or  October  ;  but  the 
principal  harvest  of  them  is  about  the  close  of  this 
month.  They  are  now  gathered  for  our  English 
vintage,  the  cider-making,  which,  in  some  counties, 
is  a  busy  and  important  employment. 

Pears,  treated  in  the  same  manner,  yield  a  vinous 
liquor  called  perry.  These  are  the  common  drinks 
in  the  counties  where  they  are  chiefly  made. 

Partridge-shooting  commences  on  the  14th  of  this 
month.  Partridges  feed  on  grain  and  other  seeds 
Scratched  up ;  therefore  live  chiefly  on  the  ground, 
making  much  use  of  their  legs,  and  little  of  their 
wings.  They  pair  early  in  the  spring,  the  hen  sit- 


IN    SEPTEMBER.  259 

ting  twenty-two  days,  and  the  young  coming  forth 
full  feathered,  like  chickens.  When  the  young  ones 
are  attacked,  the  old  ones  exhibit  wonderful  instan- 
ces of  attachment,  and  even  feign  being  wounded, 
to  draw  off  the  pursuers  from  the  nest.  They  re- 
tire to  the  groves  in  the  day  time,  to  the  open  stubble 
in  the  night;  and,  when  man  begins  his 

"  Falsely  cheerful  barbarous  game  of  death," 

he  obliges  them,  by  pointers,  to  take  wing,  for  the 
purpose  of  shooting  them,  or  enclosing  them  in  a  net, 
when  they  remain  on  the  ground  ;  and  it  is  highly 
admirable  to  observe 

"  How,  in  his  mid-career,  the  spaniel,  struck 
Stiff  by  the  tainted   itale,  with  open  nose, 
Outstretch'd  and  cautious,  on  the  latent  prey  j 
As  in  the  sun  the  circling  covey  bask 
Their  varied  plumes,  and,  watchful  every  way, 
Thro'  the  rough  stubble  turn  the  secret  eye." 

In  this  month  the  snake  casts  his  skin,  parting  by 
rolling  itself  in  the  grass,  with  its  whole  external 
cover ;  even  the  outer  coat  of  the  eyes  scale  off, 
and  is  left  in  the  head  of  the  slough  like  a  pair  of 
spectacles. 

Hazel  nuts  are  now  gathered  in  our  thickets  and 
gardens  in  this  month.  The  oak  sheds  its  acorns, 
and  the  nuts  fall  from  the  beech,  both  of  which  are 
called  mast. 

The  autumnal  equinox,  when  day  and  night  are 
again  equal  over  the  whole  globe,  happens  about  the 


260  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

23d  of  this  month,  and  is  often  attended  with  heavy 
storms  of  wind  and  rain,  which  throw  down  much 
of  the  fruit  yet  remaining;  on  the  trees. 

At  the  end  of  the  month  the  leaves  of  many  trees 
lose  their  given  colours,  and  begin  their  grave  au- 
tumnal tints,  indicative  of  the  approaching  desolatioji 
$f winter;  which 

.- -  "  come-  to  rule  the  varied  year, 

Sullen  and  sad,  with  all  her  rising  train, 
Vapours,  and  clouds,  and  storms." 

Fruit. 

This  is  the  happy  season  in  which  Divine  Good- 
ness lavishes  all  sorts  of  fruit  upon  us  in  great  abun- 
dance. The  charms  of  summer  give  place  to  more 
solid  enjoyments.  The  boughs  of  the  apple-tree 
bend  under  the  weight  of  that  golden  fruit,  the  beau- 
ty of  which  is  still  heightened  by  its  purple  streaks. 
The  melting  pear,  the  plum  sweet  as  honey,  gjisptay 
their  charms,  and  seem  to  invite  the  hand  of  their 
master.  Should  we  not  be  unpardonable,  if  the 
sight  of  these  blessings  which  we  owe  to  the  mu- 
nificence of  God,  did  not  create  in  us  grateful  re- 
flections, and  by  such  means  sanctify  the  pleasures 
of  autumn  ? 

There  is  hardly  any  food  so  wholesome  as  fruits. 
It  was  with  a  benificent  view  that  Providence  gave 
them  to  us  in  a  season  when  they  are  not  only  plea 
sing  and  refreshing  to  us,  but  also  excellent  in  a 


IN    SEPTEMBER.  261 

medicinal  way.  Apples  come  seasonably  during 
the  heat  of  summer,  because  they  temper  the  heat 
of  the  blood,  and  cool  the  stomach  and  bowels.  The 
plums  have  an  acid  sweetness,  with  an  oily,  softening 
juice,  which  may  make  them  useful  in  many  cases. 
They  gently  open  the  body,  and  correct  the  acrid 
humours,  which  so  often  occasion  inflammatory  dis- 
orders. Nothing  certainly  is  more  delicious  than 
fruit.  Each  sort  has  a  peculiar  flavour  to  itself. 
This  variety  renders  them  doubly  pleasing  to  us. 
Thus,  God,  like  a  tender  father,  provides  not  only 
for  the  support  of  his  creatures,  but  also  for  their, 
pleasure. 

Herrings. 

This  is  the  season  in  which  they  fish  for  herrings 
on  the  coast  of  England  and  Scotland ;  by  which 
means  we  receive  a  great  quantity  of  these  fish, 
which  feed  the  poor  as  well  as  the  rich  during  the 
whole  year.  Let  us  examine  what  is  most  impor- 
tant in  the  natural  history  of  these  fish.  Innumera- 
ble shoals  of  herrings  live  in  the  Frozen  Sea,  near 
the  Ar<th  Pole;  but  at  a  cert  tin  period  they  quit 
that  place,  and  come  in  multitudes  to  the  coasts  of 
England  and  Scotland.  It  is  not  yet  positively  as- 
certained what  may  be  the  cause  of  this  emigration. 
Some  think  it  is  to  avoid  whales  and  other  great  fish 
in  the  frozen  seas;  others  imagine  that  the  prodi- 
gious increase  of  the  herring-  M-.,-^  them  to  take 
these  long  voyages,  and  to  divide  into  separate  colo- 


262  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

iries,  lest  they  should  be  in  too  great  quantities  to 
find  sufficient  food  in  the  northern  seas  Perhaps, 
also1,  it  is  the  desire  of  propagation,  and  a  peculiar 
instinct,  which  leads  them  to  the  places  most  favour- 
able for  the  increase  and  preservation  of  their  race. 
It  is  certainly  these  reasons  in  general  that  occasion 
such  shoals  of  herrings  to  quit  the  north  in  the  be- 
ginning of  the  year ;  for  in  the  month  of  March  a 
wing  of  their  army  had  already  reached  the  coast  of 
Iceland,  and  it  is  their  western  wing.  The  herrings 
are  at  this  season  so  plentiful  there,  that  by  putting 
the  shovel  with  which  the  sails  are  watered  into  the 
sea,  there  are  great  quantities  of  them  taken  up  at  a 
time.  The  eastern  wing  advances  farther  into  the 
Baltic  Sea.  A  part  of  it  turns  towards  the  North 
Cape,  sails  along  the  coasts  of  Norway,  and  enters 
through  the  southern  straits  into  the  sea.  Another 
part  gains  the  northern  point  of  Jutland,  then  enters 
into  the  Zuider  Zee,  and  from  thence,  passes  again 
through  the  Baltic  Sea,  in  order  to  return  to  the 
place  from  whence  it  set  out.  But  the  largest  de- 
tachment of  the  eastern  wing,  is  that  which  turns  to 
the  western  coast,  in  6rder  to  turn  directly  to  the 
Orkney  Islands,  where  the  Dutch  go  to  catch  them. 
Towards  the  8th  of  June,  the  sea  in  those  parts  is 
full  of  herrings.  They  then  direct  their  course  to- 
wards Scotland  and  England,  where  they  fill  all 
the  bays  and  mouths  of  the  rivers  with  their  fry. 
After  having  quitted  England,  they  probably  re- 
turn to  thei.  own  country.  The  prodigious  multi- 
tude of  these  fish  is  surprising:  one  single  herring1 


I<tf   OCTOBER.  263 

{ays  at  least  ten  thouaand  eggs  in  the  sea  near  the 
British  coasts. 


OCTOBER. 

"  Now  stormy  Winter,  with  her  dusky  train, 
Frowns  o'er  the  hill,  and  murmurs  in  the  plain  ; 
The  little  birds  the  trembling  forests  fly, 
And,  led  by  nature,  seek  the  southern  sky." 

PLANTS  having  gone  through  the  progressive 
stages  of  springing,  flowering,  and  seeding,  have  at 
this  season  brought  to  maturity  the  rudiments  of  a 
future  progeny,  which  are  now  to  be  committed  to 
the  fostering  bosom  of  the  earth.  This  being  done, 
rhe  parent  vegetable,  if  of  the  herbaceous  kind,  either 
totally  dies,  or  perishes  as  far  as  it  rose  above 
ground  ;  if  a  tree  or  shrub,  it  loses  all  its  tender 
parts  which  the  spring  and  summer  had  put  forth. 
Seeds  are  scattered  by  the  hand  of  nature  in  various 
manners.  The  winds,  which  at  this  time  arise,  dis- 
perse far  and  wide  many  seeds  which  are  curio-  sly 
furnished  with  feathers  or  wings  for  this  purpose. 
Other  seeds,  by  the  means  of  hooks  lay  hold  on 
passing  animals,  and  are  thus  carried  to  distant  pla- 
ces. Many  are  contained  in  berries,  which  being 
eaten  by  birds,  the  seeds  are  discharged  again  unin- 
jured, and  grow  where  they  happen  to  alight- — - 
Thus  carefully  has  nature  provided  for  the  distribu- 
tion and  propagation  of  plants. 


264  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

The  gloom  of  the  declining  year,  enlivened  by  the 
rich  and  bright  colours  of  fading  leaves, 

"  Now  cheer  the  landscape  in  decay ;" 

which  to  some  are  more  interesting  than  the  blos- 
soms of  spring,  or  the  radiance  and  verdure  of  sum- 
mer. Ripened  berries  in  a  great  variety  also  at 
this  season  adorn  the  hedges  and  decorate  the 
groves,  as  the  hip,  the  haw,  the  sloe,  the  black- 
berry, &c. 

The  common  martin,  whose  nests  hung  under  the 
eaves  of  our  houses,  aftbrd  so  agreeable  a  spectacle 
of  parental  fondness  and  assiduity,  usually  disap- 
pears in  October.  As  this,  though  one  of  the 
smallest  of  the  swallow  kind,  stays  the  latest,  its 
emigration  to  distant  climates  is  less  probable  than 
that  of  the  others. 

In  most  of  the  wine  countries  in  Europe  the  vin- 
tage takes  place  in  October.  The  grape  is  one  of 
the  latest  fruits  in  ripening.  When  gathered, -they 
are  immediately  pressed,  and  the  juice  is  fermented 
like  that  of  apples  in  making  cider 

This  month  is  particularly  chosen,  on  account  of 
its  mild  temperature  for  the  brewing  of  malt  liquor 
designed  for  long  keeping,  which  is  therefore  com- 
monly called  old  October. 

The  former  continues  to  sow  his  winter  corn 
during  this  month ;  and  wheat  is  frequently  not  all 
sown  till  the  end  of  it.  When  the  weather  is  too 
wet  for  this  business,  he  ploughs  up  the  stubble 


*N    OCTOBER,  265 

ilelds  ibr  winter  fallows.  Acorns  are  sown  for 
young  plantations  at  this  time  :  and  forest  and  fruit 
trees  are  planted. 

The  ground  is  now  covered  with  spiders,  the 
weaving  gossamer;  and  the  cold  air  condensing  the 
vapour  arising  from  the  warm  earth,  causes  thick 
and  frequent  fogs. 

This  month  is  the  height  of  the  hunting  season ; 
the  weather  being  suitable,  and  the  products  of  the 
earth  housed, 

"  All,  now,  is  tree  as  air,  and  the  gay  pack, 
In  the  rough,  bristly  stubbles,  range  unblam'd  ; 

fNo  widow's  tears  o'erflow ;  no  secret  curse 
Swells  in  the  farmer's  breast,  which  his  pale  lips', 
Tremblingly,  conceals,  by  his  fierce  landlord  aw'd  ; 
But,  courteous  now,  he  levels  ev'ry  fence, 
Joins  in  the  ceremony,  and  halloos  loud, 
Charm'd  with  the  rattling  thunder  of  the  field." 

At  the  very  close  of  the  month,  a  few  flowers  still 
cheer  the  eye;  and  there  is  a  second  blow  of  some 
kind,  particularly  of  the  woodbine.  But  the  scent 
of  all  these  late  flowers  is  comparatively  faint. 

Migration  of  the  Birds. 

* 

This  is  the  time  when  numbers  of  the  birds,  which, 
during  summer,  had  lived  and  found  food  in  our 
fields,  woods,  and  gardens,  are  going  to  quit  our  cli- 
mate for  other  countries.  There  are  but  few  of  them 
which  pass  the  winter  with  us:  the  rest  leave  us  al- 
most the  whole  winter.  This  migration  is  wonder- 
ful in  all  respects ;  and  if  we  have  not  much  attended 
A  a 


266  NATURAL    APPEARANCES 

to  these  creatures  while  they  were  with  us,  let  us  at 
least  think  of  them  now  they  are  gone.  Some  birds, 
without  taking  their  flight  very  high,  and  without 
separating  from  one  another,  drawing  gradually  to- 
wards the  south,  to  seek  the  seeds  and  fruit  they  pre- 
fer; but  they  soon  return  back.  Others,  which  are 
called  birds  of  passage,  collect  together  at  certain 
seasons,  go  away  in  large  bodies,  and  take  their  flight 
into  other  climates  Some  kinds  of  them  are  content 
with  going  from  one  country  to  another,  where  the 
air  and  food  draw  them  at  certain  seasons.  Others 
cross  the  seas,  and  undertake  voyages  of  a  surprising 
length. 

These  migrations  of  the  birds  cannot  be  too  much 
admired  Certainly  the  difference  of  heat  and  cold, 
and  the  want  of  food,  warn  them  to  change  place. 
But  what  is  the  reason  that,  when  the  air  is  so  mild 
that  they  might  remain  in  it,  and  that  they  firid  enough 
to  eat,  they  still  never  fail  to  go  at  the  appointed  time? 
How  do  they  know  that  they  will  find  food,  and  the 
proper  degree  of  heat,  in  other  climates  ?  What  is 
the  cause  of  their  going  all  at  the  same  time  out  of 
our  countries  as  if  they  had  unanimously  fixed,  be- 
forehand,  their  day  of  departure 2  How  do  they 
contrive,  in  dark  nights,  and  without  knowing  the 
countries,  to  pursue  their  direct  road  constantly?  These 
and  other  questions  on  this  interesting  subject,  are 
embarrassing,  and  have  not  yet  been  answered  in 
a  satisfactory  manner,  because  we  are  not  enough 
acquainted  with  the  nature  and  instinct  of  these  ani- 
mals. We  may,  however,  behold,  in  the  migrations? 


IN    OCTOBER.  267 

the  wise  and  beneficent  directions  of  Providence, 
What  wonderful  means  are  made  use  of  to  preserve 
and  give  food  to  certain  birds  !  With  what  tender 
care  is  their  subsistence  pointed  out  to  them,  when 
it  fails  them  in  some  regions !  Let  us  learn  from 
thence,  that  every  thing,  throughout  the  vast  empire 

of  nature,  is  planted  with  infinite  wisdom. 

« 

The,  Winter  Sowing  Time. 

Great  part  of  the  food  destined  for  us,  and  for  ma- 
ny animals,  is,  at  this  time,  deposited  in  the  ground. 
The  farmer  has  sowed  his  winter  corn,  and  begins 
to  enjoy  rest  from  his  labours.  He  will  soon  have 
the  satisfaction  to  see  his  fields  gradually  covering 
with  a  beautiful  verdure,  and  giving  the  promise  of 
a  plentiful  harvest.  Nature  at  first,  indeed,  works 
in  secret,  while  the  seed  is  opening;  but  its  opera- 
tions may  be  discovered  by  taking  some  of  the  grains 
out  of  the  ground  when  they  are  beginning  to  shoot. 
Two  days  after  the  grain  is  put  into  the  earth,  it  is 
swelled  by  the  juices,  and  begins  to  shoot.  The 
shoot  is  always  at  one  of  the  ends  of  the  grain;  and 
that  part  of  it  which  is  next  the  outside  of  the  grain, 
is  the  little  root  of  the  future  plant.  The  corn,  when 
sowed,  generally  begins,  in  twenty  four  hours,  to 
pierce  through  the  coat,  and  unfold  itself.  The  root 
and  stalk  become  visible.  The  root  is  first  wrap- 
ped up  in  a  bag,  which  it  bursts  open.  Some  days 
after,  the  other  roots  shoot  out  of  their  sides.  The 
fifth  or  sixth  day,  a  green  stalk  springs  up  above  the 


NATURAL    APPEARANCES 


ground.  It  remains  some  time  in  that  state,  till  the 
fine  season  comes,  when  the  ear  of  corn  breaks  out 
of  the  coats  in  which  it  had  been  inclosed  and  pro- 
tected from  cold  and  uncertain  weather* 


NOVEMBER. 


««  The  lengthen'd  night  elaps'd,  the  morning  shines 

Serene,  in  all  her  dewy  beauty  bright, 

Unfolding  fair  the  last  autumnal  day. 

And  now  the  mountain  sun  dispels  the  fog, 

And  rigid  hoar  frost  melts  before  his  beam ; 

And  hung  on  every  spray,  on  every  blade 

Of  grass,  the  myriad  dew-drops  twinkle  round." 

THE  preceding  month  was  marked  by  the  change, 
and  this  is  distinguished  by  the  fall,  of  the  leaf.  The 
whole  declining  season  of  the  year  is  often,  in  com- 
mon language,  denominated  the  fall.  There  is  some- 
thing extremely  melancholy  in  this  gradual  process, 
by  which  the  trees  are  stripped  of  their  beauty,  and 
left  monuments  of  decay  and  desolation.  This  gra- 
dual death  of  vegetable  nature,  and  quick  succession 
of  springing  and  falling  leaves,  suggests  to 'the re- 
flecting mind  an  apt  comparison  for  the  fugitive  ge- 
neration of  men : — 

"  Like  leaves  on  trees  the  race  of  man  is  found, 

Now  green  in  youth,  now  withering  on  the  ground ; 

Another  race  the  following  spiing  supplies, 

They  fall  successive,  and  successive  rise; 

So  generations  in  their  course  decay, 

So  flourish  these  when  those  are  passed  away  I*3 


IN   NOVEMBER.  269 

The  loss  of  verdure,  together  with  the  shortened 
days,  the  diminishing  warmth,,  and  frequent  rains, 
justify  the  title  of  gloomy  to  the  month  of  Novem- 
ber; and  other  animals  seem  to  symathize  with  man. 
in  feeling  it  as  such. 

Intervals  of  clear  and  pleasant  weather,,  however, 
frequently  occur ;  and  it  long  continues, 

"  The  pale,  descending  year,  yet  pleasing  still." 

In  fair  weather  the  mornings  are  somewhat  frosty; 
but  the  hoar  frost  soon  vanishes  after  sun-rise. 

High  winds  frequently  happen  in  November, 
which  at  once  strip  the  trees  of  their  faded  leaves, 
and  reduce  them  to  their  winter  state  of  nakedness. 
Flocks  of  wood  pigeons,  or  stock  doves,  the  latest 
birds  of  passage  in  their  arrival,  visit  us  in  this  month. 
Salmon  now  begin  to  ascend  the  rivers  to  spawn: 
their  force  and  agility  in  leaping  over  cataracts  and 
other  obstacles  to  their  ascent,  are  very  surprising. 

The  farmer  endeavours  to  finish  his  ploughing  in, 
the  course  of  this  month;  then,  laying  up  his  utensils 
till  the  ensuing  spring,  he  takes  his  cattle  and  horses 
out  of  the  exhausted  pastures  into  the  yard  or  stable; 
puts  his  hogs  up.  to  fatten;  turns  his  sheep  into  the 
turnip-field,  or,  in  stormy  weather,  feeds  them  withi 
hay  at  the  rick;  and  then,  when 

*«  The  western  sun  withdraws  the  shortened  dayy 
And  humid  evening,  gliding  o'er  the  sky, 
In  her  chill  progress,  to  the  ground  condens'd 
The  vapour  throws ;" 

A  a  2: 


270  NATURAL     APPEARANCES 

he  seeks  the  cheerful  fire-side,  and  even  gloomy 
November  has  its  charms. 

The  Fall  of  tlit  Leaf . 

We  now  perceive  the  effects  of  approaching  win- 
ter in  the  woods  and  gardens.  Almost  all  the  plants 
are  losing  their  leaves,  their  chief  ornament.  The 
most  natural  way  this  can  be  accounted  for  is  from 
the  cold ;  for  the  leaves  are  no  sooner  covered  with 
frost  than  they  begin  to  fall  in  abundance,  and  all 
the  vegetables  are  stripped  of  their  clothing.  It  can- 
not be  otherwise,  as  the  cold  causes  the  sap  to  stag- 
nate in  the  plants.  But  the  cold  is  not  the  only  cause 
of  the  leaves  falling ;  for  they  fall  when  it  does  not 
freeze  the  whole  winter,  and  when  the  trees  are  even 
put  into  green-houses  to  preserve  them  from  cold. 
It  is  therefore  probable  that  other  causes  also  contri- 
bute to  strip  the  trees.  But  we  must  not  suppose, 
that  these  fallen  leaves  are  entirely  lost,  and  of  no 
use  Reason  and  experience  teach  the  contrary. 
These  leaves,  which  grow  rotten  when  they  are  fall- 
en, make  manure  for  the  ground.  The  snow  and 
vain  wash  the  salts  out  of  them,  and  convey  them  to 
the  roots  of  the  trees.  These  strewed  leaves,  heaped 
together  upon  the  young  plants,  preserve  their  roots. 
They  cover  also  the  seeds,  and  keep  them  warm 
and  moist.  This  is  more  particularly  observed  in 
respect  to  the  oak  leaves.  They  afford  excellent 
manure,  not  only  to  the  tree  itself,  but  also  to  its 
shoots;  and  are  also  very  useful  for  forest-pasture, 


IN    NOVEMBER. 

as  they  increase  the  growth  of  the  grass  on  which 
they  fall  and  rot.  Leaves  are  spread  in  stables  in- 
stead of  straw,  and  make  a  good  litter  for  cattle,  or 
are  mixed  with  common  dung.  This  mould  is  par- 
ticularly useful  in  gardens,  where  they  make  layers 
of  it,  which  assist  greatly  the  growth  of  fruit  and 
young  trees. 

Thus  fallen  leaves  have  their  uses  in  administer- 
ing to  the  comforts  and  necessities  of  man,  while  to 
his  mind  the  fall  of  the  leaf  is  an  emblem  of  this  life, 
and  the  frailty  of  all  earthly  things. 

The  Beginning  of  Winter. 

The  sun  is  now  taking  leave  of  the  world.  Every 
thing  is  changed  with  us.  The  earth,  which  was 
lately  so  beautiful  and  fruitful,  is  now  becoming 
gradually  barren  and  poor.  We  no  longer  behold 
that  fine  enamel  of  the  trees  in  blossom  ;  the  charm 
of  spring,  the  magnificence  of  summer,  those  differ- 
ent tints  and  shades  of  verdure  in  the  woods  and 
meads,  the  purple  grapes,  nor  the  golden  harvests 
which  crowned  our  fields.  The  trees  have  lost  their 
clothing  ;  the  pines,  the  elms,  and  oaks,  bend  with 
the  force  of  the  northern  blasts  The  rays  of  the 
sun  are  too  feeble  now  to  warm  the  atmosphere  or 
earth.  The  fields,  which  have  bestowed  so  much 
upon  us,  arc  at  last  exhausted,  and  promise  no  more 
this  year.  But  in  the  midst  of  these  melancholy 
prospects,  let  us  still  observe,  that  nature  faithfully 
fulfils  the  eternal  law  prescribed  to  her,  of  being 


272  NATURAL   APPEARAKCES 

useful  at  all  times  and  seasons  of  the  year.  Winter 
draws  nigh  ;  the  flowers  are  going  ;  and  even  when 
the  sun  shines,  the  earth  no  longer  appears  with  its 
usual  beauty.  Yet  the  country,  stripped  and  desart 
as  it  is,  still  presents  to  a  feeling  mind  the  image  of 
happiness.  We  may  recollect  with  gratitude  to 
Heaven,  that  the  fields  which  are  now  barren  were 
once  covered  with  corn  and  plentiful  harvest.  It  is 
true,  that  the  orchards  and  gardens  are  now  strip- 
ped, but  the  remembrance  of  what  they  bestowed 
upon  us  may  make  us  content  to  bear  the  northern 
blasts  which  at  present  we  feel  so  sharp.  The 
leaves  are  fallen  from  the  fruit  trees  ;  the  grass  of  the 
field  is  withered  ;  dark  clouds  fill  the  sky,  and  fall 
tn  heavy  rains-  The  unthinking  man  complains  at 
this,  but  the  wise  man  beholds  the  earth  moistened 
with  rain,  and  beholds  it  with  a  sweej^  satisfaction. 
Though  the  earth  has  lost  its  beauty  and  exterior 
charms,  and  is  exposed  to  the  murmurs  of  those  it 
has  nourished  and  cheered,  it  has  already  begun 
again  to  labour  secretly  within  its  bosom  for  their 
future  welfare. 

DECEMBER. 

<«  No  mark  of  vegetable  life  is  seen, 

Save  the  dark  leaves  of  some  rude  ever-green  ; 

No  bird  to  bird  repeats  his  tuneful  call, 

Save  the  lone  red-breast  on  the  moss-grown  wall!" 

THE  changes  which  take  place  in  the  fare  of  na- 
ture during  this  month,  are  little  more  than  so  many 


IN    DECEMBER.  273 

advances  in  the  progress  towards  universal  gloom 
and  desolation.  The  day  rapidly  shortens,  and  the 
weather  becomes  foul  and  cold. 

In  our  climate,  however,  no  great  and  continued 
severity  of  cold  usually  takes  place  before  the  close 
of  the  month. 

Several  of  the  wild  quadrupeds  now  take  to  their 
winter  concealments,  which  they  either  seldom  ov 
never  quit  during  the  winter.  Of  these,  some  are 
in  an  absolutely  torpid  or  sleeping  state,  taking  no 
food  for  a  considerable  time;  others  are  only  drowsy 
and  inactive,  and  continue  to  feed  on  provisions 
which  they  have  hoarded  up.  In  this  country  few 
become  entirely  torpid. 

Bats  retire  early  to  caves  and  holes,  where  they 
remain  the  whole  winter,  suspended  by  their  hind 
feet, and  closely  wrapped  up  in  the  membranes  of  the 
fore  feet.  As  their  food  is  chiefly  insects',  they  can 
lay  up  no  store  for  the  winter,  and  therefore  must 
be  starved,  if  nature  did  not  thus  render  food  unne- 
cessary for  them.  Dormice  also  lie  torpid  the  great- 
est part  of  the  winter,  though  they  lay  up  stores  of 
provision.  A  warm  day  sometimes  revives  them  ; 
when  they  eat  a  little,  but  soon  relapse  into  their  for- 
mer sleepy  condition. 

Squirrels,  and  various  kinds  of  field-mice,  provide 
magazines  of  food  against  winter,  but  are  not  known 
to  become  torpid.  The  badger,  the  hedgehog,  and 
the  mole,  keep  close  in  their  winter  quarters  in  the 
northern  regions,  and  sleep  away  great  part  of  the 
season. 


2-74  NATURAL  APPEAKANCES 

The  only  vegetables  which  now  flourish  are  the 
numerous  tribes  of  mosses,  and  the  lichens,  or  liver 
worts.  Lichens  cover  the  ditch  banks,  and  other 
neglected  spots,  with  a  leather-like  substance,  which 
in  some  countries  serves  as  food  both  to  men  and 
cattle  The  rein-deer  lichen  is  the  greatest  treasure 
to  the  poor  Laplanders,  who  depend  upon  it  for  the 
support  of  their  only  species  of  domestic  cattle  dur- 
ing their  tedious  winters. 

On  the  21st  of  December  happens  the  shortest 
day  ;  when  the  sun  is  not  quite  eight  hours  above 
the  horizon  in  these  islands.  About  fifteen  degrees  to 
the  northward  the  sun  does  not  rise  at  all,  and  a  con- 
tinued night  lasts  weeks  or  months,  according  to  the 
distance  from  the  north  pole.  But,  on  the  contrary, 
to  the  countries  near  the  south  pole,  it  is  at  this  peri- 
od perpetual  day ;  and  every  where  to  the  south  of 
the  eqnatov  it  is  summer.  A.s  our  summer  advances, 
their  winter  approaches. 

The  festival  of  Christmas  seasonably  cheers  this 
comfortless  period.  Great  preparations  were  made 
for  it  in  the  country,  and  plenty  of  rustic  dainties 
provided  for  its  celebration,  according  to  the  rules  of 
ancient  hospitality ;  and 

.  •     ..  "  Frequent  in  the  sounding  hall  they  wake 
The  rural  gambol." 

Thus  the  old  year  steals  away  unlamented,  and 
scarcely  perceived;  and  a  new  one  begins  with 


US  DECEMBER.  275 

lengthening  days  and  brighter  skies,  inspiring  fresh 
hopes  and  pleasing  expectations,  that 

<*  All  this  uniform  uncolour'd  scene> 
Shall  be  dismantled  of  its  fleecy  load, 
And  flush  into  variety  again." 

'      • 

The  Advantages  of  Winter. 

The  frost  and  cold  of  winter  prevent  many  hurt- 
ful vapours  in  the  higher  regions  of  the  atmosphere 
from  falling  upon  us,  and  even  purifies  the  air.  Far 
from  being  always  bad  for  our  health,  it  often 
strengthens  it,  and  preserves  the  humours  from  pu- 
trefaction, which  a  constant  heat  would  certainly  oc- 
casion. If  the  vapours  which  collect  in  the  atmos- 
phere were  always  to  fall  in  rain,  the  earth  would 
be  too  soft  and  wet,  our  bodies  would  be  too  full  of 
humours,  and  too  much  relaxed ;  whereas  the  cold 
braces  and  promotes  the  circulation  of  blood.  We 
are  told  by  travellers,  that  in  Greenland,  where  the 
ground  is  covered  with  mountains  of  ice,  and  where 
in  winter  the  days  are  only  four  or  five  hours  long, 
the  air  is  very  wholesome,  clear,  and  light:  and, ex- 
cept a  few  complaints  in  the  chest  and  eyes,  occa- 
sioned partly  by  the  quality  of  the  food,  they  have 
seldom  there  the  disorders  so  common  in  Europe. 

As  man,  though  active  by  choice,  and  though  la- 
bour is  necessary  to  him,  is  still  glad  to  interrupt  his 
employments  to  taste  the  sweets  of  sleep,  so  also  our 
nature  yields  to  the  change  of  seasons,  and  takes  a 
pleasure  in  it,  because  in  reality  it  contributes  towards 


276  NATURAL    APPEARAKCES. 

our  welfare  and  happiness.  Behold  our  fields  and 
gardens  ! — they  are  indeed  buried  in  snow  ;  but  this 
is  necessary,  in  order  to  preserve  them  from  the  cold, 
as  well  as  to  prevent  the  grain  from  "corrupting. 
The  ground  requires  rest,  after  having  yielded  in  the 
summer  all  wfewant  for  the  winter.  If  our  present 
support  had  not  been  provided  for,  if  in  this  severe 
season  we  were  obliged  to  cultivate  the  earth,  there 
might  be  some  foundation  for  our  complaints.  But 
all  our  wants  are  supplied,  and  we  enjoy  a  repose 
suitable  to  the  season. 


CONCLUSION. 

HAVING  endeavoured  to  point  out  the  changes  on 
the  face  of  nature,  during  the  varying  year.,  we  shall 
conclude  our  labours  with  the  following  impressive 
extract  from  St.  Pierre. 

a  We  have  attempted,  in  the  course  of  this  work/'* 
says  this  amiable  writer,  4<  to  treat  of  the  harmonies 
of  the  sun  and  moon  with  animated  beings ;  but  these 
harmonies  are  inexhaustible.  All  animals,  in  short, 
have  the  phases  of  their  life  regulated  by  those  of 
the  sun  and  moon.  Scarcely  does  the  orb  of  day  sink 
tinder  the  horizon,  when  all  animals  are  struck  with 
lethargy,  with  the  exception  of  those  to  whom  night 
is  the  season  of  excursion.  The  wakefulness  of  the  lat- 
ter proves,  as  well  asa  number  of  other  effects  of  nature, 
that  sleep  is  not  a  mere  mechanical  result  of  the  absence 
of  the  sun.  Insects  now  take  refuge  in  the  hearts  of 
plants;  birds,  nestling-  in  foliage,  repose  with  their 
heads  under  their  wings  ;  a  flock  of  sheep  retires  to 
rest  under  the  shelter  of  a  hedge,  and  the  watchful 
dog,  who  guards  them,  sinks  into  slumber,  after  hav-. 
ing  turned  his  body  several  times  round.  All  the 
functions  of  intelligence  are  suspended,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  that  orb  which  produces  its  images ;  nay, 
several  of  the  smaller  insects  find  their  existence  ter- 
minated by  the  setting  sun;  for  the  ephemeral  fly 
does  not  see  a  second  dawn.  Soon,  ho  we  very  comes 

*  Harmonies  of  Nature, 

Bb 


278  CONCLUSION 

forth  the  moon  to  give  new  life  to  the  world.  .Like 
the  sun,  she  has  her  plants,  her  insects,  her  birds, 
her  quadrupeds;  it  is  by  her  doubtful  light  that  the 
mirabilis,  and  other  nocturnal  plants,  open  their  (low- 
ers ;  that  various  Species  of  fish  pursue  their  progress 
to  another  clime;  that  the  tortoise  lays  her  eggs  on 
the  solitary  strand  ;  and  that  the  nightingale,  the  bird 
of  spring,  delights  to  make  the  echoes  of  the  forest 
resound  with  its  song. 

l(  Many  insects  live  only  during  one  of  the  lunar 
quarters;  others  live  a  fortnight,  others  a  month;  some 
go  through  an  entire  season,  and  die  at  the  summer 
solstice ;  but  the  greater  number  perishes  at  the  au- 
tumnal equinox,  at  the  time  when  the  sun  proceeds 
io  enlighten  another  hemisphere.  It  is  then  that  the 
marmot  retires  and  falls  asleep  in  the  hollow  rock, 
to  awaken  only  at  the  return  of  the  spring  equinox ; 
for  to  her  the  year  seems  a  day  and  a  night  of  six 
months  each.  A  crowd  of  animals  suspend  their 
labours,  in  our  hemisphere,  at  the  same  season ;  the 
bees  take  rest  in  their  hives;  several  species  of  birds, 
like  the  quail  and  swallow,  follow  the  course  of  the 
sun,  and  pass  into  the  hemisphere  which  he  warms; 
While  a  multitude  perishes  in  that  which  he  aban- 
dons. Carnivorous  animals  are  dispersed  in  all  di- 
rections to  devour  their  remains;  the  furred  fox,  and 
the  white  bear,  penetrate  even  into  the  bosom  of  the 
frozen  zone,  into  regions  of  snow  and  ice,  which 
hardly  any  living  animal  can  inhabit.  The  currents 
of  the  ocean  still  carry  to  the  shore  a  quantity  of  ma- 
rine substances  coming  from  the  temperate  and  tor- 


CONCLUSION.  2T9 

ritl  zones.  It  is  thus  that  the  instinct  which  carries 
the  foxes  and  white  bears  to  the  sea  coast  of  our  fro- 
zen zone  during  winter,  leads  me  to  suppose  that 
the  currents  of  the  ocean  bring  them  a  supply  of  food, 
which  would  not  be  the  case,  unless  these  currents 
descended  from  an  opposite  pole. 

"  There  exists  the  greatest  differences  in  respect 
to  the  extent  of  the  orbits  of  the  different  planets;  one 
requires  only  a  month  for  its  revolution  round  the 
sun ;  others,  respectively,  three  months,  eight  months, 
two  years,  twelve  years,  thirty  years,  and,  finally, 
nearly  eighty-four  years.  To  all  these,  a  calculator 
may  find,  or  fancy  that  he  finds,  corresponding  pe- 
riods in  the  duration  of  vegetable  and  animal  life, 
He  may  compute  that  several  kinds  of  insects,  such 
as  butterflies,  live  between  one  month  and  eight; 
others,  such  as  the  May  bug,  two  years,  or  one  year 
of  Mars  Several  birds  and  quadrupeds,  among 
others,  goats  are  understood  to  live  twelve  years,  or 
a  year  of  Jupiter;  other  quadrupeds  thirty  years,  or 
a  year  of  Saturn;  while  the  life  of  man  may  be  oc- 
casionally brought  forward  as  completing  the  longest 
period  of  all,  the  revolution  of  the  Georgium  Sidus. 
A  farthei-  inquiry  might  lead  such  a  speculator  to 
ascertain  examples  of  still  longer  life  in  the  animal 
and  vegetable  world,  and  to  find,  perhaps,  parallels 
to  the  return  of  comets 

"  Leaving  these  visionary  speculations,  I  am  to 
observe,  that  the  animals  which  die  of  old  age  go  oft* 
the  stage  as  they  came  upon  it,  without  being  aware 
of  the  change  The  last  steps  in  the  descent  of  life 


280  CONCLUSION. 

are  on  as  gentle  a  slope  as  those  of  its  commence* 
ment.  They  have  not  been  led,  by  vain  ambition, 
to  climb  precipices,  or  to  incur  a  violent  death ;  but, 
faithful  to  the  laws  received  from  Nature,  they  re- 
store her  that  instinct  which  has  now  become  useless 
in  an  exhausted  machine:  they  expire  without  regret, 
remorse,  or  murmur.  When  a  tranquil  death  takes 
place  in  the  night,  the  moon  may  be  said  to  untie 
those  links  which  she  strung  together  at  the  time  of 
birth.  Her  light  still  sheds  a  pale  ray  over  their 
breathless  bodies,  and  covers  them  with  her  funereal 
crape;  while  the  earth,  their  common  mother,  which 
receives  them  in  her  bosom,  raises,  as  an  ornament 
to  their  tomb,  the  broad  foliage  of  the  burdock,  or  a 
garland  of  ivy.  Time,  like  a  reaper,  cuts  down  ge- 
neration after  generation  of  animals;  and  he  like- 
wise plants  and  gathers,  but  in  comparatively  smaller 
numbers,  the  individuals  of  our  species. 

"  Let  man,  however,  not  vent  complaints  on  the 
short  duration  of  life;  his  celestial  harmonies  will 
subsist  after  his  terrestial  are  at  an  end.  The  Au- 
thor of  Nature  has  attached  to  his  bodily  existence 
several  years  of  bitterness  and  trial ;  but  he  has  given 
his  soul  an  eternity  of  joy  and  delight  He  is  by  no 
means  a  being  condemned  to  creep  on  this  globe,  or 
to  tear  its  bosom  with  the  ploughshare  for  the  sake 
of  supporting  a  frail  existence  HisJife  is  transient, 
but  it  has  an  object,  and  that  object  is  sublime.  Be- 
hold him  expiring-  in  his  bed;  his  body  is  in  pain, 
but  he  already  contemplates  a  God  prepared  to  re- 
ceive him.  Can  this  being,  so  weak  and  helpless, 


CONCLUSION,  28ft 

be  so  strongly  impressed  with  a  thought  that  would 
not  have  been  sanctioned  by  the  Creator  of  all 
thoughts!  No;  it  is  not  in  vain  that  he  has  opened 
his  hopes  to  a  future  destiny.  He  quits  a  world  of 
darkness  for  a  world  of  light ;  he  quits  misfortune, 
and  frail  mortals  like  himself,  to  enter  on  an  abode 
•where  death  is  not  known.  His  eyes  will  no  lon- 
ger be  distressed  by  the  sight  of  distress ;  every  ob- 
ject will  be  replete  with  content  and  satisfaction. 
How  great  must  be  the  transports  of  man,  when, 
escaped  from  the  agony  of  life,  he  sees  the  gates  of 
heaven  open  to  him.  He  is  no  longer  a  creature  of 
the  dust;  he  is  an  angel,  a  superior  being,  advanced 
to  an  upper  region.  After  remaining,  during  a  sea- 
son, a  slave  and  in  irons,  now  behold  him  free,  and 
the  possessor  of  a  new  domain !  But  lately  sad  and 
suffering,  he  dragged  his  step  towards  death,  and  he 
rises  from  it  full  of  glory.  He  inhabited  a  world 
covered  with  funereal  cypress,  bedewed  with  tears, 
where  all  are  subject  to  change  and  to  death;  where 
we  indulge  love  only  to  experience  suffering,  and 
where  we  meet  our  friends  only  to  part  with  them, 
He  is  now  transported  to  an  abode  where  all  is  eter- 
nal; his  soul  is  kindled  with  everlasting  love,  and  he 
casts,  from  the  height  of  the  firmament,  a  sympa- 
thizing look  towards  his  fellow-creatures  in  thi& 
tower  world." 

FINIS. 


35745 


^